
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=DavidH</id>
	<title>High5Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=DavidH"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/DavidH"/>
	<updated>2026-04-29T14:35:18Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.11</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Common_SQLink_Errors&amp;diff=6827</id>
		<title>Common SQLink Errors</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Common_SQLink_Errors&amp;diff=6827"/>
		<updated>2025-03-12T16:37:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Best Practices for addressing SQLink Errors ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Fix errors as they occur.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fix errors in the sequence illustrated in the image below starting with Customer errors and ending with Proposal errors.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FixSequence.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 702 ==&lt;br /&gt;
702 - 702: The query request has not been fully completed. There was a required element (&amp;quot;800005BC-1267498278&amp;quot;) that could not be found in QuickBooks. The element (########-#########) is the QB term for an item; Customer, Vendor, Employee, Inventory, Service, Account, etc...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The string - (&amp;quot;800005BC-1267498278&amp;quot; - is the QB ID for an item in QB) - means that the item, a customer, invoice, account, service, etc... used to be in QB but it now has a new QB ID or has otherwise been modified in QB. Modifications can include setting the item as inactive, deleting or merging it with another item, etc... To resolve look at all items related to the error and make sure they exist in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s a customer, make sure the customer is active.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s an invoice it should re-export creating a new QB ID.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s an inventory/service item review them on the invoice and make sure they are all QB items.&lt;br /&gt;
* - Check SQLink defaults and make sure all accounts on the default tabs in SQLink are present and active in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
* - Open SQLink&amp;gt; File&amp;gt; Setup&amp;gt; check all tabs and make sure the listed items are active in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 805 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding XYZ Company - 805: The name &amp;quot; XYZ Company &amp;quot; of the list element is already in use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the name - &amp;quot;XYZ Company&amp;quot; - is already in QB on a list. User needs to locate it in QB and add something to the name. QB convention is (V) if on the vendor list, (E), if on the employee list, etc...  If it&amp;#039;s already on the customer list add (SME) and merge it in QB with the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 899 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding XYZ Company - 899: The string &amp;quot;ST. FRANCIS OF ASSISI CATH. CHURCH - VIDEO&amp;quot; in the field &amp;quot;Addr1&amp;quot; is too long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need to shorten the address to less than 40 characters. There are tools available online to help you count characters such as http://www.lettercount.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 899 -  You cannot pay more than the amount due==&lt;br /&gt;
899: The &amp;quot;AppliedToTxnAdd payment amount&amp;quot; field has an invalid value &amp;quot;3353.98&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: You cannot pay more than the amount due.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs when QuickBooks cannot mark an invoice as paid because the invoice balance and the applied amount are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
They payment cannot be applied to the QuickBooks invoice because it has already been paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SQLink Error 808 ==&lt;br /&gt;
SQLink Error 808: Error adding  Customer XYZ 808: There is an invalid reference to a parent &amp;quot;80000004-1207320348&amp;quot; in the Customers list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QuickBooks error message: To change parent or type when the element or its descendants has been used in a transaction, you must switch to single-user mode. &amp;lt;- QuickBooks must be in single user mode.&lt;br /&gt;
This error happens when the billing address is changed on a site customer record in SME. I do not recommend making these changes in SME. This specifically happens when you click the &amp;#039;Select Billing Company&amp;#039; button or uncheck the &amp;#039;Is Billable Flag&amp;#039; on the Billing Address and select a new parent/billing customer. Since QuickBooks has special limitations on moving customers between Parent/Billing companies it is always best to do this in QuickBooks. There are two issue that QuickBooks raises:&lt;br /&gt;
-       QB must be in Single User mode to make the change&lt;br /&gt;
-       If the change cannot be done due to QB rules you will be warned&lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of ways to move customers in QB. One is available from the following video link and one is by dragging the customer to a new parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Link to the Video:[[Move QB Customers to Job Sites]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is to place the cursor over the customer and drag it to the new parent. If there are payments, etc.. you will not be able to move the customer. This will also return an error in SQLink since if QB cannot move it then SQLink cannot move it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These issues are why I recommend &amp;#039;only&amp;#039; reassigning  customers in QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error can also come up on Invoices as: Invoice ######## skipped - Billing Link ID not initialized. The usual cause is either the site/job or the Billing customer has been set to inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 810 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Error:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; 810: There was an error when saving a Invoice.  QuickBooks error message: The transaction is empty.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Solution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In this case the invoice was a combined invoice and the order on the invoice was removed or deleted. Go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;May Appear as:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;The transaction must be positive&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;Invoice ##### skipped - voided invoices cannot be exported&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Solution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; For both cases go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;This error can also appear in PO as error:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
810: There was an error when saving a Bill.  QuickBooks error message: This transaction action is not allowed for this user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Probable causes:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;the user running SQLink does not have permission to modify bills in QuickBooks or the closing date has been set and a QB Admin would need to modify the restriction to export the PO/Bill. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Error:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Error adding (Customer – but can be other types of records as well)  810: There was an error when saving a Customers list, element &amp;quot;Customer Name&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: This list has been modified by another user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Solution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Assure everyone is out of QuickBooks as a record is currently being locked by another user. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you are syncing SME with QuickBooks and you checked the option &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To Be Emailed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by default, if the Billing &lt;br /&gt;
Customer doesn&amp;#039;t have a matching email address with QuickBooks, the invoice won&amp;#039;t be able to sync over.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Error:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; 810: There was an error when saving a Invoice.  QuickBooks error message: The email address specified for this customer is invalid, and the transaction is marked &amp;#039;To be e-mailed&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Solution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Apply correct email to Billing Customer or uncheck &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To Be Emailed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 851 : Unable to find the QuickBooks Request Processor ==&lt;br /&gt;
851 : Unable to find the QuickBooks Request Processor on your system. Please make sure that QuickBooks 2002 Pro or higher is installed on your system&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and run the installer from the following link. &lt;br /&gt;
QBFC 11.0: http://high5software.com/downloads/QB/QBFC11_0Installer.exe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 201 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding  201: Required field CustomerName not specified.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error 201 can pertain to any Customer, Vendor, Inventory, Service Item, etc.. record where the Name field is blank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To correct:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Go to the module referenced, Customer in the case above&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Do Search All and click on the Name field&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       You will see a blank record&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Select the record&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Check if the record should be tied to a specific customer. If the record has no information you can safely set it as inactive and delete it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 819 - Error adding XYZ – The object may not be changed==&lt;br /&gt;
This is part of the – ‘Unknown error’ returned from QB – seems sometimes it returns an error # and others it does not. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          If switched to Single user – they may get - XYZ Company – Unknown error returned from QuickBooks… this means QB cannot move the child to a new parent due to history on the child company like payments, invoices, etc.. – (See below)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Additional info to above… can also be reported as Error 819&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Error adding XYZ 819 – (The object may not be changed). Error adding XYZ  819: There was an error when modifying a Customers list, element &amp;quot;800009F6-1300911661&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: Unknown Error. The Customer List Element is the QuickBooks UID for the customer you have flagged to move in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          To Resolve: Review QuickBooks for the XYZ company and reset the SME companies to match what they were before the ‘Is Billable’ flag was lifted or the Billing/Parent Company was changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Duplicate Customer ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you see the following error in SQLink, there is a duplicate customer in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer : XYZ is skipped due to duplication&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can follow the following steps to resolve the error or watch the video below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube| 5EC0ZdD3I7I }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Find which customer record is the duplicate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search Active Customers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    In the Grid Column Window, check the following fields: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name, BillName, Address 1, Address 2, City, St, CustID, ParentID, QBExport. Click OK.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#    Arrange the columns the way you want in the search view window.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Type a name for the view and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    In the search view window, sort by &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the customer name SQLink said is a duplicate.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Follow the row to the CustID column. If the column is empty, that is your duplicate customer record. Double click to open the duplicate.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click your cursor in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field to edit the customer name. Type (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DUP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) after the customer name. This makes it unique and easy to identify when reassigning orders and invoices for the duplicate customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Now that you found which customer is the duplicate record, check to see if there is any activity for customer you need to reassign&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Activity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoices&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#    If there is an invoice on this tab, double click on it. SME will jump to the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rollback Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go back to the duplicate customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Activity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab to check to see if there is a service order assocaited with the &amp;quot;DUP&amp;quot; customer. &lt;br /&gt;
#    If there is a serivce order, double click on it. SME will jump to the order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click [[File:Magnify.jpg]] to search for the correct customer. In the search window, select the correct customer record, not the &amp;quot;(DUP)&amp;quot; record.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Save the service order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to re-invoice the order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Follow steps 1-9 for install orders and invoices for the install orders.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Now the activity associated with the duplicate customer are assigned to the correct customer, delete the duplicate customer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot;DUP&amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to delete the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Customer Link ID not initialized ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you receive the following SQLink error, you were trying to sync an invoice to QuickBooks that didn&amp;#039;t have a valid customer in QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoice #XXX skipped - Customer link ID not initialized&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually caused by duplicate customer records in SME. Click here to watch a video on how to resolve the duplicate customer on an invoice and sync the invoice properly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube| 5EC0ZdD3I7I }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In the video, when the service order was re-invoiced, we let SME assign a new invoice number. If you need to retain the original invoice number, instead of clicking Action&amp;gt; Generate Invoice on the order, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*    Write down the order number that needs to be re-invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
*    Go to the correct customer record (not the DUP customer).&lt;br /&gt;
*    Click Actions&amp;gt; New Combined Invoice. SME will jump to the new invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
*    On the Details and Settings tab, locate the Invoice # field. Click [[File:browse.jpg]] to enter the invoice number you want to use. (If you don’t see this icon, you need to add the permission to initialize numbers to your user group settings)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InvoiceNumberField.jpg]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*    Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Install Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab to select the order you need to invoice (the invoice number you wrote down in the first step above).&lt;br /&gt;
*    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error Connecting to QuickBooks ==&lt;br /&gt;
When syncing SME to QuickBooks, if you receive the message &amp;quot;Error Connecting to QuickBooks&amp;quot;, you are logging into QuickBooks with a path that is different than that refereced by SQLink. This typically happens if you open QuickBooks on a client and try to sync when the initial sync was established on the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To run SQLink on client machines, you will need to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    From the client computer, browse to the sme5 executable folder and locate the SQLink Documentation folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Run the QBFC7_0Installer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, SQLink and QuickBooks must reference the same path to access the QuickBooks company file. You may see this error on SQLink: &amp;quot;602 Different File Open&amp;quot;. To resolve this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Open QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;F2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the Product Information window.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File Information&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section and make note of the path in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Launch SQLink.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Link Setup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quick Books Company File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.  The path in this field must be the same as the path noted in QuickBooks (step 3 above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List Element Error ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When running SQLink with QuickBooks the following message is returned in the SQLink Log:&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding (Item Name*) 819: There was an error when modifying a (can be any type of name) list, element** &amp;quot;3170000-1189020798&amp;quot;. QuickBooks error message: Cannot merge list elements.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* An item in QB can be a customer name, vendor name, inventory item, etc…&lt;br /&gt;
** Element “#######-#########” is the QuickBooks unique identifier&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Basically either the ‘Name’ or the ‘Element’ is on a list in QuickBooks and therefore the item that SME is exporting will be rejected by QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For example:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both ListID and the Name are unique keys in QuickBooks. And you modified a customer which prompts to export that Customer with the ListID that matches an existing ListID in QB and the Item Name from another record or the Item Name matches, a more likely scenario, and the ListID is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This produces the &amp;quot;Cannot merge list elements&amp;quot; error message back from QuickBooks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Customer - CustID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Invoice - InvoiceID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Vendor - VendorID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Inventory - InventoryID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Service Item - ServiceID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Employee - EmployeeID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Usually for all SME modules there will be an item/column with &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;ID which holds the QB list UID.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To include the QuickBooks ID number in the search window:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. In the search window, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add remove fields&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. In the window that opens, check the QuickBooks ID field for that module (list above)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Name the field and Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about search views, go to [[Search Window]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example Error:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding Bill10506 &lt;br /&gt;
807: Object &amp;quot;80000016-308248122&amp;quot; specified in the request cannot be found.  QuickBooks error message: Invalid argument.  The specified record does not exist in the list.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Solution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The numbers “80000016-308248122” are referring to an inventory item that QB says no longer exists in QB. It may be inactive, deleted, or related to the inactive parent. You can research it as noted above and shown below in the screenshot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryID_SearchView.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To resolve this issue:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1.    Examine the SQLink log: Look at the error:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Error adding Customer A 819: There was an error when modifying a Customers list, element &amp;quot;3170000-1189020798&amp;quot;. QuickBooks error message: Cannot merge list elements.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.    In QuickBooks, locate and edit the name of the vendor/customer:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Job List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Vendor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; List, or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item List, etc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;… as needs may require.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Locate and double-click the name noted in the SQLink Log.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Place a 1 at the end of the name and click OK. Leave QuickBooks and this list open.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3.    In SQLink do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Data Functions&amp;gt; Export New QuickBooks Data&amp;gt; (List Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. In this case it will be Customers. There should be no error for the specific record and it will export to QuickBooks and sit right next to the QuickBooks Record.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4.    In QuickBooks, merge the edited name with the name that has been created by the SQLink:&lt;br /&gt;
*        In the open list in QuickBooks, double-click the name to which you added a 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Remove the 1 from the name and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*        When asked if you would like to merge the names, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Yes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5.     If you cannot find the item in Quickbooks you can clear the Quickbooks ID number from SQLink and sync again. &lt;br /&gt;
*         From SQLink go to Help&amp;gt;Clear Item. Enter the Quickbooks ID from the error message.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HelpClearItem.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*         Click Ok and you should see the following: &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cleared.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         Once cleared you can run another sync. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error - QBFC Not Found ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QBFC_Not_Found.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The QBFC program is local to the logged on user. Download and run the installer from the following link.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;QBFC 11.0: http://high5software.com/downloads/QB/QBFC11_0Installer.exe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink stops processing in the middle of a sync ==&lt;br /&gt;
If SQLink stops processing in the middle of your sync, you can look at the log file and find out what item is holding up the sync or if there is an error connecting to QuickBooks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Right click on your SQLink shortcut and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;open file location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Double click on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Log&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; folder&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Sort by modified date and locate the file modified last, it will probably be a sqlink file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Right click, not double click, on the file and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Scroll to the bottom of the file and you will see the item that is holding up the sync. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==QB Invoice number has changed ==&lt;br /&gt;
Processing 10 of 110 Invoices (Ref #405-I)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;QB Invoice number has changed : QB = 405-I SMP = 405&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Invoice numbers in SME are numeric only. Invoice numbers in QuickBooks are strings so they can have numbers and letters. When the invoice from QB syncs to SME, the letters will be taken out of the invoice number in SME. Your invoice number in QB isn&amp;#039;t changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error adding customer XYZ 810: There was an error when saving a customers list, element ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding Custer XYZ   810: There was an error when saving a Customers list, element &amp;quot; Custer XYZ&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: This customer already has job information. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To add a new job, the customer&amp;#039;s current job information must be moved into its own job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Invoice #12345 skipped - Customer is inactive ==&lt;br /&gt;
Adding (X) Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Processing 1 of (X) invoices (#12345)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Invoice #12345 skipped - Customer is inactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Retrieve the Invoice and get the customer name. Check the name in both SME and QuickBooks and set the customer as active to export an invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purchase Order 12345 skipped - no received items to export ==&lt;br /&gt;
Adding Purchase Orders to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Processing 1 of (X) Purchase Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Purchase Order 12345 skipped - no received items to export&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The ‘Export To QuickBooks’ flag is set when there are no received items to export. There are two flags, QB Bill Export and QB PO Export. Uncheck the flag as it will get set if items are received on the PO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Payment not distributed ==&lt;br /&gt;
Payment not distributed means that there is no invoice associated with the payment. For a payment to export from SME to QB it has to have an invoice attached. I would do the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Delete the payment from the Payments module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2) Go to Receivables &amp;gt; Invoicing and go to the invoice&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3) Go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Payments&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab and enter the payment&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That way you are assured that it is attached to an invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the invoice in QB you can also apply the payment in QB and it will sync back to SME and close the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== There is no disk in the drive.  Please insert a disk into drive E. ==&lt;br /&gt;
This happens when USB devises are removed without first ejecting the media. This can happen either from USB or DVD/CD devises. You may also need to put a readable DVD or CD in your removable drives. You can Download the following files for 64 and 32 bit machines:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;64 bit:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;link: [http://high5software.com\downloads\tools\usbtools\usbdeview-x64.zip 64-bit]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;32 bit:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;link: [http://high5software.com\downloads\tools\usbtools\usbdeview.zip 32-bit]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Prevent the error from happening in the future:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Download, extract, and right click on USBDeview.exe and click &amp;#039;Run as Administrator&amp;#039;.  If you get the following warning during this procedure you did not do that:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:USBadmin.jpg]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Sort by &amp;#039;Safe to Unplug&amp;#039; by clicking on the top Header:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:USBunplug.jpg]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. then Select all that are safe to unplug and NOT Connected and click on the RED X in the top left corner:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:USBdissconnect.jpg]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. This should clear up the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Another solution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Right click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;My Computer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Manage&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Device Manager&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. Click the &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Disk Drives&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. Count how many &amp;quot;Drives&amp;quot; that your computer is currently using.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;6. When the Error message pops up then count how many &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drives&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; On some computers you will see duplicate entries in your device manager. You will need to Disable the duplicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:DuplicateDiscs.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For more dire cases do the following:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. In Disk Management, find the drive letter or disk referenced in the error. Note, if the error says HardDisk2 or Harddisk3, find Disk 2 or Disk 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Right-click the disk and select “Change Drive Letter and Paths”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. Click the “Change” button in the dialog box&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Click on the dropdown and select a new drive letter. We recommend changing this to a letter farther down in the alphabet.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. Click OK&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 6. Run a sync to check if the error still exist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== QuickBooks warning 550 ==&lt;br /&gt;
999: Unrecognized QuickBooks warning: 550: The Customers object was saved successfully, but its corresponding Notes record could not be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This is a warning / bug from QuickBooks which High5 can&amp;#039;t do anything about. The record should be updated with the sync, but to stop getting the error you must go to the record in QuickBooks and enter any character in the Notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SQLink Error 511 - QBRequestID has been used previously for another request ==&lt;br /&gt;
This message is from QuickBooks. Usually closing and reopening QB will clear the message and reset the request processor. You may also have to reboot the client computer. We&amp;#039;ve noticed that the QB ID generator sometimes gets stuck, and when it does, this is the outcome. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Error511_QBRequestID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To resolve, close QuickBooks and reopen or reboot the client computer that is experiencing the error. This should reset the QuickBooks ID generation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;May have to re-check Export Invoice to QB and Bill or PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Invoice Sent without Site only Billing customer information==&lt;br /&gt;
For any invoice synced without the site customer information:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1) Delete all synced invoices (do not void them).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2) Sync the site customer record.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3) Resend the invoice, ensuring the correct Ship-To details appear—provided no voided invoices exist in QB.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Common_SQLink_Errors&amp;diff=6826</id>
		<title>Common SQLink Errors</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Common_SQLink_Errors&amp;diff=6826"/>
		<updated>2025-03-12T16:36:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Best Practices for addressing SQLink Errors ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Fix errors as they occur.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fix errors in the sequence illustrated in the image below starting with Customer errors and ending with Proposal errors.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FixSequence.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 702 ==&lt;br /&gt;
702 - 702: The query request has not been fully completed. There was a required element (&amp;quot;800005BC-1267498278&amp;quot;) that could not be found in QuickBooks. The element (########-#########) is the QB term for an item; Customer, Vendor, Employee, Inventory, Service, Account, etc...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The string - (&amp;quot;800005BC-1267498278&amp;quot; - is the QB ID for an item in QB) - means that the item, a customer, invoice, account, service, etc... used to be in QB but it now has a new QB ID or has otherwise been modified in QB. Modifications can include setting the item as inactive, deleting or merging it with another item, etc... To resolve look at all items related to the error and make sure they exist in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s a customer, make sure the customer is active.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s an invoice it should re-export creating a new QB ID.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s an inventory/service item review them on the invoice and make sure they are all QB items.&lt;br /&gt;
* - Check SQLink defaults and make sure all accounts on the default tabs in SQLink are present and active in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
* - Open SQLink&amp;gt; File&amp;gt; Setup&amp;gt; check all tabs and make sure the listed items are active in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 805 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding XYZ Company - 805: The name &amp;quot; XYZ Company &amp;quot; of the list element is already in use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the name - &amp;quot;XYZ Company&amp;quot; - is already in QB on a list. User needs to locate it in QB and add something to the name. QB convention is (V) if on the vendor list, (E), if on the employee list, etc...  If it&amp;#039;s already on the customer list add (SME) and merge it in QB with the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 899 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding XYZ Company - 899: The string &amp;quot;ST. FRANCIS OF ASSISI CATH. CHURCH - VIDEO&amp;quot; in the field &amp;quot;Addr1&amp;quot; is too long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need to shorten the address to less than 40 characters. There are tools available online to help you count characters such as http://www.lettercount.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 899 -  You cannot pay more than the amount due==&lt;br /&gt;
899: The &amp;quot;AppliedToTxnAdd payment amount&amp;quot; field has an invalid value &amp;quot;3353.98&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: You cannot pay more than the amount due.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs when QuickBooks cannot mark an invoice as paid because the invoice balance and the applied amount are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
They payment cannot be applied to the QuickBooks invoice because it has already been paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SQLink Error 808 ==&lt;br /&gt;
SQLink Error 808: Error adding  Customer XYZ 808: There is an invalid reference to a parent &amp;quot;80000004-1207320348&amp;quot; in the Customers list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QuickBooks error message: To change parent or type when the element or its descendants has been used in a transaction, you must switch to single-user mode. &amp;lt;- QuickBooks must be in single user mode.&lt;br /&gt;
This error happens when the billing address is changed on a site customer record in SME. I do not recommend making these changes in SME. This specifically happens when you click the &amp;#039;Select Billing Company&amp;#039; button or uncheck the &amp;#039;Is Billable Flag&amp;#039; on the Billing Address and select a new parent/billing customer. Since QuickBooks has special limitations on moving customers between Parent/Billing companies it is always best to do this in QuickBooks. There are two issue that QuickBooks raises:&lt;br /&gt;
-       QB must be in Single User mode to make the change&lt;br /&gt;
-       If the change cannot be done due to QB rules you will be warned&lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of ways to move customers in QB. One is available from the following video link and one is by dragging the customer to a new parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Link to the Video:[[Move QB Customers to Job Sites]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is to place the cursor over the customer and drag it to the new parent. If there are payments, etc.. you will not be able to move the customer. This will also return an error in SQLink since if QB cannot move it then SQLink cannot move it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These issues are why I recommend &amp;#039;only&amp;#039; reassigning  customers in QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error can also come up on Invoices as: Invoice ######## skipped - Billing Link ID not initialized. The usual cause is either the site/job or the Billing customer has been set to inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 810 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Error:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; 810: There was an error when saving a Invoice.  QuickBooks error message: The transaction is empty.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Solution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In this case the invoice was a combined invoice and the order on the invoice was removed or deleted. Go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;May Appear as:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;The transaction must be positive&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;Invoice ##### skipped - voided invoices cannot be exported&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Solution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; For both cases go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;This error can also appear in PO as error:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
810: There was an error when saving a Bill.  QuickBooks error message: This transaction action is not allowed for this user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Probable causes:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;the user running SQLink does not have permission to modify bills in QuickBooks or the closing date has been set and a QB Admin would need to modify the restriction to export the PO/Bill. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Error:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Error adding (Customer – but can be other types of records as well)  810: There was an error when saving a Customers list, element &amp;quot;Customer Name&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: This list has been modified by another user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Solution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Assure everyone is out of QuickBooks as a record is currently being locked by another user. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you are syncing SME with QuickBooks and you checked the option &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To Be Emailed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by default, if the Billing &lt;br /&gt;
Customer doesn&amp;#039;t have a matching email address with QuickBooks, the invoice won&amp;#039;t be able to sync over.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Error:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; 810: There was an error when saving a Invoice.  QuickBooks error message: The email address specified for this customer is invalid, and the transaction is marked &amp;#039;To be e-mailed&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Solution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Apply correct email to Billing Customer or uncheck &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To Be Emailed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 851 : Unable to find the QuickBooks Request Processor ==&lt;br /&gt;
851 : Unable to find the QuickBooks Request Processor on your system. Please make sure that QuickBooks 2002 Pro or higher is installed on your system&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and run the installer from the following link. &lt;br /&gt;
QBFC 11.0: http://high5software.com/downloads/QB/QBFC11_0Installer.exe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 201 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding  201: Required field CustomerName not specified.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error 201 can pertain to any Customer, Vendor, Inventory, Service Item, etc.. record where the Name field is blank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To correct:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Go to the module referenced, Customer in the case above&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Do Search All and click on the Name field&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       You will see a blank record&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Select the record&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Check if the record should be tied to a specific customer. If the record has no information you can safely set it as inactive and delete it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 819 - Error adding XYZ – The object may not be changed==&lt;br /&gt;
This is part of the – ‘Unknown error’ returned from QB – seems sometimes it returns an error # and others it does not. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          If switched to Single user – they may get - XYZ Company – Unknown error returned from QuickBooks… this means QB cannot move the child to a new parent due to history on the child company like payments, invoices, etc.. – (See below)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Additional info to above… can also be reported as Error 819&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Error adding XYZ 819 – (The object may not be changed). Error adding XYZ  819: There was an error when modifying a Customers list, element &amp;quot;800009F6-1300911661&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: Unknown Error. The Customer List Element is the QuickBooks UID for the customer you have flagged to move in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          To Resolve: Review QuickBooks for the XYZ company and reset the SME companies to match what they were before the ‘Is Billable’ flag was lifted or the Billing/Parent Company was changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Duplicate Customer ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you see the following error in SQLink, there is a duplicate customer in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer : XYZ is skipped due to duplication&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can follow the following steps to resolve the error or watch the video below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube| 5EC0ZdD3I7I }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Find which customer record is the duplicate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search Active Customers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    In the Grid Column Window, check the following fields: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name, BillName, Address 1, Address 2, City, St, CustID, ParentID, QBExport. Click OK.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#    Arrange the columns the way you want in the search view window.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Type a name for the view and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    In the search view window, sort by &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the customer name SQLink said is a duplicate.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Follow the row to the CustID column. If the column is empty, that is your duplicate customer record. Double click to open the duplicate.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click your cursor in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field to edit the customer name. Type (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DUP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) after the customer name. This makes it unique and easy to identify when reassigning orders and invoices for the duplicate customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Now that you found which customer is the duplicate record, check to see if there is any activity for customer you need to reassign&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Activity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoices&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#    If there is an invoice on this tab, double click on it. SME will jump to the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rollback Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go back to the duplicate customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Activity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab to check to see if there is a service order assocaited with the &amp;quot;DUP&amp;quot; customer. &lt;br /&gt;
#    If there is a serivce order, double click on it. SME will jump to the order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click [[File:Magnify.jpg]] to search for the correct customer. In the search window, select the correct customer record, not the &amp;quot;(DUP)&amp;quot; record.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Save the service order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to re-invoice the order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Follow steps 1-9 for install orders and invoices for the install orders.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Now the activity associated with the duplicate customer are assigned to the correct customer, delete the duplicate customer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot;DUP&amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to delete the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Customer Link ID not initialized ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you receive the following SQLink error, you were trying to sync an invoice to QuickBooks that didn&amp;#039;t have a valid customer in QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoice #XXX skipped - Customer link ID not initialized&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually caused by duplicate customer records in SME. Click here to watch a video on how to resolve the duplicate customer on an invoice and sync the invoice properly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube| 5EC0ZdD3I7I }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In the video, when the service order was re-invoiced, we let SME assign a new invoice number. If you need to retain the original invoice number, instead of clicking Action&amp;gt; Generate Invoice on the order, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*    Write down the order number that needs to be re-invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
*    Go to the correct customer record (not the DUP customer).&lt;br /&gt;
*    Click Actions&amp;gt; New Combined Invoice. SME will jump to the new invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
*    On the Details and Settings tab, locate the Invoice # field. Click [[File:browse.jpg]] to enter the invoice number you want to use. (If you don’t see this icon, you need to add the permission to initialize numbers to your user group settings)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InvoiceNumberField.jpg]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*    Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Install Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab to select the order you need to invoice (the invoice number you wrote down in the first step above).&lt;br /&gt;
*    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error Connecting to QuickBooks ==&lt;br /&gt;
When syncing SME to QuickBooks, if you receive the message &amp;quot;Error Connecting to QuickBooks&amp;quot;, you are logging into QuickBooks with a path that is different than that refereced by SQLink. This typically happens if you open QuickBooks on a client and try to sync when the initial sync was established on the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To run SQLink on client machines, you will need to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    From the client computer, browse to the sme5 executable folder and locate the SQLink Documentation folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Run the QBFC7_0Installer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, SQLink and QuickBooks must reference the same path to access the QuickBooks company file. You may see this error on SQLink: &amp;quot;602 Different File Open&amp;quot;. To resolve this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Open QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;F2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the Product Information window.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File Information&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section and make note of the path in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Launch SQLink.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Link Setup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quick Books Company File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.  The path in this field must be the same as the path noted in QuickBooks (step 3 above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List Element Error ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When running SQLink with QuickBooks the following message is returned in the SQLink Log:&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding (Item Name*) 819: There was an error when modifying a (can be any type of name) list, element** &amp;quot;3170000-1189020798&amp;quot;. QuickBooks error message: Cannot merge list elements.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* An item in QB can be a customer name, vendor name, inventory item, etc…&lt;br /&gt;
** Element “#######-#########” is the QuickBooks unique identifier&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Basically either the ‘Name’ or the ‘Element’ is on a list in QuickBooks and therefore the item that SME is exporting will be rejected by QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For example:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both ListID and the Name are unique keys in QuickBooks. And you modified a customer which prompts to export that Customer with the ListID that matches an existing ListID in QB and the Item Name from another record or the Item Name matches, a more likely scenario, and the ListID is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This produces the &amp;quot;Cannot merge list elements&amp;quot; error message back from QuickBooks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Customer - CustID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Invoice - InvoiceID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Vendor - VendorID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Inventory - InventoryID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Service Item - ServiceID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Employee - EmployeeID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Usually for all SME modules there will be an item/column with &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;ID which holds the QB list UID.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To include the QuickBooks ID number in the search window:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. In the search window, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add remove fields&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. In the window that opens, check the QuickBooks ID field for that module (list above)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Name the field and Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about search views, go to [[Search Window]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example Error:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding Bill10506 &lt;br /&gt;
807: Object &amp;quot;80000016-308248122&amp;quot; specified in the request cannot be found.  QuickBooks error message: Invalid argument.  The specified record does not exist in the list.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Solution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The numbers “80000016-308248122” are referring to an inventory item that QB says no longer exists in QB. It may be inactive, deleted, or related to the inactive parent. You can research it as noted above and shown below in the screenshot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryID_SearchView.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To resolve this issue:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1.    Examine the SQLink log: Look at the error:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Error adding Customer A 819: There was an error when modifying a Customers list, element &amp;quot;3170000-1189020798&amp;quot;. QuickBooks error message: Cannot merge list elements.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.    In QuickBooks, locate and edit the name of the vendor/customer:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Job List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Vendor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; List, or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item List, etc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;… as needs may require.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Locate and double-click the name noted in the SQLink Log.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Place a 1 at the end of the name and click OK. Leave QuickBooks and this list open.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3.    In SQLink do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Data Functions&amp;gt; Export New QuickBooks Data&amp;gt; (List Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. In this case it will be Customers. There should be no error for the specific record and it will export to QuickBooks and sit right next to the QuickBooks Record.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4.    In QuickBooks, merge the edited name with the name that has been created by the SQLink:&lt;br /&gt;
*        In the open list in QuickBooks, double-click the name to which you added a 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Remove the 1 from the name and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*        When asked if you would like to merge the names, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Yes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5.     If you cannot find the item in Quickbooks you can clear the Quickbooks ID number from SQLink and sync again. &lt;br /&gt;
*         From SQLink go to Help&amp;gt;Clear Item. Enter the Quickbooks ID from the error message.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HelpClearItem.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*         Click Ok and you should see the following: &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cleared.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         Once cleared you can run another sync. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error - QBFC Not Found ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QBFC_Not_Found.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The QBFC program is local to the logged on user. Download and run the installer from the following link.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;QBFC 11.0: http://high5software.com/downloads/QB/QBFC11_0Installer.exe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink stops processing in the middle of a sync ==&lt;br /&gt;
If SQLink stops processing in the middle of your sync, you can look at the log file and find out what item is holding up the sync or if there is an error connecting to QuickBooks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Right click on your SQLink shortcut and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;open file location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Double click on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Log&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; folder&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Sort by modified date and locate the file modified last, it will probably be a sqlink file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Right click, not double click, on the file and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Scroll to the bottom of the file and you will see the item that is holding up the sync. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==QB Invoice number has changed ==&lt;br /&gt;
Processing 10 of 110 Invoices (Ref #405-I)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;QB Invoice number has changed : QB = 405-I SMP = 405&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Invoice numbers in SME are numeric only. Invoice numbers in QuickBooks are strings so they can have numbers and letters. When the invoice from QB syncs to SME, the letters will be taken out of the invoice number in SME. Your invoice number in QB isn&amp;#039;t changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error adding customer XYZ 810: There was an error when saving a customers list, element ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding Custer XYZ   810: There was an error when saving a Customers list, element &amp;quot; Custer XYZ&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: This customer already has job information. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To add a new job, the customer&amp;#039;s current job information must be moved into its own job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Invoice #12345 skipped - Customer is inactive ==&lt;br /&gt;
Adding (X) Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Processing 1 of (X) invoices (#12345)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Invoice #12345 skipped - Customer is inactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Retrieve the Invoice and get the customer name. Check the name in both SME and QuickBooks and set the customer as active to export an invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purchase Order 12345 skipped - no received items to export ==&lt;br /&gt;
Adding Purchase Orders to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Processing 1 of (X) Purchase Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Purchase Order 12345 skipped - no received items to export&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The ‘Export To QuickBooks’ flag is set when there are no received items to export. There are two flags, QB Bill Export and QB PO Export. Uncheck the flag as it will get set if items are received on the PO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Payment not distributed ==&lt;br /&gt;
Payment not distributed means that there is no invoice associated with the payment. For a payment to export from SME to QB it has to have an invoice attached. I would do the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Delete the payment from the Payments module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2) Go to Receivables &amp;gt; Invoicing and go to the invoice&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3) Go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Payments&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab and enter the payment&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That way you are assured that it is attached to an invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the invoice in QB you can also apply the payment in QB and it will sync back to SME and close the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== There is no disk in the drive.  Please insert a disk into drive E. ==&lt;br /&gt;
This happens when USB devises are removed without first ejecting the media. This can happen either from USB or DVD/CD devises. You may also need to put a readable DVD or CD in your removable drives. You can Download the following files for 64 and 32 bit machines:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;64 bit:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;link: [http://high5software.com\downloads\tools\usbtools\usbdeview-x64.zip 64-bit]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;32 bit:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;link: [http://high5software.com\downloads\tools\usbtools\usbdeview.zip 32-bit]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Prevent the error from happening in the future:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Download, extract, and right click on USBDeview.exe and click &amp;#039;Run as Administrator&amp;#039;.  If you get the following warning during this procedure you did not do that:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:USBadmin.jpg]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Sort by &amp;#039;Safe to Unplug&amp;#039; by clicking on the top Header:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:USBunplug.jpg]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. then Select all that are safe to unplug and NOT Connected and click on the RED X in the top left corner:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:USBdissconnect.jpg]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. This should clear up the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Another solution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Right click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;My Computer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Manage&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Device Manager&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. Click the &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Disk Drives&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. Count how many &amp;quot;Drives&amp;quot; that your computer is currently using.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;6. When the Error message pops up then count how many &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drives&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; On some computers you will see duplicate entries in your device manager. You will need to Disable the duplicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:DuplicateDiscs.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For more dire cases do the following:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. In Disk Management, find the drive letter or disk referenced in the error. Note, if the error says HardDisk2 or Harddisk3, find Disk 2 or Disk 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Right-click the disk and select “Change Drive Letter and Paths”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. Click the “Change” button in the dialog box&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Click on the dropdown and select a new drive letter. We recommend changing this to a letter farther down in the alphabet.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. Click OK&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 6. Run a sync to check if the error still exist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== QuickBooks warning 550 ==&lt;br /&gt;
999: Unrecognized QuickBooks warning: 550: The Customers object was saved successfully, but its corresponding Notes record could not be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This is a warning / bug from QuickBooks which High5 can&amp;#039;t do anything about. The record should be updated with the sync, but to stop getting the error you must go to the record in QuickBooks and enter any character in the Notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SQLink Error 511 - QBRequestID has been used previously for another request ==&lt;br /&gt;
This message is from QuickBooks. Usually closing and reopening QB will clear the message and reset the request processor. You may also have to reboot the client computer. We&amp;#039;ve noticed that the QB ID generator sometimes gets stuck, and when it does, this is the outcome. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Error511_QBRequestID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To resolve, close QuickBooks and reopen or reboot the client computer that is experiencing the error. This should reset the QuickBooks ID generation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;May have to re-check Export Invoice to QB and Bill or PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Invoice Sent without Site only Billing customer information==&lt;br /&gt;
For any invoice synced without the site customer information:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1) Delete all synced invoices (do not void them).&lt;br /&gt;
2) Sync the site customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Resend the invoice, ensuring the correct Ship-To details appear—provided no voided invoices exist in QB.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Primary_Data_Center_Info&amp;diff=6550</id>
		<title>Primary Data Center Info</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Primary_Data_Center_Info&amp;diff=6550"/>
		<updated>2023-08-21T16:43:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;High 5 Software utilizes a third party hosting provider for the primary hosting servers.  Below is information from the server hosting provider.  High5 also uses other providers and networks for backups and redundant servers.  Please contact [mailto:sales@high5software.com sales] if you want information on Hosted SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datacenter Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 99.9% Network Uptime Guarantee&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Multi-homed Network&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Redundant high-speed carriers&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Redundant power feeds&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 24x7 Ping Monitoring Included&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ High Security w/ Video surveillance&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 100% Network/Power/Cooling Uptime&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ SSAE16 SOC II Type II Certified DC&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datacenter - Infrastructure==&lt;br /&gt;
The Chicago data facility is located at 725 S Wells St in downtown Chicago. It has 6,000 square feet of raised floor (expandable to 30,000 square feet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power===&lt;br /&gt;
The power systems are equipped with the level of redundancy that guarantees continuous operation. To ensure that our Chicago data center facility is always operational all the time, a multi-layer power generation system, using some of the highest grade equipment, is in place. Conditioned AC power with two independent A and B power buses, respectively, is available. In addition, UPS, battery and diesel generators back up every power system. Unlike some other US data centers the climate control and security measures are also backed up with redundant power to ensure clean operation during power outages. The UPS systems maintain three hours of battery backup and a 2 MW diesel generator is onsite for longer outages. If there are issues with the diesel generator three hours of battery backup gives ample time to dispatch a portable diesel generator system, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Environmental===&lt;br /&gt;
Air control is critical in maintaining fast and efficient performance of our equipment. To create the right environment, the Chicago data center is fitted with a comprehensive HVAC system that delivers constant, ideal air conditions, between 68 and 74 degrees Fahrenheit and between 40% and 50% relative humidity at all times. Our data center facility HVAC system uses efficient and effective chilled water cooling and not a standard forced/chilled air configuration. HVAC systems maintain a minimum of N+1 redundancy, allowing this Chicago data center to boast of a constant, cool environment that is conducive to our mission-critical equipment and operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security===&lt;br /&gt;
Visual confirmation and strict sign-in procedures, both conducted by trained security personnel, along with key cards and photo ID verification ensure that only authorized personnel have access to our data center. No customers are allowed in our space unattended and staff is on-site 24/7. In addition, all aspects of the Chicago data center are monitored and recorded via color, hi-resolution digital video cameras. All video footage is kept on hand for a period of at least 30 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fire Detection and Suppression===&lt;br /&gt;
A state-of-the-art fire suppression system constantly monitors the physical environment for smoke, chemicals and other hazardous materials that might spark a fire. The data center uses a dual-interlock pre-action sprinkler system throughout the facility. These pipes are dry-filled with compressed air – until two alarm conditions are reached thereby releasing the valve to charge the system. Water is only released in the area when a sprinkler head has lost its seal, or is actuated, due to heat, and the fire detection system has detected a fire condition. If a head is accidentally knocked off, water does not flow into the system. Any water discharged will be sprinkler-head specific, which will limit the potential for damage caused by over-spray.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chicago Datacenter - Network==&lt;br /&gt;
We maintain a fully redundant, enterprise class network, end to end.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Features===&lt;br /&gt;
Available Networks – Steadfast Networks, Abovenet, AT&amp;amp;T, Verizon, Qwest, Level(3), RCN and Atlantic Metro&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Fiber Diversity – Dual fully diverse fiber paths, building entry points and in-building riser&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Transport Services – 1.25 Gbit/sec and 10 Gbit/sec DWDM Waves and Layer 2 Transport to 600/700 Federal (Abovenet)and 350 E Cermak (TelX/MMR and Equinix)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Internal Cabling – Cat6/6a for 10 Gigabit Ethernet, SMF/MMF Available, Overhead Fiber Trays&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internal Network===&lt;br /&gt;
Redundant Cisco 6500 (SUP720) core routers/switches&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cisco 3560-E series distribution layer switches&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cisco 2950/2960 series aggregation/customer layer switches&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
InterNAP FCP for Performance Network route optimization&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10 Gigabit Ethernet internal backbone&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Backbone Carrier&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Level(3) – Direct 10 GigE (10,000mbit/sec)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
NTT – Direct 10 GigE (10,000mbit/sec)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
nLayer – Direct 10 GigE (10,000mbit/sec)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abovenet, AT&amp;amp;T, Verizon, Quest, Level(3), RCN and Atlantic Metro&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Primary_Data_Center_Info&amp;diff=6549</id>
		<title>Primary Data Center Info</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Primary_Data_Center_Info&amp;diff=6549"/>
		<updated>2023-08-21T16:42:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: /* Chicago Datacenter - Network */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;High 5 Software utilizes a third party hosting provider for the primary hosting servers.  Below is information from the server hosting provider.  High5 also uses other providers and networks for backups and redundant servers.  Please contact [mailto:sales@high5software.com sales] if you want information on Hosted SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datacenter Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 99.9% Network Uptime Guarantee&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Multi-homed Network&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Redundant high-speed carriers&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Redundant power feeds&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 24x7 Ping Monitoring Included&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ High Security w/ Video surveillance&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 100% Network/Power/Cooling Uptime&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ SSAE16 SOC II Type II Certified DC&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datacenter - Infrastructure==&lt;br /&gt;
The Chicago data facility is located at 725 S Wells St in downtown Chicago. It has 6,000 square feet of raised floor (expandable to 30,000 square feet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power===&lt;br /&gt;
The power systems are equipped with the level of redundancy that guarantees continuous operation. To ensure that our Chicago data center facility is always operational all the time, a multi-layer power generation system, using some of the highest grade equipment, is in place. Conditioned AC power with two independent A and B power buses, respectively, is available. In addition, UPS, battery and diesel generators back up every power system. Unlike some other US data centers the climate control and security measures are also backed up with redundant power to ensure clean operation during power outages. The UPS systems maintain three hours of battery backup and a 2 MW diesel generator is onsite for longer outages. If there are issues with the diesel generator three hours of battery backup gives ample time to dispatch a portable diesel generator system, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Environmental===&lt;br /&gt;
Air control is critical in maintaining fast and efficient performance of our equipment. To create the right environment, the Chicago data center is fitted with a comprehensive HVAC system that delivers constant, ideal air conditions, between 68 and 74 degrees Fahrenheit and between 40% and 50% relative humidity at all times. Our data center facility HVAC system uses efficient and effective chilled water cooling and not a standard forced/chilled air configuration. HVAC systems maintain a minimum of N+1 redundancy, allowing this Chicago data center to boast of a constant, cool environment that is conducive to our mission-critical equipment and operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security===&lt;br /&gt;
Visual confirmation and strict sign-in procedures, both conducted by trained security personnel, along with key cards and photo ID verification ensure that only authorized personnel have access to our data center. No customers are allowed in our space unattended and staff is on-site 24/7. In addition, all aspects of the Chicago data center are monitored and recorded via color, hi-resolution digital video cameras. All video footage is kept on hand for a period of at least 30 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fire Detection and Suppression===&lt;br /&gt;
A state-of-the-art fire suppression system constantly monitors the physical environment for smoke, chemicals and other hazardous materials that might spark a fire. The data center uses a dual-interlock pre-action sprinkler system throughout the facility. These pipes are dry-filled with compressed air – until two alarm conditions are reached thereby releasing the valve to charge the system. Water is only released in the area when a sprinkler head has lost its seal, or is actuated, due to heat, and the fire detection system has detected a fire condition. If a head is accidentally knocked off, water does not flow into the system. Any water discharged will be sprinkler-head specific, which will limit the potential for damage caused by over-spray.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chicago Datacenter - Network==&lt;br /&gt;
We maintain a fully redundant, enterprise class network, end to end.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Features===&lt;br /&gt;
Available Networks – Steadfast Networks, Abovenet, AT&amp;amp;T, Verizon, Qwest, Level(3), RCN and Atlantic Metro&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Fiber Diversity – Dual fully diverse fiber paths, building entry points and in-building riser&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Transport Services – 1.25 Gbit/sec and 10 Gbit/sec DWDM Waves and Layer 2 Transport to 600/700 Federal (Abovenet)and 350 E Cermak (TelX/MMR and Equinix)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Internal Cabling – Cat6/6a for 10 Gigabit Ethernet, SMF/MMF Available, Overhead Fiber Trays&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internal Network===&lt;br /&gt;
Redundant Cisco 6500 (SUP720) core routers/switches&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cisco 3560-E series distribution layer switches&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cisco 2950/2960 series aggregation/customer layer switches&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
InterNAP FCP for Performance Network route optimization&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10 Gigabit Ethernet internal backbone&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Backbone Carrier&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Level(3) – Direct 10 GigE (10,000mbit/sec)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
NTT – Direct 10 GigE (10,000mbit/sec)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
nLayer – Direct 10 GigE (10,000mbit/sec)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abovenet, AT&amp;amp;T, Verizon, Quest, Level(3), RCN and Atlantic Metro&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Primary_Data_Center_Info&amp;diff=6548</id>
		<title>Primary Data Center Info</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Primary_Data_Center_Info&amp;diff=6548"/>
		<updated>2023-08-21T16:41:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: /* Chicago Datacenter - Network */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;High 5 Software utilizes a third party hosting provider for the primary hosting servers.  Below is information from the server hosting provider.  High5 also uses other providers and networks for backups and redundant servers.  Please contact [mailto:sales@high5software.com sales] if you want information on Hosted SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datacenter Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 99.9% Network Uptime Guarantee&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Multi-homed Network&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Redundant high-speed carriers&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Redundant power feeds&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 24x7 Ping Monitoring Included&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ High Security w/ Video surveillance&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 100% Network/Power/Cooling Uptime&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ SSAE16 SOC II Type II Certified DC&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datacenter - Infrastructure==&lt;br /&gt;
The Chicago data facility is located at 725 S Wells St in downtown Chicago. It has 6,000 square feet of raised floor (expandable to 30,000 square feet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power===&lt;br /&gt;
The power systems are equipped with the level of redundancy that guarantees continuous operation. To ensure that our Chicago data center facility is always operational all the time, a multi-layer power generation system, using some of the highest grade equipment, is in place. Conditioned AC power with two independent A and B power buses, respectively, is available. In addition, UPS, battery and diesel generators back up every power system. Unlike some other US data centers the climate control and security measures are also backed up with redundant power to ensure clean operation during power outages. The UPS systems maintain three hours of battery backup and a 2 MW diesel generator is onsite for longer outages. If there are issues with the diesel generator three hours of battery backup gives ample time to dispatch a portable diesel generator system, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Environmental===&lt;br /&gt;
Air control is critical in maintaining fast and efficient performance of our equipment. To create the right environment, the Chicago data center is fitted with a comprehensive HVAC system that delivers constant, ideal air conditions, between 68 and 74 degrees Fahrenheit and between 40% and 50% relative humidity at all times. Our data center facility HVAC system uses efficient and effective chilled water cooling and not a standard forced/chilled air configuration. HVAC systems maintain a minimum of N+1 redundancy, allowing this Chicago data center to boast of a constant, cool environment that is conducive to our mission-critical equipment and operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security===&lt;br /&gt;
Visual confirmation and strict sign-in procedures, both conducted by trained security personnel, along with key cards and photo ID verification ensure that only authorized personnel have access to our data center. No customers are allowed in our space unattended and staff is on-site 24/7. In addition, all aspects of the Chicago data center are monitored and recorded via color, hi-resolution digital video cameras. All video footage is kept on hand for a period of at least 30 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fire Detection and Suppression===&lt;br /&gt;
A state-of-the-art fire suppression system constantly monitors the physical environment for smoke, chemicals and other hazardous materials that might spark a fire. The data center uses a dual-interlock pre-action sprinkler system throughout the facility. These pipes are dry-filled with compressed air – until two alarm conditions are reached thereby releasing the valve to charge the system. Water is only released in the area when a sprinkler head has lost its seal, or is actuated, due to heat, and the fire detection system has detected a fire condition. If a head is accidentally knocked off, water does not flow into the system. Any water discharged will be sprinkler-head specific, which will limit the potential for damage caused by over-spray.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chicago Datacenter - Network==&lt;br /&gt;
We maintain a fully redundant, enterprise class network, end to end.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Available Networks – Steadfast Networks, Abovenet, AT&amp;amp;T, Verizon, Qwest, Level(3), RCN and Atlantic Metro&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Fiber Diversity – Dual fully diverse fiber paths, building entry points and in-building riser&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Transport Services – 1.25 Gbit/sec and 10 Gbit/sec DWDM Waves and Layer 2 Transport to 600/700 Federal (Abovenet)and 350 E Cermak (TelX/MMR and Equinix)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Internal Cabling – Cat6/6a for 10 Gigabit Ethernet, SMF/MMF Available, Overhead Fiber Trays&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internal Network===&lt;br /&gt;
Redundant Cisco 6500 (SUP720) core routers/switches&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cisco 3560-E series distribution layer switches&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cisco 2950/2960 series aggregation/customer layer switches&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
InterNAP FCP for Performance Network route optimization&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10 Gigabit Ethernet internal backbone&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Backbone Carrier&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Level(3) – Direct 10 GigE (10,000mbit/sec)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
NTT – Direct 10 GigE (10,000mbit/sec)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
nLayer – Direct 10 GigE (10,000mbit/sec)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abovenet, AT&amp;amp;T, Verizon, Quest, Level(3), RCN and Atlantic Metro&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Primary_Data_Center_Info&amp;diff=6547</id>
		<title>Primary Data Center Info</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Primary_Data_Center_Info&amp;diff=6547"/>
		<updated>2023-08-21T16:41:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: /* Chicago Datacenter - Network */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;High 5 Software utilizes a third party hosting provider for the primary hosting servers.  Below is information from the server hosting provider.  High5 also uses other providers and networks for backups and redundant servers.  Please contact [mailto:sales@high5software.com sales] if you want information on Hosted SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datacenter Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 99.9% Network Uptime Guarantee&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Multi-homed Network&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Redundant high-speed carriers&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Redundant power feeds&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 24x7 Ping Monitoring Included&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ High Security w/ Video surveillance&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 100% Network/Power/Cooling Uptime&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ SSAE16 SOC II Type II Certified DC&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datacenter - Infrastructure==&lt;br /&gt;
The Chicago data facility is located at 725 S Wells St in downtown Chicago. It has 6,000 square feet of raised floor (expandable to 30,000 square feet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power===&lt;br /&gt;
The power systems are equipped with the level of redundancy that guarantees continuous operation. To ensure that our Chicago data center facility is always operational all the time, a multi-layer power generation system, using some of the highest grade equipment, is in place. Conditioned AC power with two independent A and B power buses, respectively, is available. In addition, UPS, battery and diesel generators back up every power system. Unlike some other US data centers the climate control and security measures are also backed up with redundant power to ensure clean operation during power outages. The UPS systems maintain three hours of battery backup and a 2 MW diesel generator is onsite for longer outages. If there are issues with the diesel generator three hours of battery backup gives ample time to dispatch a portable diesel generator system, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Environmental===&lt;br /&gt;
Air control is critical in maintaining fast and efficient performance of our equipment. To create the right environment, the Chicago data center is fitted with a comprehensive HVAC system that delivers constant, ideal air conditions, between 68 and 74 degrees Fahrenheit and between 40% and 50% relative humidity at all times. Our data center facility HVAC system uses efficient and effective chilled water cooling and not a standard forced/chilled air configuration. HVAC systems maintain a minimum of N+1 redundancy, allowing this Chicago data center to boast of a constant, cool environment that is conducive to our mission-critical equipment and operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security===&lt;br /&gt;
Visual confirmation and strict sign-in procedures, both conducted by trained security personnel, along with key cards and photo ID verification ensure that only authorized personnel have access to our data center. No customers are allowed in our space unattended and staff is on-site 24/7. In addition, all aspects of the Chicago data center are monitored and recorded via color, hi-resolution digital video cameras. All video footage is kept on hand for a period of at least 30 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fire Detection and Suppression===&lt;br /&gt;
A state-of-the-art fire suppression system constantly monitors the physical environment for smoke, chemicals and other hazardous materials that might spark a fire. The data center uses a dual-interlock pre-action sprinkler system throughout the facility. These pipes are dry-filled with compressed air – until two alarm conditions are reached thereby releasing the valve to charge the system. Water is only released in the area when a sprinkler head has lost its seal, or is actuated, due to heat, and the fire detection system has detected a fire condition. If a head is accidentally knocked off, water does not flow into the system. Any water discharged will be sprinkler-head specific, which will limit the potential for damage caused by over-spray.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chicago Datacenter - Network==&lt;br /&gt;
We maintain a fully redundant, enterprise class network, end to end.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Available Networks – Steadfast Networks, Abovenet, AT&amp;amp;T, Verizon, Qwest, Level(3), RCN and Atlantic Metro&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Fiber Diversity – Dual fully diverse fiber paths, building entry points and in-building riser&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Transport Services – 1.25 Gbit/sec and 10 Gbit/sec DWDM Waves and Layer 2 Transport to 600/700 Federal (Abovenet)and 350 E Cermak (TelX/MMR and Equinix)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Internal Cabling – Cat6/6a for 10 Gigabit Ethernet, SMF/MMF Available, Overhead Fiber Trays&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internal Network===&lt;br /&gt;
Redundant Cisco 6500 (SUP720) core routers/switches&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cisco 3560-E series distribution layer switches&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cisco 2950/2960 series aggregation/customer layer switches&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
InterNAP FCP for Performance Network route optimization&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10 Gigabit Ethernet internal backbone&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Backbone Carrier&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Level(3) – Direct 10 GigE (10,000mbit/sec)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
NTT – Direct 10 GigE (10,000mbit/sec)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
nLayer – Direct 10 GigE (10,000mbit/sec)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abovenet, AT&amp;amp;T, Verizon, Quest, Level(3), RCN and Atlantic Metro&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Primary_Data_Center_Info&amp;diff=6546</id>
		<title>Primary Data Center Info</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Primary_Data_Center_Info&amp;diff=6546"/>
		<updated>2023-08-21T16:39:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: /* Chicago Datacenter - Network */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;High 5 Software utilizes a third party hosting provider for the primary hosting servers.  Below is information from the server hosting provider.  High5 also uses other providers and networks for backups and redundant servers.  Please contact [mailto:sales@high5software.com sales] if you want information on Hosted SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datacenter Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 99.9% Network Uptime Guarantee&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Multi-homed Network&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Redundant high-speed carriers&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Redundant power feeds&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 24x7 Ping Monitoring Included&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ High Security w/ Video surveillance&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 100% Network/Power/Cooling Uptime&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ SSAE16 SOC II Type II Certified DC&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datacenter - Infrastructure==&lt;br /&gt;
The Chicago data facility is located at 725 S Wells St in downtown Chicago. It has 6,000 square feet of raised floor (expandable to 30,000 square feet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power===&lt;br /&gt;
The power systems are equipped with the level of redundancy that guarantees continuous operation. To ensure that our Chicago data center facility is always operational all the time, a multi-layer power generation system, using some of the highest grade equipment, is in place. Conditioned AC power with two independent A and B power buses, respectively, is available. In addition, UPS, battery and diesel generators back up every power system. Unlike some other US data centers the climate control and security measures are also backed up with redundant power to ensure clean operation during power outages. The UPS systems maintain three hours of battery backup and a 2 MW diesel generator is onsite for longer outages. If there are issues with the diesel generator three hours of battery backup gives ample time to dispatch a portable diesel generator system, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Environmental===&lt;br /&gt;
Air control is critical in maintaining fast and efficient performance of our equipment. To create the right environment, the Chicago data center is fitted with a comprehensive HVAC system that delivers constant, ideal air conditions, between 68 and 74 degrees Fahrenheit and between 40% and 50% relative humidity at all times. Our data center facility HVAC system uses efficient and effective chilled water cooling and not a standard forced/chilled air configuration. HVAC systems maintain a minimum of N+1 redundancy, allowing this Chicago data center to boast of a constant, cool environment that is conducive to our mission-critical equipment and operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security===&lt;br /&gt;
Visual confirmation and strict sign-in procedures, both conducted by trained security personnel, along with key cards and photo ID verification ensure that only authorized personnel have access to our data center. No customers are allowed in our space unattended and staff is on-site 24/7. In addition, all aspects of the Chicago data center are monitored and recorded via color, hi-resolution digital video cameras. All video footage is kept on hand for a period of at least 30 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fire Detection and Suppression===&lt;br /&gt;
A state-of-the-art fire suppression system constantly monitors the physical environment for smoke, chemicals and other hazardous materials that might spark a fire. The data center uses a dual-interlock pre-action sprinkler system throughout the facility. These pipes are dry-filled with compressed air – until two alarm conditions are reached thereby releasing the valve to charge the system. Water is only released in the area when a sprinkler head has lost its seal, or is actuated, due to heat, and the fire detection system has detected a fire condition. If a head is accidentally knocked off, water does not flow into the system. Any water discharged will be sprinkler-head specific, which will limit the potential for damage caused by over-spray.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chicago Datacenter - Network==&lt;br /&gt;
We maintain a fully redundant, enterprise class network, end to end.&lt;br /&gt;
Available Networks – Steadfast Networks, Abovenet, AT&amp;amp;T, Verizon, Qwest, Level(3), RCN and Atlantic Metro&lt;br /&gt;
Fiber Diversity – Dual fully diverse fiber paths, building entry points and in-building riser&lt;br /&gt;
Transport Services – 1.25 Gbit/sec and 10 Gbit/sec DWDM Waves and Layer 2 Transport to 600/700 Federal (Abovenet)and 350 E Cermak (TelX/MMR and Equinix)&lt;br /&gt;
Internal Cabling – Cat6/6a for 10 Gigabit Ethernet, SMF/MMF Available, Overhead Fiber Trays&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internal Network===&lt;br /&gt;
Redundant Cisco 6500 (SUP720) core routers/switches&lt;br /&gt;
Cisco 3560-E series distribution layer switches&lt;br /&gt;
Cisco 2950/2960 series aggregation/customer layer switches&lt;br /&gt;
InterNAP FCP for Performance Network route optimization&lt;br /&gt;
10 Gigabit Ethernet internal backbone&lt;br /&gt;
Backbone Carrier&lt;br /&gt;
Level(3) – Direct 10 GigE (10,000mbit/sec)&lt;br /&gt;
NTT – Direct 10 GigE (10,000mbit/sec)&lt;br /&gt;
nLayer – Direct 10 GigE (10,000mbit/sec)&lt;br /&gt;
Abovenet, AT&amp;amp;T, Verizon, Quest, Level(3), RCN and Atlantic Metro&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Primary_Data_Center_Info&amp;diff=6545</id>
		<title>Primary Data Center Info</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Primary_Data_Center_Info&amp;diff=6545"/>
		<updated>2023-08-21T16:35:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: /* Datacenter - Infrastructure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;High 5 Software utilizes a third party hosting provider for the primary hosting servers.  Below is information from the server hosting provider.  High5 also uses other providers and networks for backups and redundant servers.  Please contact [mailto:sales@high5software.com sales] if you want information on Hosted SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datacenter Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 99.9% Network Uptime Guarantee&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Multi-homed Network&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Redundant high-speed carriers&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ Redundant power feeds&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 24x7 Ping Monitoring Included&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ High Security w/ Video surveillance&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ 100% Network/Power/Cooling Uptime&lt;br /&gt;
* ✔ SSAE16 SOC II Type II Certified DC&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datacenter - Infrastructure==&lt;br /&gt;
The Chicago data facility is located at 725 S Wells St in downtown Chicago. It has 6,000 square feet of raised floor (expandable to 30,000 square feet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power===&lt;br /&gt;
The power systems are equipped with the level of redundancy that guarantees continuous operation. To ensure that our Chicago data center facility is always operational all the time, a multi-layer power generation system, using some of the highest grade equipment, is in place. Conditioned AC power with two independent A and B power buses, respectively, is available. In addition, UPS, battery and diesel generators back up every power system. Unlike some other US data centers the climate control and security measures are also backed up with redundant power to ensure clean operation during power outages. The UPS systems maintain three hours of battery backup and a 2 MW diesel generator is onsite for longer outages. If there are issues with the diesel generator three hours of battery backup gives ample time to dispatch a portable diesel generator system, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Environmental===&lt;br /&gt;
Air control is critical in maintaining fast and efficient performance of our equipment. To create the right environment, the Chicago data center is fitted with a comprehensive HVAC system that delivers constant, ideal air conditions, between 68 and 74 degrees Fahrenheit and between 40% and 50% relative humidity at all times. Our data center facility HVAC system uses efficient and effective chilled water cooling and not a standard forced/chilled air configuration. HVAC systems maintain a minimum of N+1 redundancy, allowing this Chicago data center to boast of a constant, cool environment that is conducive to our mission-critical equipment and operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security===&lt;br /&gt;
Visual confirmation and strict sign-in procedures, both conducted by trained security personnel, along with key cards and photo ID verification ensure that only authorized personnel have access to our data center. No customers are allowed in our space unattended and staff is on-site 24/7. In addition, all aspects of the Chicago data center are monitored and recorded via color, hi-resolution digital video cameras. All video footage is kept on hand for a period of at least 30 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fire Detection and Suppression===&lt;br /&gt;
A state-of-the-art fire suppression system constantly monitors the physical environment for smoke, chemicals and other hazardous materials that might spark a fire. The data center uses a dual-interlock pre-action sprinkler system throughout the facility. These pipes are dry-filled with compressed air – until two alarm conditions are reached thereby releasing the valve to charge the system. Water is only released in the area when a sprinkler head has lost its seal, or is actuated, due to heat, and the fire detection system has detected a fire condition. If a head is accidentally knocked off, water does not flow into the system. Any water discharged will be sprinkler-head specific, which will limit the potential for damage caused by over-spray.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Denver Datacenter - Network==&lt;br /&gt;
We maintain a fully redundant, enterprise class network, end to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Edge and Core Infrastructure===&lt;br /&gt;
Our network is powered by a pair of redundant Juniper M5 routers and Cisco 6500 series switches. All of the edge and core equipment is interconnected in a full network mesh to provide maximum redundancy and salability. Internally, our network operates at 2Gb/sec.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===IP Transit / Connectivity===&lt;br /&gt;
We maintain direct connectivity with tw telecom, Level(3), Internap and Comcast. Through these providers we maintain local peering in Denver to the following 10 networks:- Level(3) x2, tw telecom, Qwest, AT&amp;amp;T, Sprint, UUNET / Verizon Business, Savvis, XO, Global Crossing and Comcast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Monitoring===&lt;br /&gt;
All critical network infrastructure is monitored on 60 second intervals, both internally and externally to our network. Any potential issues with our network infrastructure are immediately escalated to company management.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=System_Requirements&amp;diff=6543</id>
		<title>System Requirements</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=System_Requirements&amp;diff=6543"/>
		<updated>2023-07-20T16:22:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Client &amp;amp; Server System Requirements for SME==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SME Technical Specifications:==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SME and system requirements for Client Machine===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum CPU required: 2 GHz+ minimum (Get a good mid-range size and use that)&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum memory required: 8GB - 16GB recommended or 1 Gig per gig of DB size&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum free hard disk space required: 300 MB, 1 GB recommended, or sized to your current DB size&lt;br /&gt;
*Operating system version: Windows 10 – 11&lt;br /&gt;
*Server operating system 2016 - 2022&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum screen resolution: 1024 x 768 - – SME is optimized for 1280 x 1200&lt;br /&gt;
*Network: 10Mbps min, 100Mbps or 1Gbps recommended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SME minimum system requirements for Server===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum CPU required: 2 or more GHz recommended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Memory/RAM: Ram requirement is a factor of the database size. Plan on 1 gig per gig of database size plus 4-gig&lt;br /&gt;
minimum for operating system use. If hosting other applications on the SQL server you will need to reserve memory for&lt;br /&gt;
the applications in addition to the reserve for SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Go to this article for details for improving SQL Performance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MS SQL should not be installed on a domain controller due to security considerations and domain controller default&lt;br /&gt;
SQL databases (Note: As of SQL 2017 Microsoft will no longer allow the installation of SQL on a domain controller).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MS SQL version should be matched to server operating system 2012 – SQL 2012 R2 SQL 2014 - SQL 2014 R2,&lt;br /&gt;
Server 2016 – SQL 2017, etc. (Note: 2008 – SQL 2008 R2,SQL 2012, SQL 2014 are no longer supported by Microsoft&lt;br /&gt;
and you should update your systems ASAP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Server should have a separate drive for SQL Temp database usage, solid state drives are best, as this database is&lt;br /&gt;
written to often in high volume operations (SQL Performance)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum free hard disk space required: 4 GB minimum, 10 GB preferred, use solid state drives for faster performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Servers should be using a Raid 10 configuration with a separate drive for log files and temp database usage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A separate partition can suffice if another drive is not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum screen resolution: 1024 x 768 – SME is optimized for 1280 x 1200&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Network: 10Mbps min, 100Mbps or 1Gbps recommended, faster is better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Operating System: Windows 10, or Windows Server 2016, SQL 2016-Server 2022. (Note: any MS operating system&lt;br /&gt;
prior to Windows 10 is no longer supported by Microsoft and its use should be discontinued immediately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MS Does not recommend installing MS SQL Server on a domain controller or SBS operating system. We also do not&lt;br /&gt;
recommend installing on a server running MS Exchange Server. (Note: As of SQL 2017 this is no longer allowed in any&lt;br /&gt;
manner by the SQL installer).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Database: MS SQL 2017 - 2022 any edition. (Note: SQL 2008, 2012 are no longer supported).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Note: The Express Edition is free and has no user limit, but does have the following limits:&lt;br /&gt;
Database limit of 10GB for 2012 + Limits processor cores to 1 Memory usage to 4 gig (SQL 2017+ now combine some&lt;br /&gt;
previously separated memory processes and may require significantly more memory than the posted limits). This is&lt;br /&gt;
sufficient size for most companies unless you plan utilizing stored documents. High5 suggests using a separate SQL&lt;br /&gt;
instance for SME. We can share a SQL instance however certain maintenance tasks may take the other databases off-line&lt;br /&gt;
while performing the maintenance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Express version are limited in memory usage, Database size, processor cores, and in basic optimization functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*High5 follows Microsoft directives for lifecycle product support. https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/lifecycle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System Requirements for Mobile SME Products==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[SME Mobile Prerequisites]] for system requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Mobile SME products include Mobile Tech for SME, TimeTracker for SME, Dispatch Plus, Warehouse Manager, Customer Portal and others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quickbooks==&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*High5 Service Management Enterprise, (SME), is compatible with all yearly upgrades to Pro, Premier, and Enterprise versions of QuickBooks. The SQLink program will function without issue as long as the following steps are taken. [[Quickbook Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Quickbooks system requirements: 8GB RAM for 1-5 users, 12GB RAM for 10 users&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=System_Requirements&amp;diff=6542</id>
		<title>System Requirements</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=System_Requirements&amp;diff=6542"/>
		<updated>2023-07-20T16:18:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Client &amp;amp; Server System Requirements for SME==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SME Technical Specifications:==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SME and system requirements for Client Machine===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum CPU required: 2 GHz+ minimum (Get a good mid-range size and use that)&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum memory required: 8GB - 16GB recommended or 1 Gig per gig of DB size&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum free hard disk space required: 300 MB, 1 GB recommended, or sized to your current DB size&lt;br /&gt;
*Operating system version: Windows 10 – 11&lt;br /&gt;
*Server operating system 2016 - 2022&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum screen resolution: 1024 x 768 - – SME is optimized for 1280 x 1200&lt;br /&gt;
*Network: 10Mbps min, 100Mbps or 1Gbps recommended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SME minimum system requirements for Server===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum CPU required: 2 or more GHz recommended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Memory/RAM: Ram requirement is a factor of the database size. Plan on 1 gig per gig of database size plus 4-gig&lt;br /&gt;
minimum for operating system use. If hosting other applications on the SQL server you will need to reserve memory for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Go to this article for details for improving SQL Performance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MS SQL should not be installed on a domain controller due to security considerations and domain controller default SQL databases (Note: As of SQL 2017 Microsoft will no longer allow the installation of SQL on a domain controller).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MS SQL version should be matched to server operating system  2012 – SQL 2012 R2 SQL 2014 - SQL 2014 R2, Server 2016 – SQL 2017, etc. (Note:  2008 – SQL 2008 R2 is no longer supported by Microsoft and you should update your systems ASAP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Server should have a separate drive for SQL Temp database usage as this database is written to often in high volume operations (SQL Performance)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum free hard disk space required: 4 GB minimum, 10 GB preferred&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Servers should be using a Raid 10 configuration with a separate drive for log files and temp database usage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A separate partition can suffice if another drive is not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum screen resolution: 1024 x 768 – SME is optimized for 1280 x 1200&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Network: 10Mbps min, 100Mbps or 1Gbps recommended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Operating System: Windows 8/Win 8.1, Win 10, or Windows Server 2008 STD R2/2011 STD, 2012 R2 STD, SQL 2014, Server 2016, SQL 2016. (Note: any MS operating system prior to Windows 8.1 is no longer supported by Microsoft and its use should be discontinued immediately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MS Does not recommend installing MS SQL Server on a domain controller or SBS operating system. We also do not recommend installing on a server running MS Exchange Server. (Note: As of SQL 2017 this is no longer allowed in any manner by the SQL installer).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Database: MS SQL 2012, 2014, 2017, 2019 any edition. (Note: SQL 2008, 2008 R2 is no longer supported).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Note: The Express Edition is free and has no user limit, but does have the following limits:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database limit of 10GB for  2012 +&lt;br /&gt;
Limits processor cores to 1&lt;br /&gt;
Memory usage to 4 gig (SQL 2017+ now combine some previously separated memory processes and may require significantly more memory than the posted limits).&lt;br /&gt;
This is sufficient size for most companies unless you plan utilizing stored documents. High5 suggests using a separate SQL instance for SME. We can share a SQL instance however certain maintenance tasks may take the other databases off-line while performing the maintenance&lt;br /&gt;
*Express version are limited in memory usage, Database size, processor cores, and in basic optimization functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*High5 follows Microsoft directives for lifecycle product support. https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/lifecycle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SQL Server 2005 – no longer supported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SQL Server 2008 – no longer supported&lt;br /&gt;
==System Requirements for Mobile SME Products==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[SME Mobile Prerequisites]] for system requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Mobile SME products include Mobile Tech for SME, TimeTracker for SME, Dispatch Plus, Warehouse Manager, Customer Portal and others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quickbooks==&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*High5 Service Management Enterprise, (SME), is compatible with all yearly upgrades to Pro, Premier, and Enterprise versions of QuickBooks. The SQLink program will function without issue as long as the following steps are taken. [[Quickbook Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Quickbooks system requirements: 8GB RAM for 1-5 users, 12GB RAM for 10 users&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=System_Requirements&amp;diff=6541</id>
		<title>System Requirements</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=System_Requirements&amp;diff=6541"/>
		<updated>2023-07-20T16:07:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Client &amp;amp; Server System Requirements for SME==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SME Technical Specifications:==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SME and system requirements for Client Machine===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum CPU required: 2 GHz+ minimum (Get a good mid-range size and use that)&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum memory required: 8GB - 16GB recommended or 1 Gig per gig of DB size&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum free hard disk space required: 300 MB, 1 GB recommended, or sized to your current DB size&lt;br /&gt;
*Operating system version: Windows 10 – 11&lt;br /&gt;
*Server operating system 2016 - 2022&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum screen resolution: 1024 x 768 - – SME is optimized for 1280 x 1200&lt;br /&gt;
*Network: 10Mbps min, 100Mbps or 1Gbps recommended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SME minimum system requirements for Server===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum CPU required: 2 or more GHz recommended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Memory/RAM: Ram requirement is a factor of the database size. Plan on 1 gig per gig of database size plus 4-gig minimum for operating system use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Go to this article for details for improving SQL Performance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MS SQL should not be installed on a domain controller due to security considerations and domain controller default SQL databases (Note: As of SQL 2017 Microsoft will no longer allow the installation of SQL on a domain controller).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MS SQL version should be matched to server operating system  2012 – SQL 2012 R2 SQL 2014 - SQL 2014 R2, Server 2016 – SQL 2017, etc. (Note:  2008 – SQL 2008 R2 is no longer supported by Microsoft and you should update your systems ASAP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Server should have a separate drive for SQL Temp database usage as this database is written to often in high volume operations (SQL Performance)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum free hard disk space required: 4 GB minimum, 10 GB preferred&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Servers should be using a Raid 10 configuration with a separate drive for log files and temp database usage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A separate partition can suffice if another drive is not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Minimum screen resolution: 1024 x 768 – SME is optimized for 1280 x 1200&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Network: 10Mbps min, 100Mbps or 1Gbps recommended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Operating System: Windows 8/Win 8.1, Win 10, or Windows Server 2008 STD R2/2011 STD, 2012 R2 STD, SQL 2014, Server 2016, SQL 2016. (Note: any MS operating system prior to Windows 8.1 is no longer supported by Microsoft and its use should be discontinued immediately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*MS Does not recommend installing MS SQL Server on a domain controller or SBS operating system. We also do not recommend installing on a server running MS Exchange Server. (Note: As of SQL 2017 this is no longer allowed in any manner by the SQL installer).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Database: MS SQL 2012, 2014, 2017, 2019 any edition. (Note: SQL 2008, 2008 R2 is no longer supported).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Note: The Express Edition is free and has no user limit, but does have the following limits:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database limit of 10GB for  2012 +&lt;br /&gt;
Limits processor cores to 1&lt;br /&gt;
Memory usage to 4 gig (SQL 2017+ now combine some previously separated memory processes and may require significantly more memory than the posted limits).&lt;br /&gt;
This is sufficient size for most companies unless you plan utilizing stored documents. High5 suggests using a separate SQL instance for SME. We can share a SQL instance however certain maintenance tasks may take the other databases off-line while performing the maintenance&lt;br /&gt;
*Express version are limited in memory usage, Database size, processor cores, and in basic optimization functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*High5 follows Microsoft directives for lifecycle product support. https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/lifecycle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SQL Server 2005 – no longer supported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SQL Server 2008 – no longer supported&lt;br /&gt;
==System Requirements for Mobile SME Products==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[SME Mobile Prerequisites]] for system requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Mobile SME products include Mobile Tech for SME, TimeTracker for SME, Dispatch Plus, Warehouse Manager, Customer Portal and others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quickbooks==&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*High5 Service Management Enterprise, (SME), is compatible with all yearly upgrades to Pro, Premier, and Enterprise versions of QuickBooks. The SQLink program will function without issue as long as the following steps are taken. [[Quickbook Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Quickbooks system requirements: 8GB RAM for 1-5 users, 12GB RAM for 10 users&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Customers&amp;diff=6536</id>
		<title>Customers</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Customers&amp;diff=6536"/>
		<updated>2023-05-17T20:41:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#ev:youtube|Ybxk061nD60}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;There are a couple ways to create a new customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#  Select New &amp;gt; Customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#  The Customer module will open with an empty customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill out the record and click Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another way to create a new customer:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer module&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Details and Settings Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab, you can track the site, billing and mailing address using the tabs along the left.  All of these addresses can be the same or they could all be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;If the site, billing and mailing information is the same:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill out the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Site&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab with the company and address information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Billing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Set From Site&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (arrow in image below)&lt;br /&gt;
# The address from the Site tab will populate the Billing tab.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mailing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Set From Site&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# The address from the Site tab will populate the Mailing tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:BillingSetFromSite.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases you may have one customer you are working with and you have multiple job sites for them. You can create a parent child relationship.  If you do this, you could look up the parent company and find all of the related “child” companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To create a parent – child company structure:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, create a company record for the “parent” company. Usually the information on the Site and Billing tab for the parent is going to be the same. When that is created, you can then create the &amp;quot;child&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Create a company record for the “child” company.&lt;br /&gt;
# On the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Site&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab, enter the job site information.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “child” record, select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Billing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select Billing Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the window that displays, select the billing or “parent” company.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click S&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ave&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the &amp;quot;child&amp;quot; company record.&lt;br /&gt;
# Notice the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Full Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for the “child” company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To see all “child’ companies for the “parent” company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the “parent” company.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Associated Companies&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
# All related “child” companies will be listed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To add a contact to a company record&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click your cursor in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contact&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
# Type the contact name.&lt;br /&gt;
# Tab to the next field and the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contact Editor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; will display. (image below)&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill out the contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:ContactEditor23.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Syncing Customer to QB&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Review the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[SQLink]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; page to determine the best settings for syncing customer names from SME to QB Company and Customer name fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;http://high5software.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=SQLink#Billing_Name_Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h4&amp;gt;Phone Number syncing to QB Company&amp;lt;/h4&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When entering a new customer in SME, the first and third phone number fields sync to QuickBooks Phone and FAX phone numbers as shown in the image below. Even if you change the phone label in SME, it still will sync the first and third phone number fields. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:CustomerPhoneNumberSync.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h4&amp;gt;Leaving Site Address Blank&amp;lt;/h4&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you leave the Site Address blank in SME, after your sync with QuickBooks, the billing address will populate the site tab. To keep the billing address out of the site tab, put a &amp;quot;.&amp;quot; in the address1 field on the site tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;click here for screenshots: http://high5software.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=SQLink_FAQ#Customer_Site_Address_is_populating_with_Billing_Address_After_Sync&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h4&amp;gt;Edits to SME Customers syncing to QB&amp;lt;/h4&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you edit a customer in SME, the customer will be set to sync to QB on the next sync. You will see the Export to QB flag checked. Once synced, the flag will be cleared.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Updating Site and Billing Address in SME&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To update existing open orders and open invoices with the new address, all other users must be logged out of SME. Then you can check Propagate and save the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:PropagateToOrders.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If other users aren&amp;#039;t logged out of SME, the you will get this message:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Propagate_SingleUserMode.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Mailing Tab&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you fill out an address on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mailing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab and check &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Use on Invoices&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, then on any invoice created for that customer, the mailing address will populate the Site tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:MailingTab_UseOnInvoices.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;When a work order is invoiced, the Site tab shows the info from the Mailing tab because &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;use on invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is checked.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:MailingTab_showOnInvoiceSiteTab.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Fields in the Customer Record - Details and Settings tab&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Based on the settings your SME Administrator setup, this field is auto populated when you save the company record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Balance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Displays the amount due for all open invoices for the customer. This is a calculation and it is not an editable field. If you have parent/child customer structure, the child/site customer balance is added to the parent balance and the child balance is 0.00&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Salesperson&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Select from the salesperson in the Salesperson drop down. The names in this drop down are determined by your SME Administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Division&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - The drop down can be customized by your SME Administrator. Once you collect this information for your customers, you can sort your customers by division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Status&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is a text field to type a quick message that is visible here on the Details and Settings tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;URL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Type the customers website address&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Warehouse location for customer equipment in your warehouse. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; - Here is information about Customer Warhouses: http://high5software.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Warehouses#Customer_Warehouses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Messages&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - The messages box contains a list of emailed notifications, as well as calculated data based on current information. For example if account is past due, if maintenance/warranty has expired, when the next activity is scheduled for the customer, etc.  Clearing the message clears the notification messages, but the calculated messages are always there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Account Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you will find your customer’s account information. Depending on the permissions set by your SME Administrator, this tab may be hidden from view. At the bottom of the tab, find the customer’s balance due.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Customer_AccountsTab.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;MsoTableGrid&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: collapse; border: none; mso-yfti-tbllook: 1184; mso-padding-alt: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; mso-border-insidev: none&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;mso-yfti-irow: 0; mso-yfti-firstrow: yes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 126.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;169&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Terms&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 531.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;709&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Select the default billing terms for the customer. When creating an invoice, you can always change the terms.&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;mso-yfti-irow: 1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 126.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;169&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Purchase Order Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 531.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;709&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
If checked, any service or install order created for the customer will require a PO# to be entered on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;mso-yfti-irow: 2&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 126.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;169&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tax ID&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 531.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;709&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Type in the customers Tax ID&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;mso-yfti-irow: 3&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 126.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;169&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Finance Charge&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 531.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;709&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the finance charge. Click&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[Late Fees / Finance Charges]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for more information&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;mso-yfti-irow: 4&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 126.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;169&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Source&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 531.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;709&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the source of this customer&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;mso-yfti-irow: 5&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 126.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;169&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Printed Comments&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 531.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;709&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
If this field is on a report, the text typed in the field will display on the report (e.g. invoice, orders)&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;mso-yfti-irow: 6&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 126.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;169&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Last Service&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 531.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;709&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Date populated based on the latest Date Opened field on the companies work orders. The Date Opened field is auto-populated with the date you created the order, but it can be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;mso-yfti-irow: 7&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 126.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;169&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Since&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 531.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;709&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The date field is auto-populated with the date you created the company record. You can change the date as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;mso-yfti-irow: 8&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 126.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;169&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Business Type&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 531.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;709&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
You can select the type of business. This drop down list can be customized by your SME Administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;mso-yfti-irow: 9; height: .25in&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 126.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; height: .25in&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;169&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Business Hours&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 531.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; height: .25in&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;709&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
As a reference, type the business hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;mso-yfti-irow: 10; height: 3.5pt&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 126.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; height: 3.5pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;169&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Primary Technician&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 531.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; height: 3.5pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;709&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
When you add labor to an order for this company, the primary technician will populate the Technician field on the Labor Editor. You can select another technician in the Labor Editor as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;mso-yfti-irow: 11&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 126.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;169&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Secondary Technician&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 531.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;709&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Select a secondary technician. In an order for the customer, you can reference the secondary technician field.&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;mso-yfti-irow: 12&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 126.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;169&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add Customer Message on Past Due&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 531.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;709&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The following message will populate the message field on Details and Settings tab: “Account is past due”&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;mso-yfti-irow: 13&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 126.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;169&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Class&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 531.9pt; border: none; border-bottom: solid black 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; mso-border-bottom-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;709&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
If you are syncing SME with QuickBooks, this drop down should match your Class list in QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;mso-yfti-irow: 14; mso-yfti-lastrow: yes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 126.9pt; border: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;169&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Converted from Sales on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 531.9pt; border: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid black .5pt; mso-border-top-themecolor: text1; padding: 0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;709&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Auto-populated date showing when you converted the company from a Lead to a Customer. No date will display if the company was created directly in the customer module. This date cannot be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the bottom of the Account tab, you will see balance information. If you don&amp;#039;t see this, then it was hidden based on your User Group settings. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:AccountCurrent.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Net 30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Net 60&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Net 90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - These field shows balances that are 30, 60 or 90 days past the due date &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The due date for account calculations can be based on the Invoice Due Date or on the Invoice Date. This is determined by your setting in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Setup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;System&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The setting is &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Base Past Due on Invoice Date, not Due Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Deposit on Account&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This shows the total deposits entered for a customer in SME. SME Deposits stay in SME and do not sync to QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rates Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rates tab is where you can set up special pricing for the customer and tax information.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Customer_RatesTab.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1.45in; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Price Book&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 7.7in; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;739&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Select the price book for the customer here and all pricing on orders will be based on the rules set up in the price book.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1.45in; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Premium Hour&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 7.7in; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;739&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an amount you want to charge the customer for every order.&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;It will show in the&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Premium&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Totals&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab in the order.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1.45in; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Trip Charge&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 7.7in; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;739&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the trip charge amount you want to populate every order for the customer. It will show in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Trip Charge&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Totals&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab in the order.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1.45in; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tax Group/Code&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 7.7in; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;739&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Select the appropriate tax group for the customer. Your SME Administrator will set these up based on your needs.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1.45in; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tax Exempt&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 7.7in; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;739&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Check for your tax exempt customers.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1.45in; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Excise Tax Rate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 7.7in; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;739&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the excise tax rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;rgb(227, 108, 10)&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**NOTE**&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt; In order for this tax to be calculated on an order, your SME Administrator must check “Apply Excise Tax” in the Setup module &amp;gt; Company &amp;gt; Order .&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1.45in; border: medium none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Calculate Excise Tax&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 7.7in; border: medium none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;739&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Check here for SME to calculate the Excise Tax on orders&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1.45in; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SLA Category&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 7.7in; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;739&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set SLA Category for your customer. Any order or itemized invoice you create for the customer will have the SLA category on the record. [[SLA Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Install Info Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab gives you an overview of the customer site. You may have individual maintenance contracts for the customer as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:InstallInfoTab.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;MsoTableGrid&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: collapse; border: medium none&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 135.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;181&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Installer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 558.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;745&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Technician that did the install&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 135.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;181&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Warranty Exp.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 558.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;745&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Set the date for warranty expiration. If “Warn on Expiration” is checked and it is past the date, the following message will populate the message field on Details and Settings: “Warranty expired: x/x/20xx”&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 135.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;181&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Maintenance Exp.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 558.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;745&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Set the date for maintenance expiration. If “Warn on Expiration” is checked and it is past the date, the following message will populate the message field on Details and Settings: “Maintenance expired: x/x/20xx”&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 135.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;181&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Minimum Prepaid Services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 558.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;745&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Set the minimum prepaid services required for this customer.&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;SME will compare the amount here to the amount entered on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Activity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Prepaid Services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. When below the minimum level, the following message will populate the message field on Details and Settings: “Minimum level of prepaid services reached x/x/20xx”&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 135.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;181&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Minimum Prepaid Hours&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 558.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;745&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Set the minimum prepaid hours required for this customer.&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;SME will compare the amount here to the amount entered on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Activity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Prepaid Hours&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. When below the minimum level, the following message will populate the message field on Details and Settings: “Minimum level of prepaid hours reached x/xx/20xx”&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 135.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;181&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;System&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 558.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;745&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Your SME Administrator may have customized this field. Choose the system associated with this customer.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 135.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;181&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;LD Carrier&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 558.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;745&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Long Distance Carrier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 135.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;181&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Maintenance Costs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 558.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;745&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Type the maintenance cost for the customer. This is not linked to a maintenance contract.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;clear&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Customer Lists Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Customer Lists tab provides access to more tabs. Here you can access all contacts related to the customer and a list of the customer equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; If you aren&amp;#039;t seeing all these tabs under Customer Lists, check your User group settings on the Tab Settings tab. (http://high5software.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=User_Groups#Tab_Settings_Tab)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CustomerListsTAb.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
§  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contacts&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Add and edit company contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
§  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Equipment&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Access equipment at the customer site (also use the Customer Equipment module for more functionality)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
§  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;IP Addresses&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Hide this tab if it isn’t relevant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
§  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phone Lines&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Hide this tab if it isn’t relevant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
§  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Systems&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Add your customer’s systems. Hide this tab if it isn’t relevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
§  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Subcontractors&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Associate a subcontractor using this tab. It is used as reference. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contacts – Add new contacts&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Lists tab.&lt;br /&gt;
# On the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contacts&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the Contact Editor that opens, fill out the contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contact Pref&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – select their preferred contact method (list to be customized by your SME Administrator&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contact role&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – select the contacts role within their organization (list to be customized by your SME Administrator)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Web Access Password&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you are using WebConnect with SME, this is where you would assign the contact a login to WebConnect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Customer History Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
In the Customer Activity tab, you can access all order history, invoice history, payment history and more. Depending on the permissions set by your SME Administrator, you may not see all the tabs shown in the screenshot below. (Hiding and showing tabs in User Groups: http://high5software.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=User_Groups#Tab_Settings_Tab)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CustomerHIstoryTab.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: rgb(227, 108, 10);&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Service tab you can access all service order history for the selected customer. &lt;br /&gt;
*  Select an order and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quick View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the order in another window.&lt;br /&gt;
* Double click on the order to jump to the order in the Service Order module.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the column headers to sort orders.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drag and drop the column headers to change the column order.&lt;br /&gt;
* Right click on any order and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Export to Excel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the data in Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Closed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoiced&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;All&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to change the orders displayed based on the status selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:byStatus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: rgb(227, 108, 10);&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Install&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Install tab is similar to the Service tab. The only difference is it lists Install Orders for the company selected. See instructions for Service above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: rgb(227, 108, 10);&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Recurring Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View all recurring orders for the customer. Set up new recurring orders in the Recurring Orders module, or by clicking &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on this tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: rgb(227, 108, 10);&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoices&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Access all invoices for the customer. &lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the column headers to sort by column.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Closed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;All&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to change the invoices displayed based on the status selected.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select an invoice and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quick View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the invoice in a new window. This allows you to stay in the Customer module.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select an invoice and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to jump to the invoice in the Invoicing module.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right click on any invoice and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Export to Excel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open data in Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;MsoNormal&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: rgb(227, 108, 10);&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;*NOTE*&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; This tab may be hidden from your view based on permissions.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt; This tab may be hidden from your view based on permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Itemized Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – brings you to the Invoicing module with a new itemized invoice open for the customer. An itemized invoice isn’t linked to an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Combined Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – brings you to the Invoicing module with a new combined invoice open for the customer. &lt;br /&gt;
Payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;On the Payments tab you can access all customer payment history. This tab may be hidden from your view based on permissions set by your SME Administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Select a payment and click Quick View to open the payment in another window. This keeps you in the Customer module.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the column headers to sort orders.&lt;br /&gt;
# Double click on the payment to jump to the payment in the Payment module.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drag and drop the column headers to change the column order.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select Payment, Credit or All to change the payments displayed based on the status selected.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right click on any payment, select Export to Excel to open the data in Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: rgb(227, 108, 10);&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Proposals &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Proposals tab, you can access proposal history for your customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Double click on the proposal to jump to the Proposal module.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proposal and click Quick View to open the proposal in a new window. This keeps you in the Customer module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: rgb(227, 108, 10);&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access all maintenance contacts for your customer here.  Click New to create a new Maintenance Contract for the customer or select a contract on the tab and click Edit to edit an existing contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: rgb(227, 108, 10);&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Recurring&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access all recurring invoices for your customer in this tab. Click New to create a new recurring invoice or click Edit to edit an existing contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: rgb(227, 108, 10);&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Deposits &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To record deposits customers made&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select how they paid in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pay Type&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill out the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Payment Amount&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and remaining fields.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The deposit is recorded for the customer. You can see the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Deposit on Account&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the Account tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:DepositOnAccount.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The deposit can be applied to invoices created for the customer. When creating an invoice for the customer, you will be prompted to type the amount of deposit you want to apply to an invoice (circled in image below)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:DepositApply.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: rgb(227, 108, 10);&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item Repair&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a work order was created for the customer to repair some of their equipment, this tab will list the equipment to repair. Double click on the item and you can see what which equipment, the repair requested and repair performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Adding Columns to the tabs&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to add additional columns to the grids on the tabs under Customer History, you can right click in the grid on the tab and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add Columns to Grid&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. In the window that opens, check the fields you want to view and click OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:AddColumnsToCustomerHistoryTabGrids.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To go back to the original columns, right click in the grid and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reset Grid&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Clear Grid&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the menu, all the columns will be hidden. You can click in the upper left corner of the grid to choose which individual columns to add back in (image below)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:AddColumnsBackIn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Associated Companies Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have parent/child relationships set-up between your companies, you can access this tab on the parent company to see all child companies. See the Details and Settings portion of this document to see how to set up parent-child relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AssociatedCompanies.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notifications Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set email or pop-up notification for your customer in this tab.  Your SME Administrator will create the types of notifications that you can set for your customers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your administrator can select which modules these notifications are available for and what type of action taken prompts the notification (e.g. Adding, Editing, Deleting, or Closing the record in the customer module.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1.       On the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Notifications&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notification.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.       Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Notification Type&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. If this drop down field is empty, your SME Administrator hasn’t set up any notifications for this module yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.       Check &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Send Email To&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and type the email address for the person that wants to be notified with activity for this customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.       Check &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Alert User&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to set a pop-up window to open when user and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Message&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. In the window that opens type the message you want your user to see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;MsoListParagraphCxSpLast&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 0.25in; text-indent: -0.25in;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 11pt; line-height: 115%; font-family: &amp;amp;quot;Calibri&amp;amp;quot;,&amp;amp;quot;sans-serif&amp;amp;quot;; color: rgb(227, 108, 10);&amp;quot;&amp;gt;**NOTE**&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 11pt; line-height: 115%; font-family: &amp;amp;quot;Calibri&amp;amp;quot;,&amp;amp;quot;sans-serif&amp;amp;quot;;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; if you don’t see the Notifications tab, then it was hidden from your view based on your user group permissions.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Move existing site to new billing company ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are syncing SME with QuickBooks, see this video to move customers as job sites under another Billable or Parent customer.  This would be done in the case that job sites are first imported into QuickBooks and then you need to move them as job sites. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Do not move customers that have a history of invoices and payments.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube| ah7Nn6jUFlw }}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you cannot move the site to a new billing customer in QuickBooks because of invoice and payment history, then you will need to create a new customer site and link it to the new billing/parent customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;How to manage current orders/info and move to the new management company.&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Company Names:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Old Billing / Management Company = D&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;New Billing / Management company = E&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Old Site/Job/Customer =  ABC (Change to ABC – D during the steps below)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;New Site/Job/Customer = ABC – E&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Actions:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          In QB&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;o   Locate the ‘Site/Job/Customer’ under the current Management Company – ‘D’ parent&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;o   Add a suffix to the name – ABC Site – D (makes this Site/Job/Customer unique)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;o   Sync – this will set the name in SME to ABC – D&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Create a new Customer in SME or QB called ‘ABC – E’ for the location – If in SME set the Billing to the ‘E’ parent&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;o   Locate existing Recurring Orders or Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;o   Click the Magnify glass next to the Site Name and browse for the new Site/Customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;o   You can also move the customer equipment from ABC – D to ABC – E from the Customer Equipment module. (right click on the equipment and select &amp;quot;Move to another site)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Merge Customers ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can merge customer history from one customer into another customer in SME. Once the history is moved, the customer record you moved history &amp;#039;&amp;#039;from&amp;#039;&amp;#039; can be set to inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:StartingcusotmerMerge.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- Go to the customer you want to merge into another customer, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Merge with&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. (This is the customer you want to get rid of and merge history into another customer, in the image above it is Willows School.)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Customer_Actions_MergeWith.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- In the search window that opens, select the customer you want to move the history to&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:SelectCustomerToMergeInto.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- Your window will stay on the original customer. Check out the history tab and the service &amp;amp; install history should be empty. Set the Customer to inactive by clicking &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Set to Inactive&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and make sure &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Export to QuickBooks&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is unchecked. You could also delete the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:CustomerMerge_HistoryMovedAway.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- Go to the other customer you merged history into&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- Look at the history tab and you should see the orders from the other customer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:MergedHistory.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- If you want to update the name and address on the moved service orders that are still &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;open&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, you can click&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; propagate to orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the site and billing tab on the customer you moved history to.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:PropagateAddressToMergedHistory.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== If Merging Quickbooks Customer === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; When merging customers we recommend you do as follows: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Merge the customer in QB – This will move all of the info to the merge customer and will set the merged customer in SME to Inactive. All historical records will remain tied to the inactive customer.&lt;br /&gt;
*Sync – this will record the QB action and will set the merged customer in SME to Inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
*Merge the customer in SME – This will move all of the historical info to the merge customer and will leave the merged customer as inactive. (You can delete the customer once it has been merged). Note: The only change to historical data in SME is the Billing/Parent UID is replaced on the merged records. All address info, etc. remains as originally entered.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ContactEditor23.png&amp;diff=6535</id>
		<title>File:ContactEditor23.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ContactEditor23.png&amp;diff=6535"/>
		<updated>2023-05-17T20:39:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ContactEditor.png&amp;diff=6534</id>
		<title>File:ContactEditor.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ContactEditor.png&amp;diff=6534"/>
		<updated>2023-05-17T19:58:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: DavidH uploaded a new version of File:ContactEditor.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ContactEditor.png&amp;diff=6533</id>
		<title>File:ContactEditor.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ContactEditor.png&amp;diff=6533"/>
		<updated>2023-05-17T19:56:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: DavidH uploaded a new version of File:ContactEditor.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ContactEditor.png&amp;diff=6532</id>
		<title>File:ContactEditor.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ContactEditor.png&amp;diff=6532"/>
		<updated>2023-05-17T19:55:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: DavidH uploaded a new version of File:ContactEditor.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ContactEditor.png&amp;diff=6531</id>
		<title>File:ContactEditor.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ContactEditor.png&amp;diff=6531"/>
		<updated>2023-05-17T19:53:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: DavidH uploaded a new version of File:ContactEditor.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ContactEditor.png&amp;diff=6530</id>
		<title>File:ContactEditor.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ContactEditor.png&amp;diff=6530"/>
		<updated>2023-05-17T19:53:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: DavidH uploaded a new version of File:ContactEditor.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ContactEditor.png&amp;diff=6529</id>
		<title>File:ContactEditor.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ContactEditor.png&amp;diff=6529"/>
		<updated>2023-05-17T19:52:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: DavidH uploaded a new version of File:ContactEditor.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ContactEditor.png&amp;diff=6528</id>
		<title>File:ContactEditor.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ContactEditor.png&amp;diff=6528"/>
		<updated>2023-05-17T19:52:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: DavidH uploaded a new version of File:ContactEditor.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Out_of_Seats_when_you_are_not_out&amp;diff=6517</id>
		<title>Out of Seats when you are not out</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Out_of_Seats_when_you_are_not_out&amp;diff=6517"/>
		<updated>2022-10-31T16:46:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;If you are getting an &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Out of Seats&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; message when logging into SME but you don&amp;#039;t have all of your seats logged in, the usual cause is lock files that are not properly closed by Windows when SME closes. This is usually caused when SME is not closed and the connection to the server is interrupted or you are using terminal services and the session is closed while SME is open.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Please do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Log all users out of SME&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Right click on your SME shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open file location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (Win 7) or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Find Target&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (XP)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Scroll up the file list to the Data folder &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;high5software\Data\&amp;lt;your company data folder&amp;gt;\Locks&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Locate the files labeled &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;GEN###.net&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and delete them&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          You should be able to log in with all licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          If you cannot delete them you may have an open Terminal Server session that is still logged in&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Start&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Run&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;gt; and type &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;fsmgmt.msc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Look at all open file shares and make sure no users are logged in to other sessions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any connections using Remote Desktop Services to access the server and SME that are not limited to a single session, or have session timeouts set, may use up seats and have multiple sessions open.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6516</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - 8.2 Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6516"/>
		<updated>2022-09-26T15:31:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:9/23/2022 Version: 8.2.5.155/8.2.5.55/8.2.5.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Corrected Order level fields that monitor taxable and nontaxable items&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added Service Item Services Performed to invoice export&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Corrected package export after deleting the package header&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/17/2022 Version: 8.2.4.152&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added Software and Hardware version to the Mat Details grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Modified to use tab and arrow keys&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed navigation button widths&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/27/2022 Version: 8.2.4.151/SQLink:8.2.3.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Inventory/Address lines not enabled for editing&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Relabeled Field of Service to Specialty as it conflicted with the actual Field of Service drop down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/27/2022 Version: 8.2.4.150/SQLink:8.2.3.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payment/Balancing payment not pulling in based on billing UID and not calculating correct open invoice amount&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Tech Code to create balancing payments for all invoices based on date range&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/20/2022 Version: 8.2.4.149/SQLink:8.2.3.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added option to add labor start/end time to the invoice export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Skip employees memo error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/01/2022 Version: 8.2.3.148/Routines:8.2.3.54/SQLink:8.2.3.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Activities/Corrected query requiring a work group detail to email an activity&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Table Closed error on tech export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/11/2022 Version: 8.2.3.146/Routines:8.2.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Address Book/Swapped in control for tabbed address book&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Address Book/Fixed addresses spanning multiple lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Custom Tables/Added custom tabs for packages&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Fixed vendor item number not filling in from orders on PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent Item removal if the parent item is no longer in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/If an item has no parent ID coming from QB, clear parent info in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/11/2022 Version: 8.2.3.145/Routines:8.2.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memos/Added html code to manage text starting with a bulleted list&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Layout/Fixed button overlap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/04/2022 Version: 8.2.3.144/Routines:8.2.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added item cost to the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/14/2022 Version: 8.2.3.143/Routines:8.2.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Search/Multiple searches were causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2021 Version: 8.2.3.142/Routines:8.2.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/MAPI/Changed email body to plain text to work better with MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Retail level on package item breakouts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2021 Version: 8.2.3.141/Routines:8.2.3.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/MAPI/Email bodies not working correctly with MAPI settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/21/2021 Version: 8.2.3.140/Routines:8.2.3.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Modified recurring to keep terms and salesperson separate with an option in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Recurring. When generating orders/invoices from recurring order, don&amp;#039;t copy over terms and  salesperson information from customer, unless flag is set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/21/2021 Version: 8.2.3.140/Routines:8.2.3.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Modified recurring to keep terms and salesperson separate with an option in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Recurring. When generating orders/invoices from recurring order, don&amp;#039;t copy over terms and  salesperson information from customer, unless flag is set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/1/2021 Version: 8.2.3.139&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added manufacture part number to the material grids on the item editor and order materials grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Modified/Added Action menu item &amp;#039;Remove inactive inventory&amp;#039; to remove inactive inventory from cloned orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 9/10/2021 Version: 8.2.3.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Editor/Updated the memo editor with latest fixes. Corrects a host of issues around formatting, displa, copy &amp;amp; paste&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/20/2021 Version: 8.2.3.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Set system to use Rich Text fields for loading Dispatch as HTML was causing slowness loading large amounts of text&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Incoming Email/Added [Order Number] to the beginning of the Summary field for auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/16/2021 Version: 8.2.3.136/SQLink 8.2.3.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Removed unused field for labor assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added flag to print/batch email to isolate past due invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/added option and logic to send SME Outgoing email to QuickBooks Alt Email 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/11/2021 Version: 8.2.2.135/SQLink 8.2.2.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Fields/Fixed CSS style string duplications when editing memos - Service Requested/Performed&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Added\Billable company to GL entries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/23/2021 Version: 8.2.2.134/SQLink 8.2.2.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Installed update to HTML component&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - do not update username when importing sales persons&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - table not open when importing customer types&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021 Version: 8.2.2.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Archiving\Skip payment types as they get auto created if missing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021 Version: 8.2.2.132/SQLink 8.2.2.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Setup\Inventory\Snapshot\Added ability to trim the inventory snapshot file when it becomes bloated&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Utilities\Archiving\Added ability to select your own archive folder path&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/26/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.131/SQLink 8.2.2.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Update/Updated HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated to use the latest HTML components for export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/19/2021 Version: 8.2.2.130/SQLink 8.2.2.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Assets/Computers/Fixed location field selection&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Invoice Export/Modified code to strip unprintable characters from notes fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/29/2021 Version: 8.2.2.129/SQLink 8.2.2.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Direct Sales/Fixed default Search Views&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/More modifications to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/15/2021 Version: 8.2.2.128/SQLink 8.2.2.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Permissions/Form Code - corrected logic&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/Modified to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/8/2021 Version: 8.2.2.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved spacing between buttons for &amp;#039;Remove Tech&amp;#039; and Refresh&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  12/18/2020 Version: 8.2.2.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Summary line allowed for text over flow.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Payments/Error when canceling a payment with a notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Update to the editor to correct font and other HTML issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/06/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.124&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Modified to allow selecting the batch date.(Note: This does not change the actual date of the transaction).&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring/Modified to include copy tax group, price book, salesperson, terms from customer settings to the Recurring modules when generating recurring invoices/orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/30/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editors/Fonts now used in memo fields will print correctly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/23/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Corrected URL launching&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/19/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Modified flag to correct data field corruption when printing forms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/16/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Changed setup to a tabbed layout and corrected field over lapping&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/9/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/2/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/25/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Testing on reporting components&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Import/Modified to accept importing customers with 100&amp;#039;s of ship to addresses. Intuit had limit at 50 prior to QB 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/4/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Details Tab/Added Trip Charge field&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Price Books/Update all details when Price Book name changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.115-Not Released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Update of reporting font component broke data field display&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/21/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.114-Not Released/SQLink 8.2.2.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Activities/Fixed error when selecting the activity twice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Updated components not working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Changed invoice deletes due to Intuit changes regarding invoice deletions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.113 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/7/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.112/SQLink 8.2.2.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/Added option to skip user notes on employee import&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/QuickBooks version no longer required - removed from setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/26/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Export/Clear double quotes from all fields before exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/10/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Material Editor/Corrected field overlap and error when canceling out of Search&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Updated FTP sites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  5/8/2020 Version: 8.2.1.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified auto upload/update FTP locations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/1/2020 Version: 8.2.1.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Added ability to add Non Inventory items from the Orders Modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Adding new service item from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Query correction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/10/2020 Version: 8.2.1.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Modified functionality. Added grid sorting and selection. Added Action Item to the menu for adjusting individual landed costs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/20/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added custom tables to Service Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Importing package items on the Order Items and material tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/misspelling on backup prompt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/07/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Report designer error when accessing some tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Do not add CSS lines to signatures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/31/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items are now linked directly to the material details&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items PO&amp;#039;s are now updating Cost/Retail based on the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Assigning Email addresses to Copy and Blind Copy fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Sort order of email addresses in address selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/15/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.100/SQLink 8.2.1.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added export Invoice Summary to QuickBooks Invoice Memo&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Removed all but one blank line on the QuickBooks invoice for Service notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Groups/Fixed/User group options not showing after a change&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Setup/Log Tab/Right Click Export log now functioning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Added key fields to order conversion to speed conversion&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Tech Code/Updated Scheduled Service to Recurring Orders conversion to only use the existing date information from Scheduled Services in Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/16/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Subtotaling update on all Order Item grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/26/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/TLS version to work with Microsoft Office365 email&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Added/SMPSystem to the module grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified the grid. It can now be rearranged&lt;br /&gt;
*Modules/Modified/Added Is Equipment flag to all Order Item Tabs for all modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Conversion issues regarding database connections during the process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/7/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data Conversion/Clear all functions prior to starting the conversion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/31/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data/Normalized all numeric fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/17/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch Print/Component freezing due to grid update&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Reverse/Corrected reversing an RMA&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Jump to order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/Updated the reporting HTML component with added functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.92 Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/10/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Converting/Set Scheduled Services ending date when it&amp;#039;s not set prior to conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagating/Now correctly propagates all address and email info. Must be processed separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/29/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Fixed/Customer UID was not filling in and writing the batch record details to the customer Journal&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Invoice/Fixed error on order to invoice conversion when the error was a zero records error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added a system UID for any place in SME where an order UID was not written. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/5/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Using the .87 query method to manage all propagation. Propagation was timing out on long running queries&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Now updates all associated module records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Method to remove long running queries from the application into SQL for quicker processing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring Orders/Fixed issues when converting Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Compliance/Reviewing tech compliance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.85 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Completed/Reversing an RMA. Still not compatible with all types of RMAs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.84- not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.83 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Reversing RMA and adding item back to stock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.81/SQLink 8.2.1.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified/Add order aid to all manually entered customer equipment records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Licensing/Added alternative sites to check for licensing should one fail&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.80/SQLink 8.2.1.9/Routines 8.2.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Currency set to Hong Kong was causing Recurring invoice failure&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Export/Strip out all HTML tags as QB is not in RTF for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Contacts Update/Bad field name was causing contact update issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Memo fields/Now strip HTML when exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/7/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Archive/Set archive queries to &amp;#039;not&amp;#039; look for unrelated records that have already been archived&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/If a repair item existed system was querying the entire customer equipment list instead of the specific item you required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/9/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Global field showing after update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.76/SQLink 8.2.1.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Send email body out as text since MAPI was dropping the info&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added Class ID to the qb export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/19/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Convert with a service item of &amp;#039;Maintenance&amp;#039; type if Scheduled Service has no items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/28/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Duplication - when duplicating customers do not duplicate billing information&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Added/Tech code to convert all Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders in anticipation of eliminating Scheduled Services&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.73&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Advanced Search/Fixed error when clicking on the &amp;#039;Notes&amp;#039; option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/15/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Email body text was not copying to Outlook when set to MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Error on sending email on some systems due to the Standard font used in all reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Not able to invoice a fully closed partial order after adding a new item to the order due to the order/invoice calculations&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Logon/Clear user/password fields after failed log on attempt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Filling inventory reconciliation and not posting the same day was moving all inventory to the virtual location&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Sales/Notes/Modified to copy Sales Site notes to Customer when converting&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/User/Fixed issue allowing an employee to set themselves as supervisor causing infinite loop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.70&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/No longer can import Notes from QuickBooks since they corrupt the SME notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/System/Do not import QuickBooks notes due to Rich Text vs HTML&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/27/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Maintenance Contracts/Error when adding Scheduled Service from Maintenance Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Import/Proposal error coming up if the user was in the proposal module and went to Utilities/Import&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Conversion/Fixed issue when converting due to item allocation when all on hand were reserved&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Print Pack/Further attempts to get printing/emailing working correctly with Print Pack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/20/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.68&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added serial numbers to GL export memo line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Printing/Print Packet was locking up when printing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock recording the &amp;#039;actual&amp;#039; date added as opposed to adding to existing stock records from another year&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQL logic/Dropped all unnecessary fields from the search building logic for  speed improvement&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Order status was not clearing due the procedure getting called twice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Deleting techs with vehicles were not removing the vehicle from the order&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Details/Fixed/Custom details were getting dropped due to flag on the header clearing on Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/16/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Views/Fields not getting dropped from views when they are dropped from the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Search/Fixed/Error when a UID was included in a search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.61&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/RMA/Fixed so the location picked when returning can be different than the default location&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Material Detail/Modified rounding for order items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.60&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Modified CSS so images can be resized&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Add Stock/Require new inventory item to be saved before adding stock&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Transactions/Modified transaction info to correctly show added stock from inventory vs system&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Notes not clearing out when exporting invoices with revised notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Save shipping addresses correctly on export to QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.59&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Modified/Creating invoice would occasionally not create due to package items&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Detail/Fixed issue when adding custom details when custom tables existed&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Cloning/Fixed customer UID not inserted on all cloned proposals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/27/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.58&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Rounding error caused by records in inventory sub table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/29/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.57&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customers/Prepaid/Activity flag not clearing out when Maintenance or Warranty was selected on a prepaid order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Speed/Modified SQL to speed up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed Rate/Fixed bug due to calculating when percent was less than zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.55&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Grids/Rebuild with underscore in the name due to bug in the component&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/25/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.54&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified to keep prompting for a file name as long as the view name is blank&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modules/Saving-Restoring views when sub grids change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Dispatch/Set dispatch default timer to 10 minutes if it has not been set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/18/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.53 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/011/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed tabbing in editors&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Codes/Fixed uploading/downloading for tech codes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Added due date to the grids&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent item field was not clearing when deleted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/28/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Fixed Quick Jump logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/21/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Changed to always go to the first record on Radio button changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Modified to not drop the current view if closing orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/17/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Error when using Next/Last button and only one record in the filtered data&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Change order filters and queries loading for modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/View lookup modification to do lookups on limited field list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modified to only use a limited field list and not every field in the grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Next-Last button not actually saving the &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; record looked at&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modifying queries that load the search grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Redo image handling when converting orders with 100&amp;#039;s of images&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Speed when opening PO with 100KK of inventory items&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Parent Item/Programed the drop down to do a lookup of items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/02/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.46&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Routines/Library revision to compile under SQL 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/26/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.45&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Parent Item lookup not loading the list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed/RTF conversion issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service/Install/Fixed blocking routines keeping order from closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.43 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.42&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Worked with component to get cursor working&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/A/V error when saving new records into SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/07/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.41&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Moved document field to directory to only show on the stored documents tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Error when converting service items from packages to orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option for time stamp in memos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when deleting a class which was a child of another class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Component for memo editing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/03/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Getting error when emailing due to new report components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.35&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot net error on allocation&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/How order quantity is calculated for PO generation&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Made the doc directory field path smaller to free up screen real estate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Embedded the Windows path to the CSS in each order since occasionally it was not found.&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Added/Email template bodies - can now set up email templates and use in the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Grids causing errors when selecting columns from the column picker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/20/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.32&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Remove limit on number of days for calculating finance charges&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Travel Charges and other charges not carrying to the invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Refresh setting in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; System was not refreshing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Fixed/Custom table for Customer Equipment was not named correctly causing issues with search availability&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Modified/Changed wording in designer from &amp;#039;Boolean&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;True/False&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Modified/Changed ordering of tabbing on Prepaid Service Editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Excel export will now default to .xlsx &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/PO Status not updating when a PO was closed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/23/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Removal of a field was causing the forms to malfunction and lock up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was getting stuck in single user mode in SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/20/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Expanded width of document directory fields to 255 characters to match Windows conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot Net error converting orders due to new &amp;#039;Auto Deliver Reserved on Invoice&amp;#039; flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Invoice line now displays as long date Month/day/year&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Custom reports now backed up to common files Reports\backup in a zip file&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Virtual warehouse showing up for selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/02/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Added/Bid Code required flag &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Class now changes when Service item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was not functional&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Virtual warehouse was showing for serial number selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/28/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Price Book change on Rates tab now changes the price book on all un-invoiced items on the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/25/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Customer Equipment serial number not filling in when linked on invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Added flag to automatically set reserved when invoicing an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Purchase Orders receiving items with vendor item costs was updating inventory record, but adding material details with incorrect cost&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fix/Parent item changes when item was not a QB item&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Revised Fix/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Proposal-Order linking tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompts when there is no data found for the report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/16/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tech Code to upload custom reports (988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed\Payments now use the specific account assigned to the pay method and not a generic account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/12/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database and issues with database getting stuck in single user mode when updating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Memo fields were scrambling text when scrolling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/29/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database when making new alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/06/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Memo editor now uses CCS for text styling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Updates to custom memo editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Released 8.2 as new version with custom revision to editing functionality. 8.2 is exactly the same as 8.1 with the exception of editing. &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Taxes on Fixed rates tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields - tech code 8316&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/26/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.136&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Editor for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.135&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added vendor name to the vendor item lookup&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Customer&amp;gt; History&amp;gt; Recurring Order double click an order resulted in error&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Arriving start time of 12:00 now correctly calculates scheduled time&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Subcontractor tab - added Company &amp;amp; Account Number to the history grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.134&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added flags to better handle when order items are voided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Corrected bug when some parameters are not available in another module and you use the view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Batch PO/Fixed bad field names in Search view&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Subcontractor view not pulling in the subcontractors in Details and Settings or the labor editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Fixed/Is Active flag not always allowing saving&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Save-Restore grid filter&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Added Status panel to the bottom of the form and logic to show specific stats; number of records, number of PO&amp;#039;s generated, how many PO&amp;#039;s should generate based on filter conditions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/When converting Proposals from Cloned orders for new customers, and the customer does not exist, create the customer from the proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.131&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Designer/Added time sheets to specifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.130&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Issue when auto emailing Purchase Orders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.129&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Assigned to field length mismatch between Activity Table and modules was causing errors when generating recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.128&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Added a wait processor to the email function to attempt to avoid the Socket error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code for customer specific issue&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Issue recalculating inventory detail when item quantities change for items on orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Report table source to avoid long queries when writing reports combining order/invoice modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Modified queries for standard reports. Cleanup bad queries, etc… &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.124/SQLink 8.1.5.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Added equipment details for service, install, and invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Ability to filter to sub details on report detail specifiers tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Item Cost &amp;amp; Item Price as calculated fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Exporting Proposal discounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Can now preview a report regardless of type from the designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Fixed: Set the override cost flag based on customer custom settings AFTER initializing for the first time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Drop triggers when converting to avoid running unnecessarily&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Force index rebuild after conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Pay methods/Do not clear Pay method QBID when importing. Use pay method QBID for payment reference&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Inventory/Tech code to check between inventory detail and material detail for counts that do *not match and recalculate counts.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Toggling the lock cost flag was not correctly updating the cost from equipment items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated conversion to handle converting from older versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.119&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting designer components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.118&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Limited release to correct UID generation on custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records/Modified so the Available count is always set to the Billable Quantity&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified to allow for zero in the included count for labor records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified for Proposal to match orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Make sure copies are set to 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/22/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.115&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Grids/Added Actual cost and Average Cost to order grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.114&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to show is standard flag&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Global/Modified no longer jumps to first record in table when deleting a record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.113&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed Override Cost to Lock Cost&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed functionality to not change cost even if item number changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed the report file name disappearing&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to limit query pulls to 1 record to speed development of reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.112&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Functionality changes to the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/07/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the Master Data pipeline settings to the report designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to include all possible custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added logic to check if the table exists in the query before running the report&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Update notes field to track changes to reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added function, &amp;#039;CTRL-U&amp;#039; to add time stamp editor to the notes window&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;802&amp;#039; now prompts to export, Custom, Standard, or Both&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;12916&amp;#039; options to clean up existing reports. &lt;br /&gt;
#Delete – Will delete all doc entries in SME and RTM files… only to be used with High5 support&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete MISMATCH – SME will scan the reports folders and delete report showing up in search without an actual report in the file system.&lt;br /&gt;
#Clean Directory – Will transverse the report files and check if it’s actually used. If unused the report will be deleted unless it’s a template report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed Test Query so the &amp;#039;preview&amp;#039; tab in the designer now works&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed speed issue opening query reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the report file name to the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Timesheets/Fixed deleting timesheet was not recalculating the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Revised tech codes 135/136&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/17/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Reviewing all custom reports for SME to make sure all of the latest changes are working&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Embedding pictures broke with reporting component update. Found a way to correct the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Certifications/Fixed loading the vendor name from the tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/From Mobile/Create and initialize custom record information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/15/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification added to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Vendor lookup added to tech certifications&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Vendor/Added vendor lookup to the tech certification editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Tables/Added tech certifications to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed Invoice/Fixed calculating invoiced status on fixed invoices with order details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/11/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/After creating a new order set the focus on the order summary&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified root reports to use two new folders under the High5Software\Reports folder. Now Reports\Standard - SME canned reports and Reports\Custom - customer custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified saving of reports to always prefix with Standard, if a canned report and Custom for all custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders &amp;amp; Invoices/On new orders set focus on order summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set vendor name field from tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Images in text fields not getting correctly embedded since a component update broke the logic to embed the image.&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech code 135 now rebuilds standard reports and cleans up custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Keep the report name in the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Speed when opening reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Time Sheets/Deleting a time sheet record was not always recalculating the time fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Flag item discounts as nontaxable regardless of default setting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Infinite loop issue for updating orders with many serialized items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue opening orders with CL in the HTML string.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Package export. Items not set as summarized if export set as summarized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/02/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Getting seat count when logged in as Admin&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompt when running tech code 12916 asking if you want to keep custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Inventory Snapshot report&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code to delete all custom reports and restore only standard reports-12916&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code 802 - now prompts to backup only custom reports for uploading to High5&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/All High5 reports will be prefixed with the word &amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/When opening designer make sure all reports have a file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/28/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.100&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Report editing taking too long to open up when editing a report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/25/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Services/Fixed/Day count was off by 1 due to leap year&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/If Assigned To was a Work Group the work group name would not populate&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue when selecting items from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Transfer/Fixed/If the transfer does not have a detail connection relink the data or create a new link and use it&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Information on the Class prompt dialogue pop-up&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Default Price Book. Setting is under: Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Customer Defaults&amp;gt; Rates &amp;amp; Charges Defaults&amp;gt; Price Book.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Issues/Modified to integrate better with auto incoming email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Rewrote data import from Order Items tab to include cost and retail&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Removed vendor update prompt when the vendor flag in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Inventory is &amp;#039;UnChecked&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Will now update inventory if any markup flags are set&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Tech Code to batch process all inventory items with any Markup flags set&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Class requirement for PO module now optional&lt;br /&gt;
*Of the above items the PO Class &amp;amp; Vendor prompt are new flags on the Setup&amp;gt; company&amp;gt; inventory page in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryOptions.98.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_Add-On_Guides&amp;diff=6515</id>
		<title>SME Add-On Guides</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_Add-On_Guides&amp;diff=6515"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T17:26:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Mobile Tech for SME]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile Prerequisites]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile Master - Assign User Names]] - Assigning User Names and Passwords to Techs for access to SME Mobile&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile - Preference Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile - Limit Order Status]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile - Change User Password]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mobile Tech - Time In/Out]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Location Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mobile Sales for SME]] Provides a web-based tool that can be used with any internet connected device including smartphone, tablet, Mac, and PC.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Time Tracker for SME]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Customer Cloud for SME]]:  Latest customer access for SME8 and above.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CustomerPortal for SME]]:  This is the older customer portal.  Suggest to move to the [[Customer Cloud for SME]] instead.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CustomerPortal Settings]]:  This is the older customer portal.  Suggest to move to the [[Customer Cloud for SME]] instead.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Warehouse Manager for SME]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CustomerPortal and TechPortal Install Guide]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Automated Email for SME]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Auditing for SME Setup]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Third Party Applications and Solutions&lt;br /&gt;
** [[TAPI]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[POS with SME Mobile]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_Add-On_Guides&amp;diff=6514</id>
		<title>SME Add-On Guides</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_Add-On_Guides&amp;diff=6514"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T17:23:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Mobile Tech for SME]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile Prerequisites]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile Master - Assign User Names]] - Assigning User Names and Passwords to Techs for access to SME Mobile&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile - Preference Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile - Limit Order Status]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile - Change User Password]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mobile Tech - Time In/Out]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Location Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mobile Sales for SME]] Provides a web-based tool that can be used with any internet connected device including smartphone, tablet, Mac, and PC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Time Tracker for SME]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Customer Cloud for SME]]:  Latest customer access for SME8 and above.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CustomerPortal for SME]]:  This is the older customer portal.  Suggest to move to the [[Customer Cloud for SME]] instead.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CustomerPortal Settings]]:  This is the older customer portal.  Suggest to move to the [[Customer Cloud for SME]] instead.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Warehouse Manager for SME]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CustomerPortal and TechPortal Install Guide]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Automated Email for SME]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Auditing for SME Setup]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Third Party Applications and Solutions&lt;br /&gt;
** [[TAPI]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[POS with SME Mobile]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_Add-On_Guides&amp;diff=6513</id>
		<title>SME Add-On Guides</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_Add-On_Guides&amp;diff=6513"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T17:19:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Mobile Tech for SME]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile Prerequisites]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile Master - Assign User Names]] - Assigning User Names and Passwords to Techs for access to SME Mobile&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile - Preference Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile - Limit Order Status]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Mobile - Change User Password]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mobile Tech - Time In/Out]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Location Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mobile Sales for SME]] Provides a web-based tool that can be used with any internet connected device including smartphone, tablet, Mac, and PC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Time Tracker for SME]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Customer Cloud for SME]]:  Latest customer access for SME8 and above.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CustomerPortal for SME]]:  This is the older customer portal.  Suggest to move to the [[Customer Cloud for SME]] instead.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CustomerPortal Settings]]:  This is the older customer portal.  Suggest to move to the [[Customer Cloud for SME]] instead.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Warehouse Manager for SME]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Barcode for SME Reconciliation]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CustomerPortal and TechPortal Install Guide]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Automated Email for SME]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Auditing for SME Setup]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Third Party Applications and Solutions&lt;br /&gt;
** [[TAPI]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[POS with SME Mobile]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6509</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - 8.2 Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6509"/>
		<updated>2022-06-21T18:37:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/17/2022 Version: 8.2.4.152&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added Software and Hardware version to the Mat Details grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Modified to use tab and arrow keys&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed navigation button widths&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/27/2022 Version: 8.2.4.151/SQLink:8.2.3.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Inventory/Address lines not enabled for editing&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Relabeled Field of Service to Specialty as it conflicted with the actual Field of Service drop down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/27/2022 Version: 8.2.4.150/SQLink:8.2.3.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payment/Balancing payment not pulling in based on billing UID and not calculating correct open invoice amount&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Tech Code to create balancing payments for all invoices based on date range&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/20/2022 Version: 8.2.4.149/SQLink:8.2.3.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added option to add labor start/end time to the invoice export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Skip employees memo error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/01/2022 Version: 8.2.3.148/Routines:8.2.3.54/SQLink:8.2.3.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Activities/Corrected query requiring a work group detail to email an activity&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Table Closed error on tech export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/11/2022 Version: 8.2.3.146/Routines:8.2.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Address Book/Swapped in control for tabbed address book&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Address Book/Fixed addresses spanning multiple lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Custom Tables/Added custom tabs for packages&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Fixed vendor item number not filling in from orders on PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent Item removal if the parent item is no longer in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/If an item has no parent ID coming from QB, clear parent info in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/11/2022 Version: 8.2.3.145/Routines:8.2.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memos/Added html code to manage text starting with a bulleted list&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Layout/Fixed button overlap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/04/2022 Version: 8.2.3.144/Routines:8.2.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added item cost to the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/14/2022 Version: 8.2.3.143/Routines:8.2.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Search/Multiple searches were causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2021 Version: 8.2.3.142/Routines:8.2.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/MAPI/Changed email body to plain text to work better with MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Retail level on package item breakouts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2021 Version: 8.2.3.141/Routines:8.2.3.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/MAPI/Email bodies not working correctly with MAPI settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/21/2021 Version: 8.2.3.140/Routines:8.2.3.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Modified recurring to keep terms and salesperson separate with an option in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Recurring. When generating orders/invoices from recurring order, don&amp;#039;t copy over terms and  salesperson information from customer, unless flag is set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/21/2021 Version: 8.2.3.140/Routines:8.2.3.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Modified recurring to keep terms and salesperson separate with an option in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Recurring. When generating orders/invoices from recurring order, don&amp;#039;t copy over terms and  salesperson information from customer, unless flag is set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/1/2021 Version: 8.2.3.139&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added manufacture part number to the material grids on the item editor and order materials grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Modified/Added Action menu item &amp;#039;Remove inactive inventory&amp;#039; to remove inactive inventory from cloned orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 9/10/2021 Version: 8.2.3.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Editor/Updated the memo editor with latest fixes. Corrects a host of issues around formatting, displa, copy &amp;amp; paste&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/20/2021 Version: 8.2.3.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Set system to use Rich Text fields for loading Dispatch as HTML was causing slowness loading large amounts of text&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Incoming Email/Added [Order Number] to the beginning of the Summary field for auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/16/2021 Version: 8.2.3.136/SQLink 8.2.3.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Removed unused field for labor assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added flag to print/batch email to isolate past due invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/added option and logic to send SME Outgoing email to QuickBooks Alt Email 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/11/2021 Version: 8.2.2.135/SQLink 8.2.2.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Fields/Fixed CSS style string duplications when editing memos - Service Requested/Performed&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Added\Billable company to GL entries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/23/2021 Version: 8.2.2.134/SQLink 8.2.2.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Installed update to HTML component&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - do not update username when importing sales persons&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - table not open when importing customer types&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021 Version: 8.2.2.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Archiving\Skip payment types as they get auto created if missing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021 Version: 8.2.2.132/SQLink 8.2.2.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Setup\Inventory\Snapshot\Added ability to trim the inventory snapshot file when it becomes bloated&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Utilities\Archiving\Added ability to select your own archive folder path&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/26/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.131/SQLink 8.2.2.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Update/Updated HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated to use the latest HTML components for export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/19/2021 Version: 8.2.2.130/SQLink 8.2.2.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Assets/Computers/Fixed location field selection&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Invoice Export/Modified code to strip unprintable characters from notes fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/29/2021 Version: 8.2.2.129/SQLink 8.2.2.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Direct Sales/Fixed default Search Views&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/More modifications to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/15/2021 Version: 8.2.2.128/SQLink 8.2.2.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Permissions/Form Code - corrected logic&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/Modified to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/8/2021 Version: 8.2.2.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved spacing between buttons for &amp;#039;Remove Tech&amp;#039; and Refresh&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  12/18/2020 Version: 8.2.2.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Summary line allowed for text over flow.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Payments/Error when canceling a payment with a notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Update to the editor to correct font and other HTML issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/06/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.124&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Modified to allow selecting the batch date.(Note: This does not change the actual date of the transaction).&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring/Modified to include copy tax group, price book, salesperson, terms from customer settings to the Recurring modules when generating recurring invoices/orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/30/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editors/Fonts now used in memo fields will print correctly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/23/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Corrected URL launching&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/19/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Modified flag to correct data field corruption when printing forms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/16/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Changed setup to a tabbed layout and corrected field over lapping&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/9/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/2/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/25/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Testing on reporting components&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Import/Modified to accept importing customers with 100&amp;#039;s of ship to addresses. Intuit had limit at 50 prior to QB 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/4/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Details Tab/Added Trip Charge field&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Price Books/Update all details when Price Book name changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.115-Not Released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Update of reporting font component broke data field display&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/21/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.114-Not Released/SQLink 8.2.2.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Activities/Fixed error when selecting the activity twice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Updated components not working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Changed invoice deletes due to Intuit changes regarding invoice deletions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.113 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/7/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.112/SQLink 8.2.2.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/Added option to skip user notes on employee import&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/QuickBooks version no longer required - removed from setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/26/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Export/Clear double quotes from all fields before exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/10/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Material Editor/Corrected field overlap and error when canceling out of Search&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Updated FTP sites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  5/8/2020 Version: 8.2.1.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified auto upload/update FTP locations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/1/2020 Version: 8.2.1.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Added ability to add Non Inventory items from the Orders Modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Adding new service item from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Query correction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/10/2020 Version: 8.2.1.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Modified functionality. Added grid sorting and selection. Added Action Item to the menu for adjusting individual landed costs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/20/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added custom tables to Service Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Importing package items on the Order Items and material tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/misspelling on backup prompt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/07/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Report designer error when accessing some tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Do not add CSS lines to signatures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/31/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items are now linked directly to the material details&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items PO&amp;#039;s are now updating Cost/Retail based on the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Assigning Email addresses to Copy and Blind Copy fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Sort order of email addresses in address selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/15/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.100/SQLink 8.2.1.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added export Invoice Summary to QuickBooks Invoice Memo&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Removed all but one blank line on the QuickBooks invoice for Service notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Groups/Fixed/User group options not showing after a change&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Setup/Log Tab/Right Click Export log now functioning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Added key fields to order conversion to speed conversion&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Tech Code/Updated Scheduled Service to Recurring Orders conversion to only use the existing date information from Scheduled Services in Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/16/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Subtotaling update on all Order Item grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/26/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/TLS version to work with Microsoft Office365 email&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Added/SMPSystem to the module grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified the grid. It can now be rearranged&lt;br /&gt;
*Modules/Modified/Added Is Equipment flag to all Order Item Tabs for all modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Conversion issues regarding database connections during the process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/7/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data Conversion/Clear all functions prior to starting the conversion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/31/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data/Normalized all numeric fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/17/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch Print/Component freezing due to grid update&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Reverse/Corrected reversing an RMA&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Jump to order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/Updated the reporting HTML component with added functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.92 Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/10/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Converting/Set Scheduled Services ending date when it&amp;#039;s not set prior to conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagating/Now correctly propagates all address and email info. Must be processed separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/29/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Fixed/Customer UID was not filling in and writing the batch record details to the customer Journal&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Invoice/Fixed error on order to invoice conversion when the error was a zero records error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added a system UID for any place in SME where an order UID was not written. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/5/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Using the .87 query method to manage all propagation. Propagation was timing out on long running queries&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Now updates all associated module records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Method to remove long running queries from the application into SQL for quicker processing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring Orders/Fixed issues when converting Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Compliance/Reviewing tech compliance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.85 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Completed/Reversing an RMA. Still not compatible with all types of RMAs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.84- not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.83 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Reversing RMA and adding item back to stock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.81/SQLink 8.2.1.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified/Add order aid to all manually entered customer equipment records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Licensing/Added alternative sites to check for licensing should one fail&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.80/SQLink 8.2.1.9/Routines 8.2.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Currency set to Hong Kong was causing Recurring invoice failure&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Export/Strip out all HTML tags as QB is not in RTF for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Contacts Update/Bad field name was causing contact update issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Memo fields/Now strip HTML when exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/7/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Archive/Set archive queries to &amp;#039;not&amp;#039; look for unrelated records that have already been archived&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/If a repair item existed system was querying the entire customer equipment list instead of the specific item you required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/9/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Global field showing after update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.76/SQLink 8.2.1.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Send email body out as text since MAPI was dropping the info&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added Class ID to the qb export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/19/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Convert with a service item of &amp;#039;Maintenance&amp;#039; type if Scheduled Service has no items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/28/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Duplication - when duplicating customers do not duplicate billing information&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Added/Tech code to convert all Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders in anticipation of eliminating Scheduled Services&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.73&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Advanced Search/Fixed error when clicking on the &amp;#039;Notes&amp;#039; option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/15/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Email body text was not copying to Outlook when set to MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Error on sending email on some systems due to the Standard font used in all reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Not able to invoice a fully closed partial order after adding a new item to the order due to the order/invoice calculations&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Logon/Clear user/password fields after failed log on attempt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Filling inventory reconciliation and not posting the same day was moving all inventory to the virtual location&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Sales/Notes/Modified to copy Sales Site notes to Customer when converting&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/User/Fixed issue allowing an employee to set themselves as supervisor causing infinite loop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.70&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/No longer can import Notes from QuickBooks since they corrupt the SME notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/System/Do not import QuickBooks notes due to Rich Text vs HTML&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/27/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Maintenance Contracts/Error when adding Scheduled Service from Maintenance Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Import/Proposal error coming up if the user was in the proposal module and went to Utilities/Import&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Conversion/Fixed issue when converting due to item allocation when all on hand were reserved&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Print Pack/Further attempts to get printing/emailing working correctly with Print Pack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/20/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.68&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added serial numbers to GL export memo line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Printing/Print Packet was locking up when printing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock recording the &amp;#039;actual&amp;#039; date added as opposed to adding to existing stock records from another year&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQL logic/Dropped all unnecessary fields from the search building logic for  speed improvement&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Order status was not clearing due the procedure getting called twice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Deleting techs with vehicles were not removing the vehicle from the order&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Details/Fixed/Custom details were getting dropped due to flag on the header clearing on Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/16/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Views/Fields not getting dropped from views when they are dropped from the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Search/Fixed/Error when a UID was included in a search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.61&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/RMA/Fixed so the location picked when returning can be different than the default location&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Material Detail/Modified rounding for order items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.60&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Modified CSS so images can be resized&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Add Stock/Require new inventory item to be saved before adding stock&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Transactions/Modified transaction info to correctly show added stock from inventory vs system&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Notes not clearing out when exporting invoices with revised notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Save shipping addresses correctly on export to QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.59&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Modified/Creating invoice would occasionally not create due to package items&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Detail/Fixed issue when adding custom details when custom tables existed&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Cloning/Fixed customer UID not inserted on all cloned proposals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/27/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.58&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Rounding error caused by records in inventory sub table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/29/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.57&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customers/Prepaid/Activity flag not clearing out when Maintenance or Warranty was selected on a prepaid order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Speed/Modified SQL to speed up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed Rate/Fixed bug due to calculating when percent was less than zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.55&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Grids/Rebuild with underscore in the name due to bug in the component&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/25/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.54&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified to keep prompting for a file name as long as the view name is blank&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modules/Saving-Restoring views when sub grids change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Dispatch/Set dispatch default timer to 10 minutes if it has not been set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/18/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.53 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/011/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed tabbing in editors&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Codes/Fixed uploading/downloading for tech codes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Added due date to the grids&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent item field was not clearing when deleted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/28/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Fixed Quick Jump logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/21/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Changed to always go to the first record on Radio button changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Modified to not drop the current view if closing orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/17/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Error when using Next/Last button and only one record in the filtered data&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Change order filters and queries loading for modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/View lookup modification to do lookups on limited field list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modified to only use a limited field list and not every field in the grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Next-Last button not actually saving the &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; record looked at&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modifying queries that load the search grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Redo image handling when converting orders with 100&amp;#039;s of images&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Speed when opening PO with 100KK of inventory items&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Parent Item/Programed the drop down to do a lookup of items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/02/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.46&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Routines/Library revision to compile under SQL 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/26/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.45&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Parent Item lookup not loading the list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed/RTF conversion issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service/Install/Fixed blocking routines keeping order from closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.43 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.42&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Worked with component to get cursor working&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/A/V error when saving new records into SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/07/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.41&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Moved document field to directory to only show on the stored documents tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Error when converting service items from packages to orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option for time stamp in memos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when deleting a class which was a child of another class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Component for memo editing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/03/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Getting error when emailing due to new report components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.35&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot net error on allocation&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/How order quantity is calculated for PO generation&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Made the doc directory field path smaller to free up screen real estate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Embedded the Windows path to the CSS in each order since occasionally it was not found.&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Added/Email template bodies - can now set up email templates and use in the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Grids causing errors when selecting columns from the column picker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/20/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.32&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Remove limit on number of days for calculating finance charges&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Travel Charges and other charges not carrying to the invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Refresh setting in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; System was not refreshing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Fixed/Custom table for Customer Equipment was not named correctly causing issues with search availability&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Modified/Changed wording in designer from &amp;#039;Boolean&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;True/False&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Modified/Changed ordering of tabbing on Prepaid Service Editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Excel export will now default to .xlsx &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/PO Status not updating when a PO was closed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/23/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Removal of a field was causing the forms to malfunction and lock up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was getting stuck in single user mode in SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/20/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Expanded width of document directory fields to 255 characters to match Windows conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot Net error converting orders due to new &amp;#039;Auto Deliver Reserved on Invoice&amp;#039; flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Invoice line now displays as long date Month/day/year&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Custom reports now backed up to common files Reports\backup in a zip file&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Virtual warehouse showing up for selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/02/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Added/Bid Code required flag &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Class now changes when Service item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was not functional&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Virtual warehouse was showing for serial number selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/28/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Price Book change on Rates tab now changes the price book on all un-invoiced items on the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/25/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Customer Equipment serial number not filling in when linked on invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Added flag to automatically set reserved when invoicing an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Purchase Orders receiving items with vendor item costs was updating inventory record, but adding material details with incorrect cost&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fix/Parent item changes when item was not a QB item&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Revised Fix/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Proposal-Order linking tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompts when there is no data found for the report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/16/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tech Code to upload custom reports (988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed\Payments now use the specific account assigned to the pay method and not a generic account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/12/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database and issues with database getting stuck in single user mode when updating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Memo fields were scrambling text when scrolling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/29/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database when making new alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/06/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Memo editor now uses CCS for text styling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Updates to custom memo editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Released 8.2 as new version with custom revision to editing functionality. 8.2 is exactly the same as 8.1 with the exception of editing. &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Taxes on Fixed rates tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields - tech code 8316&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/26/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.136&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Editor for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.135&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added vendor name to the vendor item lookup&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Customer&amp;gt; History&amp;gt; Recurring Order double click an order resulted in error&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Arriving start time of 12:00 now correctly calculates scheduled time&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Subcontractor tab - added Company &amp;amp; Account Number to the history grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.134&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added flags to better handle when order items are voided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Corrected bug when some parameters are not available in another module and you use the view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Batch PO/Fixed bad field names in Search view&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Subcontractor view not pulling in the subcontractors in Details and Settings or the labor editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Fixed/Is Active flag not always allowing saving&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Save-Restore grid filter&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Added Status panel to the bottom of the form and logic to show specific stats; number of records, number of PO&amp;#039;s generated, how many PO&amp;#039;s should generate based on filter conditions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/When converting Proposals from Cloned orders for new customers, and the customer does not exist, create the customer from the proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.131&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Designer/Added time sheets to specifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.130&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Issue when auto emailing Purchase Orders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.129&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Assigned to field length mismatch between Activity Table and modules was causing errors when generating recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.128&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Added a wait processor to the email function to attempt to avoid the Socket error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code for customer specific issue&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Issue recalculating inventory detail when item quantities change for items on orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Report table source to avoid long queries when writing reports combining order/invoice modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Modified queries for standard reports. Cleanup bad queries, etc… &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.124/SQLink 8.1.5.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Added equipment details for service, install, and invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Ability to filter to sub details on report detail specifiers tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Item Cost &amp;amp; Item Price as calculated fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Exporting Proposal discounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Can now preview a report regardless of type from the designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Fixed: Set the override cost flag based on customer custom settings AFTER initializing for the first time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Drop triggers when converting to avoid running unnecessarily&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Force index rebuild after conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Pay methods/Do not clear Pay method QBID when importing. Use pay method QBID for payment reference&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Inventory/Tech code to check between inventory detail and material detail for counts that do *not match and recalculate counts.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Toggling the lock cost flag was not correctly updating the cost from equipment items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated conversion to handle converting from older versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.119&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting designer components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.118&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Limited release to correct UID generation on custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records/Modified so the Available count is always set to the Billable Quantity&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified to allow for zero in the included count for labor records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified for Proposal to match orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Make sure copies are set to 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/22/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.115&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Grids/Added Actual cost and Average Cost to order grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.114&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to show is standard flag&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Global/Modified no longer jumps to first record in table when deleting a record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.113&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed Override Cost to Lock Cost&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed functionality to not change cost even if item number changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed the report file name disappearing&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to limit query pulls to 1 record to speed development of reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.112&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Functionality changes to the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/07/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the Master Data pipeline settings to the report designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to include all possible custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added logic to check if the table exists in the query before running the report&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Update notes field to track changes to reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added function, &amp;#039;CTRL-U&amp;#039; to add time stamp editor to the notes window&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;802&amp;#039; now prompts to export, Custom, Standard, or Both&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;12916&amp;#039; options to clean up existing reports. &lt;br /&gt;
#Delete – Will delete all doc entries in SME and RTM files… only to be used with High5 support&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete MISMATCH – SME will scan the reports folders and delete report showing up in search without an actual report in the file system.&lt;br /&gt;
#Clean Directory – Will transverse the report files and check if it’s actually used. If unused the report will be deleted unless it’s a template report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed Test Query so the &amp;#039;preview&amp;#039; tab in the designer now works&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed speed issue opening query reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the report file name to the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Timesheets/Fixed deleting timesheet was not recalculating the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Revised tech codes 135/136&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/17/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Reviewing all custom reports for SME to make sure all of the latest changes are working&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Embedding pictures broke with reporting component update. Found a way to correct the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Certifications/Fixed loading the vendor name from the tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/From Mobile/Create and initialize custom record information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/15/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification added to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Vendor lookup added to tech certifications&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Vendor/Added vendor lookup to the tech certification editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Tables/Added tech certifications to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed Invoice/Fixed calculating invoiced status on fixed invoices with order details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/11/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/After creating a new order set the focus on the order summary&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified root reports to use two new folders under the High5Software\Reports folder. Now Reports\Standard - SME canned reports and Reports\Custom - customer custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified saving of reports to always prefix with Standard, if a canned report and Custom for all custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders &amp;amp; Invoices/On new orders set focus on order summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set vendor name field from tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Images in text fields not getting correctly embedded since a component update broke the logic to embed the image.&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech code 135 now rebuilds standard reports and cleans up custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Keep the report name in the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Speed when opening reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Time Sheets/Deleting a time sheet record was not always recalculating the time fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Flag item discounts as nontaxable regardless of default setting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Infinite loop issue for updating orders with many serialized items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue opening orders with CL in the HTML string.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Package export. Items not set as summarized if export set as summarized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/02/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Getting seat count when logged in as Admin&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompt when running tech code 12916 asking if you want to keep custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Inventory Snapshot report&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code to delete all custom reports and restore only standard reports-12916&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code 802 - now prompts to backup only custom reports for uploading to High5&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/All High5 reports will be prefixed with the word &amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/When opening designer make sure all reports have a file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/28/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.100&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Report editing taking too long to open up when editing a report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/25/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Services/Fixed/Day count was off by 1 due to leap year&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/If Assigned To was a Work Group the work group name would not populate&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue when selecting items from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Transfer/Fixed/If the transfer does not have a detail connection relink the data or create a new link and use it&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Information on the Class prompt dialogue pop-up&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Default Price Book. Setting is under: Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Customer Defaults&amp;gt; Rates &amp;amp; Charges Defaults&amp;gt; Price Book.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Issues/Modified to integrate better with auto incoming email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Rewrote data import from Order Items tab to include cost and retail&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Removed vendor update prompt when the vendor flag in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Inventory is &amp;#039;UnChecked&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Will now update inventory if any markup flags are set&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Tech Code to batch process all inventory items with any Markup flags set&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Class requirement for PO module now optional&lt;br /&gt;
*Of the above items the PO Class &amp;amp; Vendor prompt are new flags on the Setup&amp;gt; company&amp;gt; inventory page in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryOptions.98.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6508</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - 8.2 Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6508"/>
		<updated>2022-06-21T18:36:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/17/2022 Version: 8.2.4.152&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added Software and Hardware version to the Mat Details grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Modified to use tab and arrow keys&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed navigation button widths&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/27/2022 Version: 8.2.4.151/SQLink:8.2.3.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Inventory/Address lines not enabled for editing&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Relabeled Field of Service to Specialty as it conflicted with the actual Field of Service drop down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/27/2022 Version: 8.2.4.150/SQLink:8.2.3.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payment/Balancing payment not pulling in based on billing UID and not calculating correct open invoice amount&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Tech Code to create balancing payments for all invoices based on date range&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/20/2022 Version: 8.2.4.149/SQLink:8.2.3.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added option to add labor start/end time to the invoice export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Skip employees memo error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/01/2022 Version: 8.2.3.148/Routines:8.2.3.54/SQLink:8.2.3.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Activities/Corrected query requiring a work group detail to email an activity&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Table Closed error on tech export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/11/2022 Version: 8.2.3.146/Routines:8.2.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Address Book/Swapped in control for tabbed address book&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Address Book/Fixed addresses spanning multiple lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Custom Tables/Added custom tabs for packages&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Fixed vendor item number not filling in from orders on PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent Item removal if the parent item is no longer in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/If an item has no parent ID coming from QB, clear parent info in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/11/2022 Version: 8.2.3.145/Routines:8.2.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memos/Added html code to manage text starting with a bulleted list&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Layout/Fixed button overlap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/04/2022 Version: 8.2.3.144/Routines:8.2.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added item cost to the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/14/2022 Version: 8.2.3.143/Routines:8.2.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Search/Multiple searches were causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2021 Version: 8.2.3.142/Routines:8.2.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/MAPI/Changed email body to plain text to work better with MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Retail level on package item breakouts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2021 Version: 8.2.3.141/Routines:8.2.3.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/MAPI/Email bodies not working correctly with MAPI settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/21/2021 Version: 8.2.3.140/Routines:8.2.3.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Modified recurring to keep terms and salesperson separate with an option in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Recurring. When generating orders/invoices from recurring order, don&amp;#039;t copy over terms and  salesperson information from customer, unless flag is set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/21/2021 Version: 8.2.3.140/Routines:8.2.3.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Modified recurring to keep terms and salesperson separate with an option in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Recurring. When generating orders/invoices from recurring order, don&amp;#039;t copy over terms and  salesperson information from customer, unless flag is set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/1/2021 Version: 8.2.3.139&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added manufacture part number to the material grids on the item editor and order materials grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Modified/Added Action menu item &amp;#039;Remove inactive inventory&amp;#039; to remove inactive inventory from cloned orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 9/10/2021 Version: 8.2.3.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Editor/Updated the memo editor with latest fixes. Corrects a host of issues around formatting, displa, copy &amp;amp; paste&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/20/2021 Version: 8.2.3.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Set system to use Rich Text fields for loading Dispatch as HTML was causing slowness loading large amounts of text&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Incoming Email/Added [Order Number] to the beginning of the Summary field for auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/16/2021 Version: 8.2.3.136/SQLink 8.2.3.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Removed unused field for labor assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added flag to print/batch email to isolate past due invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/added option and logic to send SME Outgoing email to QuickBooks Alt Email 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/11/2021 Version: 8.2.2.135/SQLink 8.2.2.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Fields/Fixed CSS style string duplications when editing memos - Service Requested/Performed&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Added\Billable company to GL entries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/23/2021 Version: 8.2.2.134/SQLink 8.2.2.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Installed update to HTML component&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - do not update username when importing sales persons&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - table not open when importing customer types&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021 Version: 8.2.2.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Archiving\Skip payment types as they get auto created if missing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021 Version: 8.2.2.132/SQLink 8.2.2.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Setup\Inventory\Snapshot\Added ability to trim the inventory snapshot file when it becomes bloated&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Utilities\Archiving\Added ability to select your own archive folder path&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/26/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.131/SQLink 8.2.2.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Update/Updated HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated to use the latest HTML components for export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/19/2021 Version: 8.2.2.130/SQLink 8.2.2.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Assets/Computers/Fixed location field selection&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Invoice Export/Modified code to strip unprintable characters from notes fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/29/2021 Version: 8.2.2.129/SQLink 8.2.2.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Direct Sales/Fixed default Search Views&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/More modifications to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/15/2021 Version: 8.2.2.128/SQLink 8.2.2.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Permissions/Form Code - corrected logic&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/Modified to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/8/2021 Version: 8.2.2.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved spacing between buttons for &amp;#039;Remove Tech&amp;#039; and Refresh&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  12/18/2020 Version: 8.2.2.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Summary line allowed for text over flow.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Payments/Error when canceling a payment with a notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Update to the editor to correct font and other HTML issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/06/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.124&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Modified to allow selecting the batch date.(Note: This does not change the actual date of the transaction).&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring/Modified to include copy tax group, price book, salesperson, terms from customer settings to the Recurring modules when generating recurring invoices/orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/30/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editors/Fonts now used in memo fields will print correctly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/23/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Corrected URL launching&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/19/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Modified flag to correct data field corruption when printing forms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/16/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Changed setup to a tabbed layout and corrected field over lapping&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/9/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/2/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/25/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Testing on reporting components&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Import/Modified to accept importing customers with 100&amp;#039;s of ship to addresses. Intuit had limit at 50 prior to QB 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/4/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Details Tab/Added Trip Charge field&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Price Books/Update all details when Price Book name changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.115-Not Released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Update of reporting font component broke data field display&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/21/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.114-Not Released/SQLink 8.2.2.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Activities/Fixed error when selecting the activity twice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Updated components not working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Changed invoice deletes due to Intuit changes regarding invoice deletions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.113 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/7/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.112/SQLink 8.2.2.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/Added option to skip user notes on employee import&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/QuickBooks version no longer required - removed from setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/26/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Export/Clear double quotes from all fields before exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/10/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Material Editor/Corrected field overlap and error when canceling out of Search&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Updated FTP sites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  5/8/2020 Version: 8.2.1.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified auto upload/update FTP locations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/1/2020 Version: 8.2.1.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Added ability to add Non Inventory items from the Orders Modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Adding new service item from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Query correction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/10/2020 Version: 8.2.1.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Modified functionality. Added grid sorting and selection. Added Action Item to the menu for adjusting individual landed costs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/20/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added custom tables to Service Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Importing package items on the Order Items and material tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/misspelling on backup prompt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/07/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Report designer error when accessing some tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Do not add CSS lines to signatures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/31/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items are now linked directly to the material details&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items PO&amp;#039;s are now updating Cost/Retail based on the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Assigning Email addresses to Copy and Blind Copy fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Sort order of email addresses in address selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/15/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.100/SQLink 8.2.1.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added export Invoice Summary to QuickBooks Invoice Memo&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Removed all but one blank line on the QuickBooks invoice for Service notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Groups/Fixed/User group options not showing after a change&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Setup/Log Tab/Right Click Export log now functioning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Added key fields to order conversion to speed conversion&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Tech Code/Updated Scheduled Service to Recurring Orders conversion to only use the existing date information from Scheduled Services in Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/16/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Subtotaling update on all Order Item grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/26/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/TLS version to work with Microsoft Office365 email&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Added/SMPSystem to the module grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified the grid. It can now be rearranged&lt;br /&gt;
*Modules/Modified/Added Is Equipment flag to all Order Item Tabs for all modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Conversion issues regarding database connections during the process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/7/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data Conversion/Clear all functions prior to starting the conversion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/31/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data/Normalized all numeric fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/17/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch Print/Component freezing due to grid update&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Reverse/Corrected reversing an RMA&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Jump to order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/Updated the reporting HTML component with added functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.92 Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/10/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Converting/Set Scheduled Services ending date when it&amp;#039;s not set prior to conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagating/Now correctly propagates all address and email info. Must be processed separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/29/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Fixed/Customer UID was not filling in and writing the batch record details to the customer Journal&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Invoice/Fixed error on order to invoice conversion when the error was a zero records error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added a system UID for any place in SME where an order UID was not written. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/5/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Using the .87 query method to manage all propagation. Propagation was timing out on long running queries&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Now updates all associated module records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Method to remove long running queries from the application into SQL for quicker processing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring Orders/Fixed issues when converting Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Compliance/Reviewing tech compliance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.85 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Completed/Reversing an RMA. Still not compatible with all types of RMAs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.84- not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.83 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Reversing RMA and adding item back to stock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.81/SQLink 8.2.1.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified/Add order aid to all manually entered customer equipment records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Licensing/Added alternative sites to check for licensing should one fail&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.80/SQLink 8.2.1.9/Routines 8.2.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Currency set to Hong Kong was causing Recurring invoice failure&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Export/Strip out all HTML tags as QB is not in RTF for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Contacts Update/Bad field name was causing contact update issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Memo fields/Now strip HTML when exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/7/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Archive/Set archive queries to &amp;#039;not&amp;#039; look for unrelated records that have already been archived&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/If a repair item existed system was querying the entire customer equipment list instead of the specific item you required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/9/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Global field showing after update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.76/SQLink 8.2.1.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Send email body out as text since MAPI was dropping the info&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added Class ID to the qb export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/19/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Convert with a service item of &amp;#039;Maintenance&amp;#039; type if Scheduled Service has no items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/28/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Duplication - when duplicating customers do not duplicate billing information&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Added/Tech code to convert all Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders in anticipation of eliminating Scheduled Services&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.73&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Advanced Search/Fixed error when clicking on the &amp;#039;Notes&amp;#039; option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/15/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Email body text was not copying to Outlook when set to MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Error on sending email on some systems due to the Standard font used in all reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Not able to invoice a fully closed partial order after adding a new item to the order due to the order/invoice calculations&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Logon/Clear user/password fields after failed log on attempt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Filling inventory reconciliation and not posting the same day was moving all inventory to the virtual location&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Sales/Notes/Modified to copy Sales Site notes to Customer when converting&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/User/Fixed issue allowing an employee to set themselves as supervisor causing infinite loop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.70&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/No longer can import Notes from QuickBooks since they corrupt the SME notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/System/Do not import QuickBooks notes due to Rich Text vs HTML&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/27/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Maintenance Contracts/Error when adding Scheduled Service from Maintenance Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Import/Proposal error coming up if the user was in the proposal module and went to Utilities/Import&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Conversion/Fixed issue when converting due to item allocation when all on hand were reserved&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Print Pack/Further attempts to get printing/emailing working correctly with Print Pack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/20/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.68&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added serial numbers to GL export memo line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Printing/Print Packet was locking up when printing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock recording the &amp;#039;actual&amp;#039; date added as opposed to adding to existing stock records from another year&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQL logic/Dropped all unnecessary fields from the search building logic for  speed improvement&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Order status was not clearing due the procedure getting called twice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Deleting techs with vehicles were not removing the vehicle from the order&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Details/Fixed/Custom details were getting dropped due to flag on the header clearing on Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/16/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Views/Fields not getting dropped from views when they are dropped from the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Search/Fixed/Error when a UID was included in a search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.61&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/RMA/Fixed so the location picked when returning can be different than the default location&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Material Detail/Modified rounding for order items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.60&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Modified CSS so images can be resized&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Add Stock/Require new inventory item to be saved before adding stock&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Transactions/Modified transaction info to correctly show added stock from inventory vs system&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Notes not clearing out when exporting invoices with revised notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Save shipping addresses correctly on export to QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.59&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Modified/Creating invoice would occasionally not create due to package items&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Detail/Fixed issue when adding custom details when custom tables existed&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Cloning/Fixed customer UID not inserted on all cloned proposals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/27/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.58&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Rounding error caused by records in inventory sub table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/29/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.57&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customers/Prepaid/Activity flag not clearing out when Maintenance or Warranty was selected on a prepaid order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Speed/Modified SQL to speed up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed Rate/Fixed bug due to calculating when percent was less than zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.55&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Grids/Rebuild with underscore in the name due to bug in the component&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/25/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.54&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified to keep prompting for a file name as long as the view name is blank&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modules/Saving-Restoring views when sub grids change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Dispatch/Set dispatch default timer to 10 minutes if it has not been set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/18/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.53 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/011/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed tabbing in editors&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Codes/Fixed uploading/downloading for tech codes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Added due date to the grids&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent item field was not clearing when deleted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/28/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Fixed Quick Jump logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/21/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Changed to always go to the first record on Radio button changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Modified to not drop the current view if closing orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/17/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Error when using Next/Last button and only one record in the filtered data&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Change order filters and queries loading for modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/View lookup modification to do lookups on limited field list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modified to only use a limited field list and not every field in the grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Next-Last button not actually saving the &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; record looked at&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modifying queries that load the search grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Redo image handling when converting orders with 100&amp;#039;s of images&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Speed when opening PO with 100KK of inventory items&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Parent Item/Programed the drop down to do a lookup of items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/02/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.46&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Routines/Library revision to compile under SQL 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/26/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.45&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Parent Item lookup not loading the list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed/RTF conversion issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service/Install/Fixed blocking routines keeping order from closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.43 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.42&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Worked with component to get cursor working&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/A/V error when saving new records into SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/07/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.41&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Moved document field to directory to only show on the stored documents tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Error when converting service items from packages to orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option for time stamp in memos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when deleting a class which was a child of another class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Component for memo editing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/03/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Getting error when emailing due to new report components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.35&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot net error on allocation&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/How order quantity is calculated for PO generation&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Made the doc directory field path smaller to free up screen real estate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Embedded the Windows path to the CSS in each order since occasionally it was not found.&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Added/Email template bodies - can now set up email templates and use in the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Grids causing errors when selecting columns from the column picker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/20/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.32&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Remove limit on number of days for calculating finance charges&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Travel Charges and other charges not carrying to the invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Refresh setting in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; System was not refreshing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Fixed/Custom table for Customer Equipment was not named correctly causing issues with search availability&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Modified/Changed wording in designer from &amp;#039;Boolean&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;True/False&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Modified/Changed ordering of tabbing on Prepaid Service Editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Excel export will now default to .xlsx &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/PO Status not updating when a PO was closed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/23/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Removal of a field was causing the forms to malfunction and lock up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was getting stuck in single user mode in SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/20/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Expanded width of document directory fields to 255 characters to match Windows conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot Net error converting orders due to new &amp;#039;Auto Deliver Reserved on Invoice&amp;#039; flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Invoice line now displays as long date Month/day/year&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Custom reports now backed up to common files Reports\backup in a zip file&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Virtual warehouse showing up for selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/02/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Added/Bid Code required flag &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Class now changes when Service item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was not functional&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Virtual warehouse was showing for serial number selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/28/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Price Book change on Rates tab now changes the price book on all un-invoiced items on the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/25/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Customer Equipment serial number not filling in when linked on invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Added flag to automatically set reserved when invoicing an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Purchase Orders receiving items with vendor item costs was updating inventory record, but adding material details with incorrect cost&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fix/Parent item changes when item was not a QB item&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Revised Fix/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Proposal-Order linking tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompts when there is no data found for the report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/16/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tech Code to upload custom reports (988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed\Payments now use the specific account assigned to the pay method and not a generic account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/12/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database and issues with database getting stuck in single user mode when updating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Memo fields were scrambling text when scrolling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/29/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database when making new alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/06/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Memo editor now uses CCS for text styling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Updates to custom memo editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Released 8.2 as new version with custom revision to editing functionality. 8.2 is exactly the same as 8.1 with the exception of editing. &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Taxes on Fixed rates tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields - tech code 8316&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/26/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.136&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Editor for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.135&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added vendor name to the vendor item lookup&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Customer&amp;gt; History&amp;gt; Recurring Order double click an order resulted in error&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Arriving start time of 12:00 now correctly calculates scheduled time&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Subcontractor tab - added Company &amp;amp; Account Number to the history grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.134&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added flags to better handle when order items are voided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Corrected bug when some parameters are not available in another module and you use the view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Batch PO/Fixed bad field names in Search view&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Subcontractor view not pulling in the subcontractors in Details and Settings or the labor editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Fixed/Is Active flag not always allowing saving&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Save-Restore grid filter&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Added Status panel to the bottom of the form and logic to show specific stats; number of records, number of PO&amp;#039;s generated, how many PO&amp;#039;s should generate based on filter conditions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/When converting Proposals from Cloned orders for new customers, and the customer does not exist, create the customer from the proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.131&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Designer/Added time sheets to specifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.130&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Issue when auto emailing Purchase Orders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.129&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Assigned to field length mismatch between Activity Table and modules was causing errors when generating recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.128&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Added a wait processor to the email function to attempt to avoid the Socket error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code for customer specific issue&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Issue recalculating inventory detail when item quantities change for items on orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Report table source to avoid long queries when writing reports combining order/invoice modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Modified queries for standard reports. Cleanup bad queries, etc… &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.124/SQLink 8.1.5.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Added equipment details for service, install, and invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Ability to filter to sub details on report detail specifiers tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Item Cost &amp;amp; Item Price as calculated fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Exporting Proposal discounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Can now preview a report regardless of type from the designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Fixed: Set the override cost flag based on customer custom settings AFTER initializing for the first time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Drop triggers when converting to avoid running unnecessarily&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Force index rebuild after conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Pay methods/Do not clear Pay method QBID when importing. Use pay method QBID for payment reference&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Inventory/Tech code to check between inventory detail and material detail for counts that do *not match and recalculate counts.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Toggling the lock cost flag was not correctly updating the cost from equipment items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated conversion to handle converting from older versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.119&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting designer components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.118&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Limited release to correct UID generation on custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records/Modified so the Available count is always set to the Billable Quantity&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified to allow for zero in the included count for labor records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified for Proposal to match orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Make sure copies are set to 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/22/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.115&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Grids/Added Actual cost and Average Cost to order grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.114&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to show is standard flag&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Global/Modified no longer jumps to first record in table when deleting a record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.113&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed Override Cost to Lock Cost&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed functionality to not change cost even if item number changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed the report file name disappearing&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to limit query pulls to 1 record to speed development of reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.112&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Functionality changes to the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/07/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the Master Data pipeline settings to the report designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to include all possible custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added logic to check if the table exists in the query before running the report&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Update notes field to track changes to reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added function, &amp;#039;CTRL-U&amp;#039; to add time stamp editor to the notes window&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;802&amp;#039; now prompts to export, Custom, Standard, or Both&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;12916&amp;#039; options to clean up existing reports. &lt;br /&gt;
#Delete – Will delete all doc entries in SME and RTM files… only to be used with High5 support&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete MISMATCH – SME will scan the reports folders and delete report showing up in search without an actual report in the file system.&lt;br /&gt;
#Clean Directory – Will transverse the report files and check if it’s actually used. If unused the report will be deleted unless it’s a template report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed Test Query so the &amp;#039;preview&amp;#039; tab in the designer now works&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed speed issue opening query reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the report file name to the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Timesheets/Fixed deleting timesheet was not recalculating the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Revised tech codes 135/136&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/17/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Reviewing all custom reports for SME to make sure all of the latest changes are working&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Embedding pictures broke with reporting component update. Found a way to correct the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Certifications/Fixed loading the vendor name from the tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/From Mobile/Create and initialize custom record information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/15/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification added to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Vendor lookup added to tech certifications&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Vendor/Added vendor lookup to the tech certification editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Tables/Added tech certifications to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed Invoice/Fixed calculating invoiced status on fixed invoices with order details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/11/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/After creating a new order set the focus on the order summary&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified root reports to use two new folders under the High5Software\Reports folder. Now Reports\Standard - SME canned reports and Reports\Custom - customer custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified saving of reports to always prefix with Standard, if a canned report and Custom for all custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders &amp;amp; Invoices/On new orders set focus on order summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set vendor name field from tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Images in text fields not getting correctly embedded since a component update broke the logic to embed the image.&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech code 135 now rebuilds standard reports and cleans up custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Keep the report name in the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Speed when opening reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Time Sheets/Deleting a time sheet record was not always recalculating the time fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Flag item discounts as nontaxable regardless of default setting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Infinite loop issue for updating orders with many serialized items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue opening orders with CL in the HTML string.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Package export. Items not set as summarized if export set as summarized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/02/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Getting seat count when logged in as Admin&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompt when running tech code 12916 asking if you want to keep custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Inventory Snapshot report&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code to delete all custom reports and restore only standard reports-12916&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code 802 - now prompts to backup only custom reports for uploading to High5&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/All High5 reports will be prefixed with the word &amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/When opening designer make sure all reports have a file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/28/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.100&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Report editing taking too long to open up when editing a report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/25/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Services/Fixed/Day count was off by 1 due to leap year&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/If Assigned To was a Work Group the work group name would not populate&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue when selecting items from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Transfer/Fixed/If the transfer does not have a detail connection relink the data or create a new link and use it&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Information on the Class prompt dialogue pop-up&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Default Price Book. Setting is under: Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Customer Defaults&amp;gt; Rates &amp;amp; Charges Defaults&amp;gt; Price Book.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Issues/Modified to integrate better with auto incoming email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Rewrote data import from Order Items tab to include cost and retail&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Removed vendor update prompt when the vendor flag in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Inventory is &amp;#039;UnChecked&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Will now update inventory if any markup flags are set&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Tech Code to batch process all inventory items with any Markup flags set&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Class requirement for PO module now optional&lt;br /&gt;
*Of the above items the PO Class &amp;amp; Vendor prompt are new flags on the Setup&amp;gt; company&amp;gt; inventory page in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryOptions.98.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6504</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - 8.2 Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6504"/>
		<updated>2022-05-02T17:54:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/01/2022 Version: 8.2.3.148/Routines:8.2.3.54/SQLink:8.2.3.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Activities/Corrected query requiring a work group detail to email an activity&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Table Closed error on tech export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/11/2022/ Version: 8.2.3.146/Routines:8.2.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Address Book/Swapped in control for tabbed address book&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Address Book/Fixed addresses spanning multiple lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Custom Tables/Added custom tabs for packages&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Fixed vendor item number not filling in from orders on PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent Item removal if the parent item is no longer in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/If an item has no parent ID coming from QB, clear parent info in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/11/2022/ Version: 8.2.3.145/Routines:8.2.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memos/Added html code to manage text starting with a bulleted list&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Layout/Fixed button overlap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/04/2022/ Version: 8.2.3.144/Routines:8.2.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added item cost to the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/14/2022/ Version: 8.2.3.143/Routines:8.2.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Search/Multiple searches were causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.142/Routines:8.2.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/MAPI/Changed email body to plain text to work better with MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Retail level on package item breakouts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.141/Routines:8.2.3.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/MAPI/Email bodies not working correctly with MAPI settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/21/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.140/Routines:8.2.3.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Modified recurring to keep terms and salesperson separate with an option in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Recurring. When generating orders/invoices from recurring order, don&amp;#039;t copy over terms and  salesperson information from customer, unless flag is set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/21/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.140/Routines:8.2.3.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Modified recurring to keep terms and salesperson separate with an option in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Recurring. When generating orders/invoices from recurring order, don&amp;#039;t copy over terms and  salesperson information from customer, unless flag is set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/1/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.139&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added manufacture part number to the material grids on the item editor and order materials grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Modified/Added Action menu item &amp;#039;Remove inactive inventory&amp;#039; to remove inactive inventory from cloned orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 9/10/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Editor/Updated the memo editor with latest fixes. Corrects a host of issues around formatting, displa, copy &amp;amp; paste&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/20/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Set system to use Rich Text fields for loading Dispatch as HTML was causing slowness loading large amounts of text&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Incoming Email/Added [Order Number] to the beginning of the Summary field for auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.136/SQLink 8.2.3.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Removed unused field for labor assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added flag to print/batch email to isolate past due invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/added option and logic to send SME Outgoing email to QuickBooks Alt Email 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/11/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.135/SQLink 8.2.2.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Fields/Fixed CSS style string duplications when editing memos - Service Requested/Performed&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Added\Billable company to GL entries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/23/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.134/SQLink 8.2.2.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Installed update to HTML component&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - do not update username when importing sales persons&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - table not open when importing customer types&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Archiving\Skip payment types as they get auto created if missing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.132/SQLink 8.2.2.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Setup\Inventory\Snapshot\Added ability to trim the inventory snapshot file when it becomes bloated&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Utilities\Archiving\Added ability to select your own archive folder path&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/26/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.131/SQLink 8.2.2.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Update/Updated HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated to use the latest HTML components for export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/19/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.130/SQLink 8.2.2.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Assets/Computers/Fixed location field selection&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Invoice Export/Modified code to strip unprintable characters from notes fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/29/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.129/SQLink 8.2.2.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Direct Sales/Fixed default Search Views&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/More modifications to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/15/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.128/SQLink 8.2.2.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Permissions/Form Code - corrected logic&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/Modified to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/8/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved spacing between buttons for &amp;#039;Remove Tech&amp;#039; and Refresh&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  12/18/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Summary line allowed for text over flow.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Payments/Error when canceling a payment with a notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Update to the editor to correct font and other HTML issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/06/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.124&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Modified to allow selecting the batch date.(Note: This does not change the actual date of the transaction).&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring/Modified to include copy tax group, price book, salesperson, terms from customer settings to the Recurring modules when generating recurring invoices/orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/30/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editors/Fonts now used in memo fields will print correctly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/23/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Corrected URL launching&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/19/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Modified flag to correct data field corruption when printing forms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/16/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Changed setup to a tabbed layout and corrected field over lapping&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/9/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/2/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/25/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Testing on reporting components&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Import/Modified to accept importing customers with 100&amp;#039;s of ship to addresses. Intuit had limit at 50 prior to QB 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/4/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Details Tab/Added Trip Charge field&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Price Books/Update all details when Price Book name changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.115-Not Released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Update of reporting font component broke data field display&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/21/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.114-Not Released/SQLink 8.2.2.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Activities/Fixed error when selecting the activity twice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Updated components not working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Changed invoice deletes due to Intuit changes regarding invoice deletions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.113 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/7/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.112/SQLink 8.2.2.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/Added option to skip user notes on employee import&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/QuickBooks version no longer required - removed from setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/26/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Export/Clear double quotes from all fields before exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/10/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Material Editor/Corrected field overlap and error when canceling out of Search&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Updated FTP sites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  5/8/2020 Version: 8.2.1.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified auto upload/update FTP locations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/1/2020 Version: 8.2.1.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Added ability to add Non Inventory items from the Orders Modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Adding new service item from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Query correction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/10/2020 Version: 8.2.1.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Modified functionality. Added grid sorting and selection. Added Action Item to the menu for adjusting individual landed costs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/20/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added custom tables to Service Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Importing package items on the Order Items and material tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/misspelling on backup prompt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/07/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Report designer error when accessing some tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Do not add CSS lines to signatures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/31/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items are now linked directly to the material details&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items PO&amp;#039;s are now updating Cost/Retail based on the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Assigning Email addresses to Copy and Blind Copy fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Sort order of email addresses in address selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/15/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.100/SQLink 8.2.1.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added export Invoice Summary to QuickBooks Invoice Memo&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Removed all but one blank line on the QuickBooks invoice for Service notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Groups/Fixed/User group options not showing after a change&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Setup/Log Tab/Right Click Export log now functioning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Added key fields to order conversion to speed conversion&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Tech Code/Updated Scheduled Service to Recurring Orders conversion to only use the existing date information from Scheduled Services in Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/16/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Subtotaling update on all Order Item grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/26/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/TLS version to work with Microsoft Office365 email&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Added/SMPSystem to the module grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified the grid. It can now be rearranged&lt;br /&gt;
*Modules/Modified/Added Is Equipment flag to all Order Item Tabs for all modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Conversion issues regarding database connections during the process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/7/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data Conversion/Clear all functions prior to starting the conversion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/31/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data/Normalized all numeric fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/17/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch Print/Component freezing due to grid update&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Reverse/Corrected reversing an RMA&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Jump to order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/Updated the reporting HTML component with added functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.92 Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/10/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Converting/Set Scheduled Services ending date when it&amp;#039;s not set prior to conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagating/Now correctly propagates all address and email info. Must be processed separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/29/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Fixed/Customer UID was not filling in and writing the batch record details to the customer Journal&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Invoice/Fixed error on order to invoice conversion when the error was a zero records error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added a system UID for any place in SME where an order UID was not written. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/5/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Using the .87 query method to manage all propagation. Propagation was timing out on long running queries&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Now updates all associated module records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Method to remove long running queries from the application into SQL for quicker processing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring Orders/Fixed issues when converting Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Compliance/Reviewing tech compliance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.85 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Completed/Reversing an RMA. Still not compatible with all types of RMAs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.84- not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.83 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Reversing RMA and adding item back to stock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.81/SQLink 8.2.1.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified/Add order aid to all manually entered customer equipment records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Licensing/Added alternative sites to check for licensing should one fail&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.80/SQLink 8.2.1.9/Routines 8.2.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Currency set to Hong Kong was causing Recurring invoice failure&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Export/Strip out all HTML tags as QB is not in RTF for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Contacts Update/Bad field name was causing contact update issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Memo fields/Now strip HTML when exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/7/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Archive/Set archive queries to &amp;#039;not&amp;#039; look for unrelated records that have already been archived&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/If a repair item existed system was querying the entire customer equipment list instead of the specific item you required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/9/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Global field showing after update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.76/SQLink 8.2.1.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Send email body out as text since MAPI was dropping the info&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added Class ID to the qb export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/19/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Convert with a service item of &amp;#039;Maintenance&amp;#039; type if Scheduled Service has no items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/28/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Duplication - when duplicating customers do not duplicate billing information&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Added/Tech code to convert all Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders in anticipation of eliminating Scheduled Services&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.73&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Advanced Search/Fixed error when clicking on the &amp;#039;Notes&amp;#039; option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/15/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Email body text was not copying to Outlook when set to MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Error on sending email on some systems due to the Standard font used in all reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Not able to invoice a fully closed partial order after adding a new item to the order due to the order/invoice calculations&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Logon/Clear user/password fields after failed log on attempt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Filling inventory reconciliation and not posting the same day was moving all inventory to the virtual location&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Sales/Notes/Modified to copy Sales Site notes to Customer when converting&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/User/Fixed issue allowing an employee to set themselves as supervisor causing infinite loop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.70&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/No longer can import Notes from QuickBooks since they corrupt the SME notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/System/Do not import QuickBooks notes due to Rich Text vs HTML&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/27/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Maintenance Contracts/Error when adding Scheduled Service from Maintenance Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Import/Proposal error coming up if the user was in the proposal module and went to Utilities/Import&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Conversion/Fixed issue when converting due to item allocation when all on hand were reserved&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Print Pack/Further attempts to get printing/emailing working correctly with Print Pack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/20/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.68&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added serial numbers to GL export memo line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Printing/Print Packet was locking up when printing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock recording the &amp;#039;actual&amp;#039; date added as opposed to adding to existing stock records from another year&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQL logic/Dropped all unnecessary fields from the search building logic for  speed improvement&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Order status was not clearing due the procedure getting called twice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Deleting techs with vehicles were not removing the vehicle from the order&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Details/Fixed/Custom details were getting dropped due to flag on the header clearing on Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/16/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Views/Fields not getting dropped from views when they are dropped from the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Search/Fixed/Error when a UID was included in a search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.61&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/RMA/Fixed so the location picked when returning can be different than the default location&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Material Detail/Modified rounding for order items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.60&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Modified CSS so images can be resized&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Add Stock/Require new inventory item to be saved before adding stock&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Transactions/Modified transaction info to correctly show added stock from inventory vs system&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Notes not clearing out when exporting invoices with revised notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Save shipping addresses correctly on export to QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.59&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Modified/Creating invoice would occasionally not create due to package items&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Detail/Fixed issue when adding custom details when custom tables existed&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Cloning/Fixed customer UID not inserted on all cloned proposals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/27/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.58&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Rounding error caused by records in inventory sub table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/29/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.57&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customers/Prepaid/Activity flag not clearing out when Maintenance or Warranty was selected on a prepaid order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Speed/Modified SQL to speed up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed Rate/Fixed bug due to calculating when percent was less than zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.55&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Grids/Rebuild with underscore in the name due to bug in the component&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/25/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.54&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified to keep prompting for a file name as long as the view name is blank&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modules/Saving-Restoring views when sub grids change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Dispatch/Set dispatch default timer to 10 minutes if it has not been set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/18/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.53 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/011/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed tabbing in editors&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Codes/Fixed uploading/downloading for tech codes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Added due date to the grids&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent item field was not clearing when deleted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/28/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Fixed Quick Jump logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/21/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Changed to always go to the first record on Radio button changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Modified to not drop the current view if closing orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/17/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Error when using Next/Last button and only one record in the filtered data&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Change order filters and queries loading for modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/View lookup modification to do lookups on limited field list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modified to only use a limited field list and not every field in the grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Next-Last button not actually saving the &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; record looked at&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modifying queries that load the search grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Redo image handling when converting orders with 100&amp;#039;s of images&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Speed when opening PO with 100KK of inventory items&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Parent Item/Programed the drop down to do a lookup of items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/02/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.46&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Routines/Library revision to compile under SQL 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/26/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.45&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Parent Item lookup not loading the list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed/RTF conversion issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service/Install/Fixed blocking routines keeping order from closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.43 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.42&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Worked with component to get cursor working&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/A/V error when saving new records into SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/07/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.41&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Moved document field to directory to only show on the stored documents tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Error when converting service items from packages to orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option for time stamp in memos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when deleting a class which was a child of another class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Component for memo editing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/03/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Getting error when emailing due to new report components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.35&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot net error on allocation&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/How order quantity is calculated for PO generation&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Made the doc directory field path smaller to free up screen real estate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Embedded the Windows path to the CSS in each order since occasionally it was not found.&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Added/Email template bodies - can now set up email templates and use in the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Grids causing errors when selecting columns from the column picker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/20/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.32&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Remove limit on number of days for calculating finance charges&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Travel Charges and other charges not carrying to the invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Refresh setting in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; System was not refreshing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Fixed/Custom table for Customer Equipment was not named correctly causing issues with search availability&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Modified/Changed wording in designer from &amp;#039;Boolean&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;True/False&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Modified/Changed ordering of tabbing on Prepaid Service Editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Excel export will now default to .xlsx &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/PO Status not updating when a PO was closed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/23/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Removal of a field was causing the forms to malfunction and lock up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was getting stuck in single user mode in SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/20/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Expanded width of document directory fields to 255 characters to match Windows conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot Net error converting orders due to new &amp;#039;Auto Deliver Reserved on Invoice&amp;#039; flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Invoice line now displays as long date Month/day/year&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Custom reports now backed up to common files Reports\backup in a zip file&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Virtual warehouse showing up for selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/02/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Added/Bid Code required flag &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Class now changes when Service item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was not functional&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Virtual warehouse was showing for serial number selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/28/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Price Book change on Rates tab now changes the price book on all un-invoiced items on the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/25/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Customer Equipment serial number not filling in when linked on invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Added flag to automatically set reserved when invoicing an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Purchase Orders receiving items with vendor item costs was updating inventory record, but adding material details with incorrect cost&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fix/Parent item changes when item was not a QB item&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Revised Fix/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Proposal-Order linking tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompts when there is no data found for the report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/16/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tech Code to upload custom reports (988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed\Payments now use the specific account assigned to the pay method and not a generic account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/12/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database and issues with database getting stuck in single user mode when updating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Memo fields were scrambling text when scrolling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/29/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database when making new alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/06/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Memo editor now uses CCS for text styling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Updates to custom memo editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Released 8.2 as new version with custom revision to editing functionality. 8.2 is exactly the same as 8.1 with the exception of editing. &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Taxes on Fixed rates tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields - tech code 8316&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/26/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.136&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Editor for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.135&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added vendor name to the vendor item lookup&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Customer&amp;gt; History&amp;gt; Recurring Order double click an order resulted in error&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Arriving start time of 12:00 now correctly calculates scheduled time&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Subcontractor tab - added Company &amp;amp; Account Number to the history grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.134&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added flags to better handle when order items are voided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Corrected bug when some parameters are not available in another module and you use the view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Batch PO/Fixed bad field names in Search view&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Subcontractor view not pulling in the subcontractors in Details and Settings or the labor editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Fixed/Is Active flag not always allowing saving&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Save-Restore grid filter&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Added Status panel to the bottom of the form and logic to show specific stats; number of records, number of PO&amp;#039;s generated, how many PO&amp;#039;s should generate based on filter conditions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/When converting Proposals from Cloned orders for new customers, and the customer does not exist, create the customer from the proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.131&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Designer/Added time sheets to specifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.130&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Issue when auto emailing Purchase Orders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.129&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Assigned to field length mismatch between Activity Table and modules was causing errors when generating recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.128&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Added a wait processor to the email function to attempt to avoid the Socket error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code for customer specific issue&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Issue recalculating inventory detail when item quantities change for items on orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Report table source to avoid long queries when writing reports combining order/invoice modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Modified queries for standard reports. Cleanup bad queries, etc… &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.124/SQLink 8.1.5.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Added equipment details for service, install, and invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Ability to filter to sub details on report detail specifiers tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Item Cost &amp;amp; Item Price as calculated fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Exporting Proposal discounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Can now preview a report regardless of type from the designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Fixed: Set the override cost flag based on customer custom settings AFTER initializing for the first time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Drop triggers when converting to avoid running unnecessarily&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Force index rebuild after conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Pay methods/Do not clear Pay method QBID when importing. Use pay method QBID for payment reference&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Inventory/Tech code to check between inventory detail and material detail for counts that do *not match and recalculate counts.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Toggling the lock cost flag was not correctly updating the cost from equipment items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated conversion to handle converting from older versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.119&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting designer components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.118&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Limited release to correct UID generation on custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records/Modified so the Available count is always set to the Billable Quantity&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified to allow for zero in the included count for labor records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified for Proposal to match orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Make sure copies are set to 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/22/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.115&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Grids/Added Actual cost and Average Cost to order grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.114&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to show is standard flag&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Global/Modified no longer jumps to first record in table when deleting a record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.113&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed Override Cost to Lock Cost&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed functionality to not change cost even if item number changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed the report file name disappearing&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to limit query pulls to 1 record to speed development of reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.112&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Functionality changes to the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/07/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the Master Data pipeline settings to the report designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to include all possible custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added logic to check if the table exists in the query before running the report&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Update notes field to track changes to reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added function, &amp;#039;CTRL-U&amp;#039; to add time stamp editor to the notes window&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;802&amp;#039; now prompts to export, Custom, Standard, or Both&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;12916&amp;#039; options to clean up existing reports. &lt;br /&gt;
#Delete – Will delete all doc entries in SME and RTM files… only to be used with High5 support&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete MISMATCH – SME will scan the reports folders and delete report showing up in search without an actual report in the file system.&lt;br /&gt;
#Clean Directory – Will transverse the report files and check if it’s actually used. If unused the report will be deleted unless it’s a template report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed Test Query so the &amp;#039;preview&amp;#039; tab in the designer now works&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed speed issue opening query reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the report file name to the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Timesheets/Fixed deleting timesheet was not recalculating the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Revised tech codes 135/136&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/17/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Reviewing all custom reports for SME to make sure all of the latest changes are working&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Embedding pictures broke with reporting component update. Found a way to correct the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Certifications/Fixed loading the vendor name from the tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/From Mobile/Create and initialize custom record information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/15/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification added to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Vendor lookup added to tech certifications&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Vendor/Added vendor lookup to the tech certification editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Tables/Added tech certifications to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed Invoice/Fixed calculating invoiced status on fixed invoices with order details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/11/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/After creating a new order set the focus on the order summary&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified root reports to use two new folders under the High5Software\Reports folder. Now Reports\Standard - SME canned reports and Reports\Custom - customer custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified saving of reports to always prefix with Standard, if a canned report and Custom for all custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders &amp;amp; Invoices/On new orders set focus on order summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set vendor name field from tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Images in text fields not getting correctly embedded since a component update broke the logic to embed the image.&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech code 135 now rebuilds standard reports and cleans up custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Keep the report name in the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Speed when opening reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Time Sheets/Deleting a time sheet record was not always recalculating the time fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Flag item discounts as nontaxable regardless of default setting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Infinite loop issue for updating orders with many serialized items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue opening orders with CL in the HTML string.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Package export. Items not set as summarized if export set as summarized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/02/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Getting seat count when logged in as Admin&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompt when running tech code 12916 asking if you want to keep custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Inventory Snapshot report&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code to delete all custom reports and restore only standard reports-12916&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code 802 - now prompts to backup only custom reports for uploading to High5&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/All High5 reports will be prefixed with the word &amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/When opening designer make sure all reports have a file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/28/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.100&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Report editing taking too long to open up when editing a report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/25/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Services/Fixed/Day count was off by 1 due to leap year&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/If Assigned To was a Work Group the work group name would not populate&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue when selecting items from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Transfer/Fixed/If the transfer does not have a detail connection relink the data or create a new link and use it&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Information on the Class prompt dialogue pop-up&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Default Price Book. Setting is under: Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Customer Defaults&amp;gt; Rates &amp;amp; Charges Defaults&amp;gt; Price Book.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Issues/Modified to integrate better with auto incoming email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Rewrote data import from Order Items tab to include cost and retail&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Removed vendor update prompt when the vendor flag in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Inventory is &amp;#039;UnChecked&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Will now update inventory if any markup flags are set&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Tech Code to batch process all inventory items with any Markup flags set&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Class requirement for PO module now optional&lt;br /&gt;
*Of the above items the PO Class &amp;amp; Vendor prompt are new flags on the Setup&amp;gt; company&amp;gt; inventory page in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryOptions.98.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6503</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - 8.2 Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6503"/>
		<updated>2022-04-07T17:44:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/11/2022/ Version: 8.2.3.146/Routines:8.2.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Address Book/Swapped in control for tabbed address book&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Address Book/Fixed addresses spanning multiple lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Custom Tables/Added custom tabs for packages&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Fixed vendor item number not filling in from orders on PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent Item removal if the parent item is no longer in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/If an item has no parent ID coming from QB, clear parent info in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/11/2022/ Version: 8.2.3.145/Routines:8.2.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memos/Added html code to manage text starting with a bulleted list&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Layout/Fixed button overlap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/04/2022/ Version: 8.2.3.144/Routines:8.2.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added item cost to the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/14/2022/ Version: 8.2.3.143/Routines:8.2.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Search/Multiple searches were causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.142/Routines:8.2.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/MAPI/Changed email body to plain text to work better with MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Retail level on package item breakouts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.141/Routines:8.2.3.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/MAPI/Email bodies not working correctly with MAPI settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/21/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.140/Routines:8.2.3.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Modified recurring to keep terms and salesperson separate with an option in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Recurring. When generating orders/invoices from recurring order, don&amp;#039;t copy over terms and  salesperson information from customer, unless flag is set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/21/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.140/Routines:8.2.3.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Modified recurring to keep terms and salesperson separate with an option in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Recurring. When generating orders/invoices from recurring order, don&amp;#039;t copy over terms and  salesperson information from customer, unless flag is set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/1/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.139&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added manufacture part number to the material grids on the item editor and order materials grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Modified/Added Action menu item &amp;#039;Remove inactive inventory&amp;#039; to remove inactive inventory from cloned orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 9/10/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Editor/Updated the memo editor with latest fixes. Corrects a host of issues around formatting, displa, copy &amp;amp; paste&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/20/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Set system to use Rich Text fields for loading Dispatch as HTML was causing slowness loading large amounts of text&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Incoming Email/Added [Order Number] to the beginning of the Summary field for auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.136/SQLink 8.2.3.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Removed unused field for labor assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added flag to print/batch email to isolate past due invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/added option and logic to send SME Outgoing email to QuickBooks Alt Email 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/11/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.135/SQLink 8.2.2.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Fields/Fixed CSS style string duplications when editing memos - Service Requested/Performed&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Added\Billable company to GL entries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/23/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.134/SQLink 8.2.2.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Installed update to HTML component&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - do not update username when importing sales persons&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - table not open when importing customer types&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Archiving\Skip payment types as they get auto created if missing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.132/SQLink 8.2.2.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Setup\Inventory\Snapshot\Added ability to trim the inventory snapshot file when it becomes bloated&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Utilities\Archiving\Added ability to select your own archive folder path&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/26/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.131/SQLink 8.2.2.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Update/Updated HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated to use the latest HTML components for export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/19/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.130/SQLink 8.2.2.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Assets/Computers/Fixed location field selection&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Invoice Export/Modified code to strip unprintable characters from notes fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/29/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.129/SQLink 8.2.2.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Direct Sales/Fixed default Search Views&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/More modifications to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/15/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.128/SQLink 8.2.2.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Permissions/Form Code - corrected logic&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/Modified to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/8/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved spacing between buttons for &amp;#039;Remove Tech&amp;#039; and Refresh&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  12/18/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Summary line allowed for text over flow.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Payments/Error when canceling a payment with a notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Update to the editor to correct font and other HTML issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/06/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.124&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Modified to allow selecting the batch date.(Note: This does not change the actual date of the transaction).&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring/Modified to include copy tax group, price book, salesperson, terms from customer settings to the Recurring modules when generating recurring invoices/orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/30/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editors/Fonts now used in memo fields will print correctly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/23/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Corrected URL launching&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/19/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Modified flag to correct data field corruption when printing forms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/16/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Changed setup to a tabbed layout and corrected field over lapping&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/9/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/2/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/25/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Testing on reporting components&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Import/Modified to accept importing customers with 100&amp;#039;s of ship to addresses. Intuit had limit at 50 prior to QB 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/4/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Details Tab/Added Trip Charge field&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Price Books/Update all details when Price Book name changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.115-Not Released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Update of reporting font component broke data field display&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/21/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.114-Not Released/SQLink 8.2.2.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Activities/Fixed error when selecting the activity twice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Updated components not working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Changed invoice deletes due to Intuit changes regarding invoice deletions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.113 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/7/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.112/SQLink 8.2.2.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/Added option to skip user notes on employee import&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/QuickBooks version no longer required - removed from setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/26/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Export/Clear double quotes from all fields before exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/10/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Material Editor/Corrected field overlap and error when canceling out of Search&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Updated FTP sites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  5/8/2020 Version: 8.2.1.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified auto upload/update FTP locations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/1/2020 Version: 8.2.1.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Added ability to add Non Inventory items from the Orders Modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Adding new service item from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Query correction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/10/2020 Version: 8.2.1.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Modified functionality. Added grid sorting and selection. Added Action Item to the menu for adjusting individual landed costs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/20/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added custom tables to Service Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Importing package items on the Order Items and material tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/misspelling on backup prompt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/07/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Report designer error when accessing some tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Do not add CSS lines to signatures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/31/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items are now linked directly to the material details&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items PO&amp;#039;s are now updating Cost/Retail based on the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Assigning Email addresses to Copy and Blind Copy fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Sort order of email addresses in address selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/15/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.100/SQLink 8.2.1.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added export Invoice Summary to QuickBooks Invoice Memo&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Removed all but one blank line on the QuickBooks invoice for Service notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Groups/Fixed/User group options not showing after a change&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Setup/Log Tab/Right Click Export log now functioning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Added key fields to order conversion to speed conversion&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Tech Code/Updated Scheduled Service to Recurring Orders conversion to only use the existing date information from Scheduled Services in Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/16/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Subtotaling update on all Order Item grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/26/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/TLS version to work with Microsoft Office365 email&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Added/SMPSystem to the module grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified the grid. It can now be rearranged&lt;br /&gt;
*Modules/Modified/Added Is Equipment flag to all Order Item Tabs for all modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Conversion issues regarding database connections during the process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/7/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data Conversion/Clear all functions prior to starting the conversion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/31/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data/Normalized all numeric fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/17/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch Print/Component freezing due to grid update&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Reverse/Corrected reversing an RMA&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Jump to order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/Updated the reporting HTML component with added functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.92 Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/10/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Converting/Set Scheduled Services ending date when it&amp;#039;s not set prior to conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagating/Now correctly propagates all address and email info. Must be processed separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/29/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Fixed/Customer UID was not filling in and writing the batch record details to the customer Journal&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Invoice/Fixed error on order to invoice conversion when the error was a zero records error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added a system UID for any place in SME where an order UID was not written. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/5/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Using the .87 query method to manage all propagation. Propagation was timing out on long running queries&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Now updates all associated module records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Method to remove long running queries from the application into SQL for quicker processing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring Orders/Fixed issues when converting Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Compliance/Reviewing tech compliance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.85 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Completed/Reversing an RMA. Still not compatible with all types of RMAs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.84- not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.83 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Reversing RMA and adding item back to stock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.81/SQLink 8.2.1.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified/Add order aid to all manually entered customer equipment records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Licensing/Added alternative sites to check for licensing should one fail&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.80/SQLink 8.2.1.9/Routines 8.2.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Currency set to Hong Kong was causing Recurring invoice failure&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Export/Strip out all HTML tags as QB is not in RTF for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Contacts Update/Bad field name was causing contact update issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Memo fields/Now strip HTML when exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/7/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Archive/Set archive queries to &amp;#039;not&amp;#039; look for unrelated records that have already been archived&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/If a repair item existed system was querying the entire customer equipment list instead of the specific item you required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/9/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Global field showing after update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.76/SQLink 8.2.1.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Send email body out as text since MAPI was dropping the info&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added Class ID to the qb export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/19/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Convert with a service item of &amp;#039;Maintenance&amp;#039; type if Scheduled Service has no items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/28/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Duplication - when duplicating customers do not duplicate billing information&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Added/Tech code to convert all Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders in anticipation of eliminating Scheduled Services&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.73&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Advanced Search/Fixed error when clicking on the &amp;#039;Notes&amp;#039; option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/15/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Email body text was not copying to Outlook when set to MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Error on sending email on some systems due to the Standard font used in all reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Not able to invoice a fully closed partial order after adding a new item to the order due to the order/invoice calculations&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Logon/Clear user/password fields after failed log on attempt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Filling inventory reconciliation and not posting the same day was moving all inventory to the virtual location&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Sales/Notes/Modified to copy Sales Site notes to Customer when converting&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/User/Fixed issue allowing an employee to set themselves as supervisor causing infinite loop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.70&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/No longer can import Notes from QuickBooks since they corrupt the SME notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/System/Do not import QuickBooks notes due to Rich Text vs HTML&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/27/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Maintenance Contracts/Error when adding Scheduled Service from Maintenance Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Import/Proposal error coming up if the user was in the proposal module and went to Utilities/Import&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Conversion/Fixed issue when converting due to item allocation when all on hand were reserved&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Print Pack/Further attempts to get printing/emailing working correctly with Print Pack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/20/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.68&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added serial numbers to GL export memo line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Printing/Print Packet was locking up when printing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock recording the &amp;#039;actual&amp;#039; date added as opposed to adding to existing stock records from another year&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQL logic/Dropped all unnecessary fields from the search building logic for  speed improvement&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Order status was not clearing due the procedure getting called twice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Deleting techs with vehicles were not removing the vehicle from the order&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Details/Fixed/Custom details were getting dropped due to flag on the header clearing on Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/16/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Views/Fields not getting dropped from views when they are dropped from the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Search/Fixed/Error when a UID was included in a search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.61&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/RMA/Fixed so the location picked when returning can be different than the default location&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Material Detail/Modified rounding for order items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.60&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Modified CSS so images can be resized&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Add Stock/Require new inventory item to be saved before adding stock&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Transactions/Modified transaction info to correctly show added stock from inventory vs system&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Notes not clearing out when exporting invoices with revised notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Save shipping addresses correctly on export to QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.59&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Modified/Creating invoice would occasionally not create due to package items&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Detail/Fixed issue when adding custom details when custom tables existed&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Cloning/Fixed customer UID not inserted on all cloned proposals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/27/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.58&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Rounding error caused by records in inventory sub table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/29/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.57&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customers/Prepaid/Activity flag not clearing out when Maintenance or Warranty was selected on a prepaid order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Speed/Modified SQL to speed up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed Rate/Fixed bug due to calculating when percent was less than zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.55&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Grids/Rebuild with underscore in the name due to bug in the component&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/25/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.54&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified to keep prompting for a file name as long as the view name is blank&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modules/Saving-Restoring views when sub grids change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Dispatch/Set dispatch default timer to 10 minutes if it has not been set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/18/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.53 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/011/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed tabbing in editors&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Codes/Fixed uploading/downloading for tech codes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Added due date to the grids&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent item field was not clearing when deleted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/28/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Fixed Quick Jump logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/21/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Changed to always go to the first record on Radio button changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Modified to not drop the current view if closing orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/17/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Error when using Next/Last button and only one record in the filtered data&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Change order filters and queries loading for modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/View lookup modification to do lookups on limited field list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modified to only use a limited field list and not every field in the grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Next-Last button not actually saving the &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; record looked at&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modifying queries that load the search grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Redo image handling when converting orders with 100&amp;#039;s of images&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Speed when opening PO with 100KK of inventory items&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Parent Item/Programed the drop down to do a lookup of items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/02/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.46&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Routines/Library revision to compile under SQL 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/26/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.45&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Parent Item lookup not loading the list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed/RTF conversion issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service/Install/Fixed blocking routines keeping order from closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.43 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.42&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Worked with component to get cursor working&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/A/V error when saving new records into SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/07/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.41&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Moved document field to directory to only show on the stored documents tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Error when converting service items from packages to orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option for time stamp in memos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when deleting a class which was a child of another class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Component for memo editing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/03/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Getting error when emailing due to new report components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.35&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot net error on allocation&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/How order quantity is calculated for PO generation&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Made the doc directory field path smaller to free up screen real estate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Embedded the Windows path to the CSS in each order since occasionally it was not found.&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Added/Email template bodies - can now set up email templates and use in the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Grids causing errors when selecting columns from the column picker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/20/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.32&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Remove limit on number of days for calculating finance charges&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Travel Charges and other charges not carrying to the invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Refresh setting in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; System was not refreshing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Fixed/Custom table for Customer Equipment was not named correctly causing issues with search availability&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Modified/Changed wording in designer from &amp;#039;Boolean&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;True/False&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Modified/Changed ordering of tabbing on Prepaid Service Editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Excel export will now default to .xlsx &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/PO Status not updating when a PO was closed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/23/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Removal of a field was causing the forms to malfunction and lock up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was getting stuck in single user mode in SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/20/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Expanded width of document directory fields to 255 characters to match Windows conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot Net error converting orders due to new &amp;#039;Auto Deliver Reserved on Invoice&amp;#039; flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Invoice line now displays as long date Month/day/year&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Custom reports now backed up to common files Reports\backup in a zip file&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Virtual warehouse showing up for selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/02/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Added/Bid Code required flag &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Class now changes when Service item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was not functional&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Virtual warehouse was showing for serial number selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/28/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Price Book change on Rates tab now changes the price book on all un-invoiced items on the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/25/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Customer Equipment serial number not filling in when linked on invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Added flag to automatically set reserved when invoicing an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Purchase Orders receiving items with vendor item costs was updating inventory record, but adding material details with incorrect cost&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fix/Parent item changes when item was not a QB item&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Revised Fix/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Proposal-Order linking tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompts when there is no data found for the report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/16/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tech Code to upload custom reports (988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed\Payments now use the specific account assigned to the pay method and not a generic account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/12/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database and issues with database getting stuck in single user mode when updating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Memo fields were scrambling text when scrolling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/29/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database when making new alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/06/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Memo editor now uses CCS for text styling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Updates to custom memo editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Released 8.2 as new version with custom revision to editing functionality. 8.2 is exactly the same as 8.1 with the exception of editing. &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Taxes on Fixed rates tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields - tech code 8316&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/26/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.136&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Editor for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.135&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added vendor name to the vendor item lookup&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Customer&amp;gt; History&amp;gt; Recurring Order double click an order resulted in error&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Arriving start time of 12:00 now correctly calculates scheduled time&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Subcontractor tab - added Company &amp;amp; Account Number to the history grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.134&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added flags to better handle when order items are voided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Corrected bug when some parameters are not available in another module and you use the view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Batch PO/Fixed bad field names in Search view&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Subcontractor view not pulling in the subcontractors in Details and Settings or the labor editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Fixed/Is Active flag not always allowing saving&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Save-Restore grid filter&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Added Status panel to the bottom of the form and logic to show specific stats; number of records, number of PO&amp;#039;s generated, how many PO&amp;#039;s should generate based on filter conditions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/When converting Proposals from Cloned orders for new customers, and the customer does not exist, create the customer from the proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.131&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Designer/Added time sheets to specifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.130&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Issue when auto emailing Purchase Orders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.129&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Assigned to field length mismatch between Activity Table and modules was causing errors when generating recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.128&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Added a wait processor to the email function to attempt to avoid the Socket error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code for customer specific issue&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Issue recalculating inventory detail when item quantities change for items on orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Report table source to avoid long queries when writing reports combining order/invoice modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Modified queries for standard reports. Cleanup bad queries, etc… &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.124/SQLink 8.1.5.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Added equipment details for service, install, and invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Ability to filter to sub details on report detail specifiers tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Item Cost &amp;amp; Item Price as calculated fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Exporting Proposal discounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Can now preview a report regardless of type from the designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Fixed: Set the override cost flag based on customer custom settings AFTER initializing for the first time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Drop triggers when converting to avoid running unnecessarily&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Force index rebuild after conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Pay methods/Do not clear Pay method QBID when importing. Use pay method QBID for payment reference&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Inventory/Tech code to check between inventory detail and material detail for counts that do *not match and recalculate counts.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Toggling the lock cost flag was not correctly updating the cost from equipment items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated conversion to handle converting from older versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.119&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting designer components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.118&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Limited release to correct UID generation on custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records/Modified so the Available count is always set to the Billable Quantity&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified to allow for zero in the included count for labor records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified for Proposal to match orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Make sure copies are set to 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/22/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.115&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Grids/Added Actual cost and Average Cost to order grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.114&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to show is standard flag&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Global/Modified no longer jumps to first record in table when deleting a record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.113&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed Override Cost to Lock Cost&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed functionality to not change cost even if item number changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed the report file name disappearing&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to limit query pulls to 1 record to speed development of reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.112&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Functionality changes to the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/07/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the Master Data pipeline settings to the report designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to include all possible custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added logic to check if the table exists in the query before running the report&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Update notes field to track changes to reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added function, &amp;#039;CTRL-U&amp;#039; to add time stamp editor to the notes window&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;802&amp;#039; now prompts to export, Custom, Standard, or Both&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;12916&amp;#039; options to clean up existing reports. &lt;br /&gt;
#Delete – Will delete all doc entries in SME and RTM files… only to be used with High5 support&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete MISMATCH – SME will scan the reports folders and delete report showing up in search without an actual report in the file system.&lt;br /&gt;
#Clean Directory – Will transverse the report files and check if it’s actually used. If unused the report will be deleted unless it’s a template report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed Test Query so the &amp;#039;preview&amp;#039; tab in the designer now works&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed speed issue opening query reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the report file name to the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Timesheets/Fixed deleting timesheet was not recalculating the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Revised tech codes 135/136&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/17/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Reviewing all custom reports for SME to make sure all of the latest changes are working&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Embedding pictures broke with reporting component update. Found a way to correct the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Certifications/Fixed loading the vendor name from the tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/From Mobile/Create and initialize custom record information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/15/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification added to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Vendor lookup added to tech certifications&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Vendor/Added vendor lookup to the tech certification editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Tables/Added tech certifications to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed Invoice/Fixed calculating invoiced status on fixed invoices with order details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/11/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/After creating a new order set the focus on the order summary&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified root reports to use two new folders under the High5Software\Reports folder. Now Reports\Standard - SME canned reports and Reports\Custom - customer custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified saving of reports to always prefix with Standard, if a canned report and Custom for all custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders &amp;amp; Invoices/On new orders set focus on order summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set vendor name field from tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Images in text fields not getting correctly embedded since a component update broke the logic to embed the image.&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech code 135 now rebuilds standard reports and cleans up custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Keep the report name in the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Speed when opening reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Time Sheets/Deleting a time sheet record was not always recalculating the time fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Flag item discounts as nontaxable regardless of default setting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Infinite loop issue for updating orders with many serialized items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue opening orders with CL in the HTML string.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Package export. Items not set as summarized if export set as summarized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/02/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Getting seat count when logged in as Admin&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompt when running tech code 12916 asking if you want to keep custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Inventory Snapshot report&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code to delete all custom reports and restore only standard reports-12916&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code 802 - now prompts to backup only custom reports for uploading to High5&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/All High5 reports will be prefixed with the word &amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/When opening designer make sure all reports have a file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/28/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.100&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Report editing taking too long to open up when editing a report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/25/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Services/Fixed/Day count was off by 1 due to leap year&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/If Assigned To was a Work Group the work group name would not populate&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue when selecting items from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Transfer/Fixed/If the transfer does not have a detail connection relink the data or create a new link and use it&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Information on the Class prompt dialogue pop-up&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Default Price Book. Setting is under: Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Customer Defaults&amp;gt; Rates &amp;amp; Charges Defaults&amp;gt; Price Book.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Issues/Modified to integrate better with auto incoming email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Rewrote data import from Order Items tab to include cost and retail&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Removed vendor update prompt when the vendor flag in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Inventory is &amp;#039;UnChecked&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Will now update inventory if any markup flags are set&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Tech Code to batch process all inventory items with any Markup flags set&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Class requirement for PO module now optional&lt;br /&gt;
*Of the above items the PO Class &amp;amp; Vendor prompt are new flags on the Setup&amp;gt; company&amp;gt; inventory page in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryOptions.98.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Auditing_for_SME_Setup&amp;diff=6495</id>
		<title>Auditing for SME Setup</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Auditing_for_SME_Setup&amp;diff=6495"/>
		<updated>2021-12-02T20:15:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;To be able to use SME Audit you must first purchase or obtain Audit Manager program and enable the function in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
High5 support can assist with the install and setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have Audit available, go to user groups to enable which users can run Audit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User Group&amp;gt;Administrative Clearances&amp;gt; &amp;quot;Use Audit Manager&amp;quot; must be checked for that user group to open audit manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube| v6e9El4AcoA }}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6482</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - 8.2 Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6482"/>
		<updated>2021-10-21T15:24:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/21/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.140/Routines:8.2.3.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Modified recurring to keep terms and salesperson separate with an option in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Recurring. When generating orders/invoices from recurring order, don&amp;#039;t copy over terms and  salesperson information from customer, unless flag is set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/1/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.139&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added manufacture part number to the material grids on the item editor and order materials grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Modified/Added Action menu item &amp;#039;Remove inactive inventory&amp;#039; to remove inactive inventory from cloned orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 9/10/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Editor/Updated the memo editor with latest fixes. Corrects a host of issues around formatting, displa, copy &amp;amp; paste&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/20/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Set system to use Rich Text fields for loading Dispatch as HTML was causing slowness loading large amounts of text&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Incoming Email/Added [Order Number] to the beginning of the Summary field for auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.136/SQLink 8.2.3.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Removed unused field for labor assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added flag to print/batch email to isolate past due invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/added option and logic to send SME Outgoing email to QuickBooks Alt Email 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/11/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.135/SQLink 8.2.2.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Fields/Fixed CSS style string duplications when editing memos - Service Requested/Performed&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Added\Billable company to GL entries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/23/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.134/SQLink 8.2.2.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Installed update to HTML component&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - do not update username when importing sales persons&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - table not open when importing customer types&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Archiving\Skip payment types as they get auto created if missing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.132/SQLink 8.2.2.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Setup\Inventory\Snapshot\Added ability to trim the inventory snapshot file when it becomes bloated&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Utilities\Archiving\Added ability to select your own archive folder path&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/26/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.131/SQLink 8.2.2.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Update/Updated HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated to use the latest HTML components for export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/19/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.130/SQLink 8.2.2.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Assets/Computers/Fixed location field selection&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Invoice Export/Modified code to strip unprintable characters from notes fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/29/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.129/SQLink 8.2.2.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Direct Sales/Fixed default Search Views&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/More modifications to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/15/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.128/SQLink 8.2.2.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Permissions/Form Code - corrected logic&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/Modified to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/8/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved spacing between buttons for &amp;#039;Remove Tech&amp;#039; and Refresh&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  12/18/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Summary line allowed for text over flow.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Payments/Error when canceling a payment with a notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Update to the editor to correct font and other HTML issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/06/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.124&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Modified to allow selecting the batch date.(Note: This does not change the actual date of the transaction).&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring/Modified to include copy tax group, price book, salesperson, terms from customer settings to the Recurring modules when generating recurring invoices/orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/30/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editors/Fonts now used in memo fields will print correctly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/23/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Corrected URL launching&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/19/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Modified flag to correct data field corruption when printing forms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/16/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Changed setup to a tabbed layout and corrected field over lapping&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/9/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/2/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/25/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Testing on reporting components&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Import/Modified to accept importing customers with 100&amp;#039;s of ship to addresses. Intuit had limit at 50 prior to QB 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/4/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Details Tab/Added Trip Charge field&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Price Books/Update all details when Price Book name changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.115-Not Released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Update of reporting font component broke data field display&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/21/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.114-Not Released/SQLink 8.2.2.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Activities/Fixed error when selecting the activity twice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Updated components not working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Changed invoice deletes due to Intuit changes regarding invoice deletions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.113 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/7/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.112/SQLink 8.2.2.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/Added option to skip user notes on employee import&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/QuickBooks version no longer required - removed from setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/26/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Export/Clear double quotes from all fields before exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/10/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Material Editor/Corrected field overlap and error when canceling out of Search&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Updated FTP sites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  5/8/2020 Version: 8.2.1.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified auto upload/update FTP locations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/1/2020 Version: 8.2.1.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Added ability to add Non Inventory items from the Orders Modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Adding new service item from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Query correction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/10/2020 Version: 8.2.1.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Modified functionality. Added grid sorting and selection. Added Action Item to the menu for adjusting individual landed costs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/20/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added custom tables to Service Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Importing package items on the Order Items and material tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/misspelling on backup prompt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/07/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Report designer error when accessing some tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Do not add CSS lines to signatures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/31/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items are now linked directly to the material details&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items PO&amp;#039;s are now updating Cost/Retail based on the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Assigning Email addresses to Copy and Blind Copy fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Sort order of email addresses in address selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/15/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.100/SQLink 8.2.1.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added export Invoice Summary to QuickBooks Invoice Memo&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Removed all but one blank line on the QuickBooks invoice for Service notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Groups/Fixed/User group options not showing after a change&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Setup/Log Tab/Right Click Export log now functioning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Added key fields to order conversion to speed conversion&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Tech Code/Updated Scheduled Service to Recurring Orders conversion to only use the existing date information from Scheduled Services in Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/16/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Subtotaling update on all Order Item grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/26/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/TLS version to work with Microsoft Office365 email&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Added/SMPSystem to the module grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified the grid. It can now be rearranged&lt;br /&gt;
*Modules/Modified/Added Is Equipment flag to all Order Item Tabs for all modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Conversion issues regarding database connections during the process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/7/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data Conversion/Clear all functions prior to starting the conversion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/31/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data/Normalized all numeric fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/17/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch Print/Component freezing due to grid update&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Reverse/Corrected reversing an RMA&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Jump to order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/Updated the reporting HTML component with added functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.92 Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/10/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Converting/Set Scheduled Services ending date when it&amp;#039;s not set prior to conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagating/Now correctly propagates all address and email info. Must be processed separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/29/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Fixed/Customer UID was not filling in and writing the batch record details to the customer Journal&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Invoice/Fixed error on order to invoice conversion when the error was a zero records error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added a system UID for any place in SME where an order UID was not written. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/5/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Using the .87 query method to manage all propagation. Propagation was timing out on long running queries&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Now updates all associated module records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Method to remove long running queries from the application into SQL for quicker processing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring Orders/Fixed issues when converting Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Compliance/Reviewing tech compliance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.85 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Completed/Reversing an RMA. Still not compatible with all types of RMAs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.84- not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.83 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Reversing RMA and adding item back to stock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.81/SQLink 8.2.1.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified/Add order aid to all manually entered customer equipment records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Licensing/Added alternative sites to check for licensing should one fail&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.80/SQLink 8.2.1.9/Routines 8.2.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Currency set to Hong Kong was causing Recurring invoice failure&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Export/Strip out all HTML tags as QB is not in RTF for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Contacts Update/Bad field name was causing contact update issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Memo fields/Now strip HTML when exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/7/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Archive/Set archive queries to &amp;#039;not&amp;#039; look for unrelated records that have already been archived&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/If a repair item existed system was querying the entire customer equipment list instead of the specific item you required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/9/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Global field showing after update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.76/SQLink 8.2.1.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Send email body out as text since MAPI was dropping the info&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added Class ID to the qb export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/19/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Convert with a service item of &amp;#039;Maintenance&amp;#039; type if Scheduled Service has no items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/28/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Duplication - when duplicating customers do not duplicate billing information&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Added/Tech code to convert all Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders in anticipation of eliminating Scheduled Services&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.73&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Advanced Search/Fixed error when clicking on the &amp;#039;Notes&amp;#039; option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/15/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Email body text was not copying to Outlook when set to MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Error on sending email on some systems due to the Standard font used in all reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Not able to invoice a fully closed partial order after adding a new item to the order due to the order/invoice calculations&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Logon/Clear user/password fields after failed log on attempt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Filling inventory reconciliation and not posting the same day was moving all inventory to the virtual location&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Sales/Notes/Modified to copy Sales Site notes to Customer when converting&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/User/Fixed issue allowing an employee to set themselves as supervisor causing infinite loop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.70&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/No longer can import Notes from QuickBooks since they corrupt the SME notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/System/Do not import QuickBooks notes due to Rich Text vs HTML&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/27/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Maintenance Contracts/Error when adding Scheduled Service from Maintenance Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Import/Proposal error coming up if the user was in the proposal module and went to Utilities/Import&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Conversion/Fixed issue when converting due to item allocation when all on hand were reserved&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Print Pack/Further attempts to get printing/emailing working correctly with Print Pack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/20/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.68&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added serial numbers to GL export memo line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Printing/Print Packet was locking up when printing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock recording the &amp;#039;actual&amp;#039; date added as opposed to adding to existing stock records from another year&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQL logic/Dropped all unnecessary fields from the search building logic for  speed improvement&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Order status was not clearing due the procedure getting called twice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Deleting techs with vehicles were not removing the vehicle from the order&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Details/Fixed/Custom details were getting dropped due to flag on the header clearing on Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/16/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Views/Fields not getting dropped from views when they are dropped from the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Search/Fixed/Error when a UID was included in a search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.61&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/RMA/Fixed so the location picked when returning can be different than the default location&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Material Detail/Modified rounding for order items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.60&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Modified CSS so images can be resized&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Add Stock/Require new inventory item to be saved before adding stock&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Transactions/Modified transaction info to correctly show added stock from inventory vs system&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Notes not clearing out when exporting invoices with revised notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Save shipping addresses correctly on export to QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.59&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Modified/Creating invoice would occasionally not create due to package items&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Detail/Fixed issue when adding custom details when custom tables existed&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Cloning/Fixed customer UID not inserted on all cloned proposals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/27/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.58&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Rounding error caused by records in inventory sub table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/29/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.57&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customers/Prepaid/Activity flag not clearing out when Maintenance or Warranty was selected on a prepaid order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Speed/Modified SQL to speed up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed Rate/Fixed bug due to calculating when percent was less than zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.55&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Grids/Rebuild with underscore in the name due to bug in the component&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/25/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.54&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified to keep prompting for a file name as long as the view name is blank&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modules/Saving-Restoring views when sub grids change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Dispatch/Set dispatch default timer to 10 minutes if it has not been set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/18/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.53 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/011/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed tabbing in editors&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Codes/Fixed uploading/downloading for tech codes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Added due date to the grids&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent item field was not clearing when deleted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/28/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Fixed Quick Jump logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/21/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Changed to always go to the first record on Radio button changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Modified to not drop the current view if closing orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/17/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Error when using Next/Last button and only one record in the filtered data&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Change order filters and queries loading for modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/View lookup modification to do lookups on limited field list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modified to only use a limited field list and not every field in the grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Next-Last button not actually saving the &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; record looked at&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modifying queries that load the search grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Redo image handling when converting orders with 100&amp;#039;s of images&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Speed when opening PO with 100KK of inventory items&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Parent Item/Programed the drop down to do a lookup of items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/02/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.46&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Routines/Library revision to compile under SQL 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/26/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.45&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Parent Item lookup not loading the list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed/RTF conversion issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service/Install/Fixed blocking routines keeping order from closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.43 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.42&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Worked with component to get cursor working&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/A/V error when saving new records into SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/07/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.41&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Moved document field to directory to only show on the stored documents tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Error when converting service items from packages to orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option for time stamp in memos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when deleting a class which was a child of another class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Component for memo editing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/03/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Getting error when emailing due to new report components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.35&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot net error on allocation&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/How order quantity is calculated for PO generation&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Made the doc directory field path smaller to free up screen real estate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Embedded the Windows path to the CSS in each order since occasionally it was not found.&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Added/Email template bodies - can now set up email templates and use in the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Grids causing errors when selecting columns from the column picker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/20/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.32&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Remove limit on number of days for calculating finance charges&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Travel Charges and other charges not carrying to the invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Refresh setting in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; System was not refreshing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Fixed/Custom table for Customer Equipment was not named correctly causing issues with search availability&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Modified/Changed wording in designer from &amp;#039;Boolean&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;True/False&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Modified/Changed ordering of tabbing on Prepaid Service Editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Excel export will now default to .xlsx &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/PO Status not updating when a PO was closed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/23/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Removal of a field was causing the forms to malfunction and lock up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was getting stuck in single user mode in SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/20/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Expanded width of document directory fields to 255 characters to match Windows conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot Net error converting orders due to new &amp;#039;Auto Deliver Reserved on Invoice&amp;#039; flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Invoice line now displays as long date Month/day/year&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Custom reports now backed up to common files Reports\backup in a zip file&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Virtual warehouse showing up for selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/02/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Added/Bid Code required flag &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Class now changes when Service item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was not functional&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Virtual warehouse was showing for serial number selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/28/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Price Book change on Rates tab now changes the price book on all un-invoiced items on the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/25/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Customer Equipment serial number not filling in when linked on invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Added flag to automatically set reserved when invoicing an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Purchase Orders receiving items with vendor item costs was updating inventory record, but adding material details with incorrect cost&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fix/Parent item changes when item was not a QB item&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Revised Fix/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Proposal-Order linking tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompts when there is no data found for the report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/16/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tech Code to upload custom reports (988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed\Payments now use the specific account assigned to the pay method and not a generic account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/12/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database and issues with database getting stuck in single user mode when updating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Memo fields were scrambling text when scrolling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/29/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database when making new alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/06/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Memo editor now uses CCS for text styling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Updates to custom memo editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Released 8.2 as new version with custom revision to editing functionality. 8.2 is exactly the same as 8.1 with the exception of editing. &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Taxes on Fixed rates tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields - tech code 8316&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/26/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.136&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Editor for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.135&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added vendor name to the vendor item lookup&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Customer&amp;gt; History&amp;gt; Recurring Order double click an order resulted in error&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Arriving start time of 12:00 now correctly calculates scheduled time&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Subcontractor tab - added Company &amp;amp; Account Number to the history grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.134&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added flags to better handle when order items are voided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Corrected bug when some parameters are not available in another module and you use the view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Batch PO/Fixed bad field names in Search view&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Subcontractor view not pulling in the subcontractors in Details and Settings or the labor editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Fixed/Is Active flag not always allowing saving&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Save-Restore grid filter&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Added Status panel to the bottom of the form and logic to show specific stats; number of records, number of PO&amp;#039;s generated, how many PO&amp;#039;s should generate based on filter conditions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/When converting Proposals from Cloned orders for new customers, and the customer does not exist, create the customer from the proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.131&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Designer/Added time sheets to specifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.130&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Issue when auto emailing Purchase Orders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.129&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Assigned to field length mismatch between Activity Table and modules was causing errors when generating recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.128&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Added a wait processor to the email function to attempt to avoid the Socket error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code for customer specific issue&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Issue recalculating inventory detail when item quantities change for items on orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Report table source to avoid long queries when writing reports combining order/invoice modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Modified queries for standard reports. Cleanup bad queries, etc… &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.124/SQLink 8.1.5.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Added equipment details for service, install, and invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Ability to filter to sub details on report detail specifiers tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Item Cost &amp;amp; Item Price as calculated fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Exporting Proposal discounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Can now preview a report regardless of type from the designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Fixed: Set the override cost flag based on customer custom settings AFTER initializing for the first time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Drop triggers when converting to avoid running unnecessarily&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Force index rebuild after conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Pay methods/Do not clear Pay method QBID when importing. Use pay method QBID for payment reference&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Inventory/Tech code to check between inventory detail and material detail for counts that do *not match and recalculate counts.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Toggling the lock cost flag was not correctly updating the cost from equipment items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated conversion to handle converting from older versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.119&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting designer components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.118&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Limited release to correct UID generation on custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records/Modified so the Available count is always set to the Billable Quantity&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified to allow for zero in the included count for labor records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified for Proposal to match orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Make sure copies are set to 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/22/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.115&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Grids/Added Actual cost and Average Cost to order grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.114&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to show is standard flag&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Global/Modified no longer jumps to first record in table when deleting a record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.113&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed Override Cost to Lock Cost&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed functionality to not change cost even if item number changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed the report file name disappearing&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to limit query pulls to 1 record to speed development of reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.112&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Functionality changes to the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/07/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the Master Data pipeline settings to the report designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to include all possible custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added logic to check if the table exists in the query before running the report&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Update notes field to track changes to reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added function, &amp;#039;CTRL-U&amp;#039; to add time stamp editor to the notes window&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;802&amp;#039; now prompts to export, Custom, Standard, or Both&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;12916&amp;#039; options to clean up existing reports. &lt;br /&gt;
#Delete – Will delete all doc entries in SME and RTM files… only to be used with High5 support&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete MISMATCH – SME will scan the reports folders and delete report showing up in search without an actual report in the file system.&lt;br /&gt;
#Clean Directory – Will transverse the report files and check if it’s actually used. If unused the report will be deleted unless it’s a template report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed Test Query so the &amp;#039;preview&amp;#039; tab in the designer now works&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed speed issue opening query reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the report file name to the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Timesheets/Fixed deleting timesheet was not recalculating the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Revised tech codes 135/136&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/17/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Reviewing all custom reports for SME to make sure all of the latest changes are working&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Embedding pictures broke with reporting component update. Found a way to correct the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Certifications/Fixed loading the vendor name from the tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/From Mobile/Create and initialize custom record information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/15/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification added to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Vendor lookup added to tech certifications&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Vendor/Added vendor lookup to the tech certification editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Tables/Added tech certifications to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed Invoice/Fixed calculating invoiced status on fixed invoices with order details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/11/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/After creating a new order set the focus on the order summary&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified root reports to use two new folders under the High5Software\Reports folder. Now Reports\Standard - SME canned reports and Reports\Custom - customer custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified saving of reports to always prefix with Standard, if a canned report and Custom for all custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders &amp;amp; Invoices/On new orders set focus on order summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set vendor name field from tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Images in text fields not getting correctly embedded since a component update broke the logic to embed the image.&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech code 135 now rebuilds standard reports and cleans up custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Keep the report name in the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Speed when opening reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Time Sheets/Deleting a time sheet record was not always recalculating the time fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Flag item discounts as nontaxable regardless of default setting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Infinite loop issue for updating orders with many serialized items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue opening orders with CL in the HTML string.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Package export. Items not set as summarized if export set as summarized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/02/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Getting seat count when logged in as Admin&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompt when running tech code 12916 asking if you want to keep custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Inventory Snapshot report&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code to delete all custom reports and restore only standard reports-12916&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code 802 - now prompts to backup only custom reports for uploading to High5&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/All High5 reports will be prefixed with the word &amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/When opening designer make sure all reports have a file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/28/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.100&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Report editing taking too long to open up when editing a report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/25/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Services/Fixed/Day count was off by 1 due to leap year&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/If Assigned To was a Work Group the work group name would not populate&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue when selecting items from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Transfer/Fixed/If the transfer does not have a detail connection relink the data or create a new link and use it&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Information on the Class prompt dialogue pop-up&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Default Price Book. Setting is under: Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Customer Defaults&amp;gt; Rates &amp;amp; Charges Defaults&amp;gt; Price Book.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Issues/Modified to integrate better with auto incoming email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Rewrote data import from Order Items tab to include cost and retail&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Removed vendor update prompt when the vendor flag in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Inventory is &amp;#039;UnChecked&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Will now update inventory if any markup flags are set&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Tech Code to batch process all inventory items with any Markup flags set&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Class requirement for PO module now optional&lt;br /&gt;
*Of the above items the PO Class &amp;amp; Vendor prompt are new flags on the Setup&amp;gt; company&amp;gt; inventory page in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryOptions.98.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Email_Settings&amp;diff=6481</id>
		<title>Email Settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Email_Settings&amp;diff=6481"/>
		<updated>2021-10-14T16:28:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: /* 2 Step Authentication with Gmail Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== SME Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To setup your email account, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Preferences&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; at the top of SME. Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Administrator (Admin account) requires a working SMTP outgoing email to publish dispatch to tech calendars and for outgoing emails from order status changes (automated outgoing email).  It&amp;#039;s important to verify that the admin outgoing email is setup properly by logging in as admin and set email to SMTP and test sending out a report (for example email out a service order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This is a user setting and will be done on each SME users login. Here you can decide if emails sent from SME go out through Outlook or another email client, or if they go out through SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:EmailPreferences.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Log into SME as the User you need to setup.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Preferences&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       In the Current User Preferences, select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab and fill out the following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Check SMTP if you are sending email directly through SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Check MAPI and when sending email from SME your email client such as Outlook will open and the email will be send from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If checking SMTP:&lt;br /&gt;
*       Outgoing Email Server – Type your SMTP server or Exchange Server Name.  Gmail is smtp.gmail.com.&lt;br /&gt;
*      Email login name User Name – Type your email or Exchange User Name&lt;br /&gt;
*       Proper Name – Type your users full name.&lt;br /&gt;
*      Email Address&lt;br /&gt;
*      Password - Your email password, get this from your IT group if you do not know.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Port – leave blank if the port is standard&lt;br /&gt;
** Port 587 used for gmail and Outlook 365&lt;br /&gt;
* Encryption - Set the encryption as specified by your email provider&lt;br /&gt;
** None:  No encryption&lt;br /&gt;
** SSL v2, v2.3. v3&lt;br /&gt;
** TLS:  Used by gmail and outlook 365&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Some email servers may block emails coming from SME.  Work with your IT group or email provider if emails are not going out through SMTP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gmail settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you are using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Gmail&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, entering : smtp.gmail.com - In the ‘Host’ field and ‘Tabbing’ out will set the Port &amp;amp; Encryption for Gmail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;If you cannot email from SME make sure you have this setting in your Gmail Account set:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sign into Google Account&lt;br /&gt;
* Go to this link: https://myaccount.google.com/security&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure the following is set to on, located near bottom of page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lessSecureApps.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;IF UPDATING SME AND GMAIL IS USED FOLLOW THESE FOLLOWING STEPS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;When emailing from SME through Gmail you will need to authorize SME in Gmail. You will also need to be logged into both SME and Gmail before you can email. If you encounter errors with login credentials, you’ll need to log out of both SME, and Gmail and log back in before attempting to email. This is an Admin setting and an individual Gmail account setting.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Gmail – Authorizing less secure apps:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Log out of SME and Gmail&lt;br /&gt;
*         Log back into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*          Make Gmail settings changes&lt;br /&gt;
*          Log back into Gmail &amp;amp; SME&lt;br /&gt;
This is both a user level setting as well as a admin setting.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For users:&lt;br /&gt;
https://myaccount.google.com/security?utm_source=OGB&amp;amp;pli=1#activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Scroll to the bottom and turn on access less secure apps:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lessSecureApps.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the Admin setting:&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.google.com/settings/security/lesssecureapps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gmailLessSecureApp.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2 Step Authentication with Gmail Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using 2 Step Authentication with Gmail, you&amp;#039;ll have to create an app password for SME with the steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Log on to Google and open your Account Settings page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;         This can be done by visiting: https://myaccount.google.com&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Click on: Sign-in &amp;amp; security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;3)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In the “Signing in to Google” section, click on: App passwords&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;4)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Use the dropdown lists to select: Other&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;5)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Type: SME. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;6)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Click the Generate button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;7)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Copy the obtained password word.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;8)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Use obtained password word in SME Email settings ( SME &amp;gt; Preferences &amp;gt; Email and Scanning).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information with Office365 and 2 Step Authentication please refer to the links below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/account-billing/how-to-use-two-step-verification-with-your-microsoft-account-c7910146-672f-01e9-50a0-93b4585e7eb4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/account-billing/using-app-passwords-with-apps-that-don-t-support-two-step-verification-5896ed9b-4263-e681-128a-a6f2979a7944&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Outlook Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using Outlook, you can do the following to look up your email account information: &lt;br /&gt;
Note: Admin email should use SMTP not MAPI to support publish dispatch and automated outgoing email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In Outlook, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account Settings&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Choose your account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:EmailAccounts.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You will see your outgoing email server, username&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To get your ports click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;More Settings&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Outlook_InternetEmailSettings.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Match these settings in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:InternetEmailSEttings_AdvancedTab.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For more information on setting up Office 365:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/exchange/mail-flow-best-practices/how-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-office-3&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6480</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - 8.2 Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6480"/>
		<updated>2021-10-05T16:26:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/1/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.139&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added manufacture part number to the material grids on the item editor and order materials grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Modified/Added Action menu item &amp;#039;Remove inactive inventory&amp;#039; to remove inactive inventory from cloned orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 9/10/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Editor/Updated the memo editor with latest fixes. Corrects a host of issues around formatting, displa, copy &amp;amp; paste&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/20/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Set system to use Rich Text fields for loading Dispatch as HTML was causing slowness loading large amounts of text&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Incoming Email/Added [Order Number] to the beginning of the Summary field for auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.136/SQLink 8.2.3.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Removed unused field for labor assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added flag to print/batch email to isolate past due invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/added option and logic to send SME Outgoing email to QuickBooks Alt Email 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/11/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.135/SQLink 8.2.2.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Fields/Fixed CSS style string duplications when editing memos - Service Requested/Performed&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Added\Billable company to GL entries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/23/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.134/SQLink 8.2.2.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Installed update to HTML component&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - do not update username when importing sales persons&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - table not open when importing customer types&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Archiving\Skip payment types as they get auto created if missing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.132/SQLink 8.2.2.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Setup\Inventory\Snapshot\Added ability to trim the inventory snapshot file when it becomes bloated&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Utilities\Archiving\Added ability to select your own archive folder path&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/26/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.131/SQLink 8.2.2.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Update/Updated HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated to use the latest HTML components for export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/19/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.130/SQLink 8.2.2.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Assets/Computers/Fixed location field selection&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Invoice Export/Modified code to strip unprintable characters from notes fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/29/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.129/SQLink 8.2.2.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Direct Sales/Fixed default Search Views&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/More modifications to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/15/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.128/SQLink 8.2.2.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Permissions/Form Code - corrected logic&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/Modified to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/8/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved spacing between buttons for &amp;#039;Remove Tech&amp;#039; and Refresh&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  12/18/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Summary line allowed for text over flow.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Payments/Error when canceling a payment with a notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Update to the editor to correct font and other HTML issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/06/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.124&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Modified to allow selecting the batch date.(Note: This does not change the actual date of the transaction).&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring/Modified to include copy tax group, price book, salesperson, terms from customer settings to the Recurring modules when generating recurring invoices/orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/30/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editors/Fonts now used in memo fields will print correctly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/23/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Corrected URL launching&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/19/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Modified flag to correct data field corruption when printing forms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/16/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Changed setup to a tabbed layout and corrected field over lapping&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/9/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/2/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/25/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Testing on reporting components&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Import/Modified to accept importing customers with 100&amp;#039;s of ship to addresses. Intuit had limit at 50 prior to QB 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/4/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Details Tab/Added Trip Charge field&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Price Books/Update all details when Price Book name changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.115-Not Released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Update of reporting font component broke data field display&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/21/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.114-Not Released/SQLink 8.2.2.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Activities/Fixed error when selecting the activity twice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Updated components not working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Changed invoice deletes due to Intuit changes regarding invoice deletions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.113 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/7/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.112/SQLink 8.2.2.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/Added option to skip user notes on employee import&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/QuickBooks version no longer required - removed from setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/26/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Export/Clear double quotes from all fields before exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/10/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Material Editor/Corrected field overlap and error when canceling out of Search&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Updated FTP sites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  5/8/2020 Version: 8.2.1.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified auto upload/update FTP locations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/1/2020 Version: 8.2.1.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Added ability to add Non Inventory items from the Orders Modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Adding new service item from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Query correction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/10/2020 Version: 8.2.1.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Modified functionality. Added grid sorting and selection. Added Action Item to the menu for adjusting individual landed costs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/20/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added custom tables to Service Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Importing package items on the Order Items and material tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/misspelling on backup prompt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/07/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Report designer error when accessing some tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Do not add CSS lines to signatures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/31/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items are now linked directly to the material details&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items PO&amp;#039;s are now updating Cost/Retail based on the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Assigning Email addresses to Copy and Blind Copy fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Sort order of email addresses in address selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/15/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.100/SQLink 8.2.1.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added export Invoice Summary to QuickBooks Invoice Memo&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Removed all but one blank line on the QuickBooks invoice for Service notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Groups/Fixed/User group options not showing after a change&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Setup/Log Tab/Right Click Export log now functioning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Added key fields to order conversion to speed conversion&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Tech Code/Updated Scheduled Service to Recurring Orders conversion to only use the existing date information from Scheduled Services in Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/16/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Subtotaling update on all Order Item grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/26/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/TLS version to work with Microsoft Office365 email&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Added/SMPSystem to the module grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified the grid. It can now be rearranged&lt;br /&gt;
*Modules/Modified/Added Is Equipment flag to all Order Item Tabs for all modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Conversion issues regarding database connections during the process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/7/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data Conversion/Clear all functions prior to starting the conversion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/31/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data/Normalized all numeric fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/17/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch Print/Component freezing due to grid update&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Reverse/Corrected reversing an RMA&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Jump to order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/Updated the reporting HTML component with added functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.92 Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/10/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Converting/Set Scheduled Services ending date when it&amp;#039;s not set prior to conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagating/Now correctly propagates all address and email info. Must be processed separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/29/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Fixed/Customer UID was not filling in and writing the batch record details to the customer Journal&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Invoice/Fixed error on order to invoice conversion when the error was a zero records error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added a system UID for any place in SME where an order UID was not written. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/5/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Using the .87 query method to manage all propagation. Propagation was timing out on long running queries&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Now updates all associated module records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Method to remove long running queries from the application into SQL for quicker processing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring Orders/Fixed issues when converting Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Compliance/Reviewing tech compliance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.85 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Completed/Reversing an RMA. Still not compatible with all types of RMAs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.84- not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.83 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Reversing RMA and adding item back to stock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.81/SQLink 8.2.1.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified/Add order aid to all manually entered customer equipment records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Licensing/Added alternative sites to check for licensing should one fail&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.80/SQLink 8.2.1.9/Routines 8.2.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Currency set to Hong Kong was causing Recurring invoice failure&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Export/Strip out all HTML tags as QB is not in RTF for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Contacts Update/Bad field name was causing contact update issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Memo fields/Now strip HTML when exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/7/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Archive/Set archive queries to &amp;#039;not&amp;#039; look for unrelated records that have already been archived&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/If a repair item existed system was querying the entire customer equipment list instead of the specific item you required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/9/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Global field showing after update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.76/SQLink 8.2.1.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Send email body out as text since MAPI was dropping the info&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added Class ID to the qb export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/19/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Convert with a service item of &amp;#039;Maintenance&amp;#039; type if Scheduled Service has no items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/28/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Duplication - when duplicating customers do not duplicate billing information&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Added/Tech code to convert all Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders in anticipation of eliminating Scheduled Services&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.73&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Advanced Search/Fixed error when clicking on the &amp;#039;Notes&amp;#039; option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/15/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Email body text was not copying to Outlook when set to MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Error on sending email on some systems due to the Standard font used in all reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Not able to invoice a fully closed partial order after adding a new item to the order due to the order/invoice calculations&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Logon/Clear user/password fields after failed log on attempt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Filling inventory reconciliation and not posting the same day was moving all inventory to the virtual location&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Sales/Notes/Modified to copy Sales Site notes to Customer when converting&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/User/Fixed issue allowing an employee to set themselves as supervisor causing infinite loop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.70&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/No longer can import Notes from QuickBooks since they corrupt the SME notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/System/Do not import QuickBooks notes due to Rich Text vs HTML&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/27/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Maintenance Contracts/Error when adding Scheduled Service from Maintenance Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Import/Proposal error coming up if the user was in the proposal module and went to Utilities/Import&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Conversion/Fixed issue when converting due to item allocation when all on hand were reserved&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Print Pack/Further attempts to get printing/emailing working correctly with Print Pack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/20/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.68&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added serial numbers to GL export memo line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Printing/Print Packet was locking up when printing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock recording the &amp;#039;actual&amp;#039; date added as opposed to adding to existing stock records from another year&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQL logic/Dropped all unnecessary fields from the search building logic for  speed improvement&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Order status was not clearing due the procedure getting called twice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Deleting techs with vehicles were not removing the vehicle from the order&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Details/Fixed/Custom details were getting dropped due to flag on the header clearing on Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/16/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Views/Fields not getting dropped from views when they are dropped from the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Search/Fixed/Error when a UID was included in a search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.61&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/RMA/Fixed so the location picked when returning can be different than the default location&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Material Detail/Modified rounding for order items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.60&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Modified CSS so images can be resized&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Add Stock/Require new inventory item to be saved before adding stock&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Transactions/Modified transaction info to correctly show added stock from inventory vs system&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Notes not clearing out when exporting invoices with revised notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Save shipping addresses correctly on export to QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.59&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Modified/Creating invoice would occasionally not create due to package items&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Detail/Fixed issue when adding custom details when custom tables existed&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Cloning/Fixed customer UID not inserted on all cloned proposals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/27/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.58&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Rounding error caused by records in inventory sub table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/29/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.57&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customers/Prepaid/Activity flag not clearing out when Maintenance or Warranty was selected on a prepaid order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Speed/Modified SQL to speed up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed Rate/Fixed bug due to calculating when percent was less than zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.55&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Grids/Rebuild with underscore in the name due to bug in the component&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/25/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.54&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified to keep prompting for a file name as long as the view name is blank&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modules/Saving-Restoring views when sub grids change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Dispatch/Set dispatch default timer to 10 minutes if it has not been set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/18/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.53 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/011/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed tabbing in editors&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Codes/Fixed uploading/downloading for tech codes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Added due date to the grids&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent item field was not clearing when deleted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/28/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Fixed Quick Jump logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/21/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Changed to always go to the first record on Radio button changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Modified to not drop the current view if closing orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/17/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Error when using Next/Last button and only one record in the filtered data&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Change order filters and queries loading for modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/View lookup modification to do lookups on limited field list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modified to only use a limited field list and not every field in the grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Next-Last button not actually saving the &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; record looked at&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modifying queries that load the search grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Redo image handling when converting orders with 100&amp;#039;s of images&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Speed when opening PO with 100KK of inventory items&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Parent Item/Programed the drop down to do a lookup of items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/02/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.46&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Routines/Library revision to compile under SQL 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/26/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.45&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Parent Item lookup not loading the list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed/RTF conversion issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service/Install/Fixed blocking routines keeping order from closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.43 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.42&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Worked with component to get cursor working&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/A/V error when saving new records into SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/07/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.41&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Moved document field to directory to only show on the stored documents tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Error when converting service items from packages to orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option for time stamp in memos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when deleting a class which was a child of another class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Component for memo editing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/03/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Getting error when emailing due to new report components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.35&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot net error on allocation&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/How order quantity is calculated for PO generation&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Made the doc directory field path smaller to free up screen real estate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Embedded the Windows path to the CSS in each order since occasionally it was not found.&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Added/Email template bodies - can now set up email templates and use in the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Grids causing errors when selecting columns from the column picker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/20/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.32&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Remove limit on number of days for calculating finance charges&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Travel Charges and other charges not carrying to the invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Refresh setting in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; System was not refreshing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Fixed/Custom table for Customer Equipment was not named correctly causing issues with search availability&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Modified/Changed wording in designer from &amp;#039;Boolean&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;True/False&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Modified/Changed ordering of tabbing on Prepaid Service Editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Excel export will now default to .xlsx &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/PO Status not updating when a PO was closed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/23/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Removal of a field was causing the forms to malfunction and lock up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was getting stuck in single user mode in SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/20/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Expanded width of document directory fields to 255 characters to match Windows conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot Net error converting orders due to new &amp;#039;Auto Deliver Reserved on Invoice&amp;#039; flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Invoice line now displays as long date Month/day/year&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Custom reports now backed up to common files Reports\backup in a zip file&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Virtual warehouse showing up for selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/02/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Added/Bid Code required flag &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Class now changes when Service item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was not functional&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Virtual warehouse was showing for serial number selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/28/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Price Book change on Rates tab now changes the price book on all un-invoiced items on the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/25/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Customer Equipment serial number not filling in when linked on invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Added flag to automatically set reserved when invoicing an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Purchase Orders receiving items with vendor item costs was updating inventory record, but adding material details with incorrect cost&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fix/Parent item changes when item was not a QB item&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Revised Fix/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Proposal-Order linking tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompts when there is no data found for the report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/16/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tech Code to upload custom reports (988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed\Payments now use the specific account assigned to the pay method and not a generic account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/12/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database and issues with database getting stuck in single user mode when updating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Memo fields were scrambling text when scrolling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/29/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database when making new alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/06/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Memo editor now uses CCS for text styling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Updates to custom memo editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Released 8.2 as new version with custom revision to editing functionality. 8.2 is exactly the same as 8.1 with the exception of editing. &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Taxes on Fixed rates tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields - tech code 8316&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/26/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.136&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Editor for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.135&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added vendor name to the vendor item lookup&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Customer&amp;gt; History&amp;gt; Recurring Order double click an order resulted in error&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Arriving start time of 12:00 now correctly calculates scheduled time&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Subcontractor tab - added Company &amp;amp; Account Number to the history grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.134&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added flags to better handle when order items are voided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Corrected bug when some parameters are not available in another module and you use the view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Batch PO/Fixed bad field names in Search view&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Subcontractor view not pulling in the subcontractors in Details and Settings or the labor editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Fixed/Is Active flag not always allowing saving&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Save-Restore grid filter&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Added Status panel to the bottom of the form and logic to show specific stats; number of records, number of PO&amp;#039;s generated, how many PO&amp;#039;s should generate based on filter conditions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/When converting Proposals from Cloned orders for new customers, and the customer does not exist, create the customer from the proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.131&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Designer/Added time sheets to specifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.130&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Issue when auto emailing Purchase Orders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.129&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Assigned to field length mismatch between Activity Table and modules was causing errors when generating recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.128&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Added a wait processor to the email function to attempt to avoid the Socket error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code for customer specific issue&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Issue recalculating inventory detail when item quantities change for items on orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Report table source to avoid long queries when writing reports combining order/invoice modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Modified queries for standard reports. Cleanup bad queries, etc… &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.124/SQLink 8.1.5.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Added equipment details for service, install, and invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Ability to filter to sub details on report detail specifiers tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Item Cost &amp;amp; Item Price as calculated fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Exporting Proposal discounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Can now preview a report regardless of type from the designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Fixed: Set the override cost flag based on customer custom settings AFTER initializing for the first time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Drop triggers when converting to avoid running unnecessarily&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Force index rebuild after conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Pay methods/Do not clear Pay method QBID when importing. Use pay method QBID for payment reference&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Inventory/Tech code to check between inventory detail and material detail for counts that do *not match and recalculate counts.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Toggling the lock cost flag was not correctly updating the cost from equipment items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated conversion to handle converting from older versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.119&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting designer components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.118&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Limited release to correct UID generation on custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records/Modified so the Available count is always set to the Billable Quantity&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified to allow for zero in the included count for labor records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified for Proposal to match orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Make sure copies are set to 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/22/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.115&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Grids/Added Actual cost and Average Cost to order grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.114&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to show is standard flag&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Global/Modified no longer jumps to first record in table when deleting a record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.113&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed Override Cost to Lock Cost&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed functionality to not change cost even if item number changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed the report file name disappearing&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to limit query pulls to 1 record to speed development of reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.112&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Functionality changes to the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/07/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the Master Data pipeline settings to the report designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to include all possible custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added logic to check if the table exists in the query before running the report&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Update notes field to track changes to reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added function, &amp;#039;CTRL-U&amp;#039; to add time stamp editor to the notes window&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;802&amp;#039; now prompts to export, Custom, Standard, or Both&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;12916&amp;#039; options to clean up existing reports. &lt;br /&gt;
#Delete – Will delete all doc entries in SME and RTM files… only to be used with High5 support&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete MISMATCH – SME will scan the reports folders and delete report showing up in search without an actual report in the file system.&lt;br /&gt;
#Clean Directory – Will transverse the report files and check if it’s actually used. If unused the report will be deleted unless it’s a template report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed Test Query so the &amp;#039;preview&amp;#039; tab in the designer now works&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed speed issue opening query reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the report file name to the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Timesheets/Fixed deleting timesheet was not recalculating the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Revised tech codes 135/136&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/17/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Reviewing all custom reports for SME to make sure all of the latest changes are working&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Embedding pictures broke with reporting component update. Found a way to correct the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Certifications/Fixed loading the vendor name from the tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/From Mobile/Create and initialize custom record information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/15/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification added to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Vendor lookup added to tech certifications&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Vendor/Added vendor lookup to the tech certification editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Tables/Added tech certifications to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed Invoice/Fixed calculating invoiced status on fixed invoices with order details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/11/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/After creating a new order set the focus on the order summary&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified root reports to use two new folders under the High5Software\Reports folder. Now Reports\Standard - SME canned reports and Reports\Custom - customer custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified saving of reports to always prefix with Standard, if a canned report and Custom for all custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders &amp;amp; Invoices/On new orders set focus on order summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set vendor name field from tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Images in text fields not getting correctly embedded since a component update broke the logic to embed the image.&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech code 135 now rebuilds standard reports and cleans up custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Keep the report name in the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Speed when opening reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Time Sheets/Deleting a time sheet record was not always recalculating the time fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Flag item discounts as nontaxable regardless of default setting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Infinite loop issue for updating orders with many serialized items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue opening orders with CL in the HTML string.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Package export. Items not set as summarized if export set as summarized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/02/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Getting seat count when logged in as Admin&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompt when running tech code 12916 asking if you want to keep custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Inventory Snapshot report&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code to delete all custom reports and restore only standard reports-12916&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code 802 - now prompts to backup only custom reports for uploading to High5&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/All High5 reports will be prefixed with the word &amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/When opening designer make sure all reports have a file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/28/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.100&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Report editing taking too long to open up when editing a report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/25/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Services/Fixed/Day count was off by 1 due to leap year&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/If Assigned To was a Work Group the work group name would not populate&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue when selecting items from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Transfer/Fixed/If the transfer does not have a detail connection relink the data or create a new link and use it&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Information on the Class prompt dialogue pop-up&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Default Price Book. Setting is under: Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Customer Defaults&amp;gt; Rates &amp;amp; Charges Defaults&amp;gt; Price Book.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Issues/Modified to integrate better with auto incoming email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Rewrote data import from Order Items tab to include cost and retail&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Removed vendor update prompt when the vendor flag in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Inventory is &amp;#039;UnChecked&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Will now update inventory if any markup flags are set&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Tech Code to batch process all inventory items with any Markup flags set&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Class requirement for PO module now optional&lt;br /&gt;
*Of the above items the PO Class &amp;amp; Vendor prompt are new flags on the Setup&amp;gt; company&amp;gt; inventory page in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryOptions.98.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6479</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - 8.2 Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6479"/>
		<updated>2021-09-28T17:52:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 9/10/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Editor/Updated the memo editor with latest fixes. Corrects a host of issues around formatting, displa, copy &amp;amp; paste&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/20/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Set system to use Rich Text fields for loading Dispatch as HTML was causing slowness loading large amounts of text&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Incoming Email/Added [Order Number] to the beginning of the Summary field for auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.136/SQLink 8.2.3.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Removed unused field for labor assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added flag to print/batch email to isolate past due invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/added option and logic to send SME Outgoing email to QuickBooks Alt Email 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/11/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.135/SQLink 8.2.2.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Fields/Fixed CSS style string duplications when editing memos - Service Requested/Performed&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Added\Billable company to GL entries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/23/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.134/SQLink 8.2.2.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Installed update to HTML component&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - do not update username when importing sales persons&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - table not open when importing customer types&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Archiving\Skip payment types as they get auto created if missing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.132/SQLink 8.2.2.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Setup\Inventory\Snapshot\Added ability to trim the inventory snapshot file when it becomes bloated&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Utilities\Archiving\Added ability to select your own archive folder path&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/26/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.131/SQLink 8.2.2.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Update/Updated HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated to use the latest HTML components for export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/19/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.130/SQLink 8.2.2.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Assets/Computers/Fixed location field selection&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Invoice Export/Modified code to strip unprintable characters from notes fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/29/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.129/SQLink 8.2.2.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Direct Sales/Fixed default Search Views&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/More modifications to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/15/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.128/SQLink 8.2.2.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Permissions/Form Code - corrected logic&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/Modified to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/8/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved spacing between buttons for &amp;#039;Remove Tech&amp;#039; and Refresh&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  12/18/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Summary line allowed for text over flow.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Payments/Error when canceling a payment with a notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Update to the editor to correct font and other HTML issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/06/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.124&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Modified to allow selecting the batch date.(Note: This does not change the actual date of the transaction).&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring/Modified to include copy tax group, price book, salesperson, terms from customer settings to the Recurring modules when generating recurring invoices/orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/30/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editors/Fonts now used in memo fields will print correctly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/23/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Corrected URL launching&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/19/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Modified flag to correct data field corruption when printing forms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/16/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Changed setup to a tabbed layout and corrected field over lapping&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/9/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/2/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/25/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Testing on reporting components&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Import/Modified to accept importing customers with 100&amp;#039;s of ship to addresses. Intuit had limit at 50 prior to QB 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/4/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Details Tab/Added Trip Charge field&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Price Books/Update all details when Price Book name changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.115-Not Released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Update of reporting font component broke data field display&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/21/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.114-Not Released/SQLink 8.2.2.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Activities/Fixed error when selecting the activity twice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Updated components not working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Changed invoice deletes due to Intuit changes regarding invoice deletions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.113 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/7/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.112/SQLink 8.2.2.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/Added option to skip user notes on employee import&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/QuickBooks version no longer required - removed from setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/26/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Export/Clear double quotes from all fields before exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/10/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Material Editor/Corrected field overlap and error when canceling out of Search&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Updated FTP sites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  5/8/2020 Version: 8.2.1.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified auto upload/update FTP locations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/1/2020 Version: 8.2.1.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Added ability to add Non Inventory items from the Orders Modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Adding new service item from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Query correction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/10/2020 Version: 8.2.1.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Modified functionality. Added grid sorting and selection. Added Action Item to the menu for adjusting individual landed costs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/20/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added custom tables to Service Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Importing package items on the Order Items and material tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/misspelling on backup prompt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/07/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Report designer error when accessing some tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Do not add CSS lines to signatures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/31/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items are now linked directly to the material details&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items PO&amp;#039;s are now updating Cost/Retail based on the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Assigning Email addresses to Copy and Blind Copy fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Sort order of email addresses in address selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/15/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.100/SQLink 8.2.1.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added export Invoice Summary to QuickBooks Invoice Memo&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Removed all but one blank line on the QuickBooks invoice for Service notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Groups/Fixed/User group options not showing after a change&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Setup/Log Tab/Right Click Export log now functioning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Added key fields to order conversion to speed conversion&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Tech Code/Updated Scheduled Service to Recurring Orders conversion to only use the existing date information from Scheduled Services in Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/16/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Subtotaling update on all Order Item grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/26/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/TLS version to work with Microsoft Office365 email&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Added/SMPSystem to the module grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified the grid. It can now be rearranged&lt;br /&gt;
*Modules/Modified/Added Is Equipment flag to all Order Item Tabs for all modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Conversion issues regarding database connections during the process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/7/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data Conversion/Clear all functions prior to starting the conversion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/31/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data/Normalized all numeric fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/17/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch Print/Component freezing due to grid update&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Reverse/Corrected reversing an RMA&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Jump to order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/Updated the reporting HTML component with added functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.92 Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/10/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Converting/Set Scheduled Services ending date when it&amp;#039;s not set prior to conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagating/Now correctly propagates all address and email info. Must be processed separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/29/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Fixed/Customer UID was not filling in and writing the batch record details to the customer Journal&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Invoice/Fixed error on order to invoice conversion when the error was a zero records error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added a system UID for any place in SME where an order UID was not written. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/5/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Using the .87 query method to manage all propagation. Propagation was timing out on long running queries&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Now updates all associated module records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Method to remove long running queries from the application into SQL for quicker processing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring Orders/Fixed issues when converting Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Compliance/Reviewing tech compliance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.85 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Completed/Reversing an RMA. Still not compatible with all types of RMAs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.84- not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.83 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Reversing RMA and adding item back to stock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.81/SQLink 8.2.1.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified/Add order aid to all manually entered customer equipment records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Licensing/Added alternative sites to check for licensing should one fail&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.80/SQLink 8.2.1.9/Routines 8.2.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Currency set to Hong Kong was causing Recurring invoice failure&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Export/Strip out all HTML tags as QB is not in RTF for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Contacts Update/Bad field name was causing contact update issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Memo fields/Now strip HTML when exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/7/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Archive/Set archive queries to &amp;#039;not&amp;#039; look for unrelated records that have already been archived&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/If a repair item existed system was querying the entire customer equipment list instead of the specific item you required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/9/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Global field showing after update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.76/SQLink 8.2.1.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Send email body out as text since MAPI was dropping the info&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added Class ID to the qb export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/19/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Convert with a service item of &amp;#039;Maintenance&amp;#039; type if Scheduled Service has no items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/28/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Duplication - when duplicating customers do not duplicate billing information&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Added/Tech code to convert all Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders in anticipation of eliminating Scheduled Services&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.73&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Advanced Search/Fixed error when clicking on the &amp;#039;Notes&amp;#039; option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/15/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Email body text was not copying to Outlook when set to MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Error on sending email on some systems due to the Standard font used in all reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Not able to invoice a fully closed partial order after adding a new item to the order due to the order/invoice calculations&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Logon/Clear user/password fields after failed log on attempt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Filling inventory reconciliation and not posting the same day was moving all inventory to the virtual location&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Sales/Notes/Modified to copy Sales Site notes to Customer when converting&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/User/Fixed issue allowing an employee to set themselves as supervisor causing infinite loop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.70&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/No longer can import Notes from QuickBooks since they corrupt the SME notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/System/Do not import QuickBooks notes due to Rich Text vs HTML&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/27/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Maintenance Contracts/Error when adding Scheduled Service from Maintenance Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Import/Proposal error coming up if the user was in the proposal module and went to Utilities/Import&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Conversion/Fixed issue when converting due to item allocation when all on hand were reserved&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Print Pack/Further attempts to get printing/emailing working correctly with Print Pack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/20/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.68&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added serial numbers to GL export memo line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Printing/Print Packet was locking up when printing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock recording the &amp;#039;actual&amp;#039; date added as opposed to adding to existing stock records from another year&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQL logic/Dropped all unnecessary fields from the search building logic for  speed improvement&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Order status was not clearing due the procedure getting called twice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Deleting techs with vehicles were not removing the vehicle from the order&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Details/Fixed/Custom details were getting dropped due to flag on the header clearing on Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/16/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Views/Fields not getting dropped from views when they are dropped from the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Search/Fixed/Error when a UID was included in a search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.61&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/RMA/Fixed so the location picked when returning can be different than the default location&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Material Detail/Modified rounding for order items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.60&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Modified CSS so images can be resized&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Add Stock/Require new inventory item to be saved before adding stock&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Transactions/Modified transaction info to correctly show added stock from inventory vs system&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Notes not clearing out when exporting invoices with revised notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Save shipping addresses correctly on export to QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.59&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Modified/Creating invoice would occasionally not create due to package items&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Detail/Fixed issue when adding custom details when custom tables existed&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Cloning/Fixed customer UID not inserted on all cloned proposals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/27/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.58&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Rounding error caused by records in inventory sub table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/29/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.57&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customers/Prepaid/Activity flag not clearing out when Maintenance or Warranty was selected on a prepaid order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Speed/Modified SQL to speed up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed Rate/Fixed bug due to calculating when percent was less than zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.55&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Grids/Rebuild with underscore in the name due to bug in the component&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/25/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.54&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified to keep prompting for a file name as long as the view name is blank&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modules/Saving-Restoring views when sub grids change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Dispatch/Set dispatch default timer to 10 minutes if it has not been set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/18/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.53 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/011/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed tabbing in editors&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Codes/Fixed uploading/downloading for tech codes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Added due date to the grids&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent item field was not clearing when deleted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/28/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Fixed Quick Jump logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/21/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Changed to always go to the first record on Radio button changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Modified to not drop the current view if closing orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/17/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Error when using Next/Last button and only one record in the filtered data&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Change order filters and queries loading for modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/View lookup modification to do lookups on limited field list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modified to only use a limited field list and not every field in the grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Next-Last button not actually saving the &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; record looked at&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modifying queries that load the search grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Redo image handling when converting orders with 100&amp;#039;s of images&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Speed when opening PO with 100KK of inventory items&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Parent Item/Programed the drop down to do a lookup of items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/02/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.46&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Routines/Library revision to compile under SQL 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/26/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.45&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Parent Item lookup not loading the list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed/RTF conversion issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service/Install/Fixed blocking routines keeping order from closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.43 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.42&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Worked with component to get cursor working&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/A/V error when saving new records into SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/07/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.41&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Moved document field to directory to only show on the stored documents tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Error when converting service items from packages to orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option for time stamp in memos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when deleting a class which was a child of another class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Component for memo editing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/03/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Getting error when emailing due to new report components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.35&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot net error on allocation&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/How order quantity is calculated for PO generation&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Made the doc directory field path smaller to free up screen real estate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Embedded the Windows path to the CSS in each order since occasionally it was not found.&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Added/Email template bodies - can now set up email templates and use in the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Grids causing errors when selecting columns from the column picker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/20/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.32&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Remove limit on number of days for calculating finance charges&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Travel Charges and other charges not carrying to the invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Refresh setting in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; System was not refreshing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Fixed/Custom table for Customer Equipment was not named correctly causing issues with search availability&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Modified/Changed wording in designer from &amp;#039;Boolean&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;True/False&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Modified/Changed ordering of tabbing on Prepaid Service Editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Excel export will now default to .xlsx &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/PO Status not updating when a PO was closed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/23/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Removal of a field was causing the forms to malfunction and lock up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was getting stuck in single user mode in SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/20/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Expanded width of document directory fields to 255 characters to match Windows conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot Net error converting orders due to new &amp;#039;Auto Deliver Reserved on Invoice&amp;#039; flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Invoice line now displays as long date Month/day/year&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Custom reports now backed up to common files Reports\backup in a zip file&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Virtual warehouse showing up for selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/02/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Added/Bid Code required flag &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Class now changes when Service item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was not functional&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Virtual warehouse was showing for serial number selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/28/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Price Book change on Rates tab now changes the price book on all un-invoiced items on the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/25/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Customer Equipment serial number not filling in when linked on invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Added flag to automatically set reserved when invoicing an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Purchase Orders receiving items with vendor item costs was updating inventory record, but adding material details with incorrect cost&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fix/Parent item changes when item was not a QB item&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Revised Fix/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Proposal-Order linking tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompts when there is no data found for the report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/16/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tech Code to upload custom reports (988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed\Payments now use the specific account assigned to the pay method and not a generic account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/12/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database and issues with database getting stuck in single user mode when updating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Memo fields were scrambling text when scrolling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/29/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database when making new alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/06/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Memo editor now uses CCS for text styling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Updates to custom memo editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Released 8.2 as new version with custom revision to editing functionality. 8.2 is exactly the same as 8.1 with the exception of editing. &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Taxes on Fixed rates tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields - tech code 8316&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/26/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.136&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Editor for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.135&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added vendor name to the vendor item lookup&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Customer&amp;gt; History&amp;gt; Recurring Order double click an order resulted in error&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Arriving start time of 12:00 now correctly calculates scheduled time&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Subcontractor tab - added Company &amp;amp; Account Number to the history grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.134&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added flags to better handle when order items are voided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Corrected bug when some parameters are not available in another module and you use the view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Batch PO/Fixed bad field names in Search view&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Subcontractor view not pulling in the subcontractors in Details and Settings or the labor editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Fixed/Is Active flag not always allowing saving&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Save-Restore grid filter&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Added Status panel to the bottom of the form and logic to show specific stats; number of records, number of PO&amp;#039;s generated, how many PO&amp;#039;s should generate based on filter conditions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/When converting Proposals from Cloned orders for new customers, and the customer does not exist, create the customer from the proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.131&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Designer/Added time sheets to specifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.130&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Issue when auto emailing Purchase Orders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.129&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Assigned to field length mismatch between Activity Table and modules was causing errors when generating recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.128&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Added a wait processor to the email function to attempt to avoid the Socket error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code for customer specific issue&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Issue recalculating inventory detail when item quantities change for items on orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Report table source to avoid long queries when writing reports combining order/invoice modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Modified queries for standard reports. Cleanup bad queries, etc… &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.124/SQLink 8.1.5.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Added equipment details for service, install, and invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Ability to filter to sub details on report detail specifiers tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Item Cost &amp;amp; Item Price as calculated fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Exporting Proposal discounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Can now preview a report regardless of type from the designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Fixed: Set the override cost flag based on customer custom settings AFTER initializing for the first time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Drop triggers when converting to avoid running unnecessarily&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Force index rebuild after conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Pay methods/Do not clear Pay method QBID when importing. Use pay method QBID for payment reference&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Inventory/Tech code to check between inventory detail and material detail for counts that do *not match and recalculate counts.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Toggling the lock cost flag was not correctly updating the cost from equipment items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated conversion to handle converting from older versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.119&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting designer components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.118&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Limited release to correct UID generation on custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records/Modified so the Available count is always set to the Billable Quantity&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified to allow for zero in the included count for labor records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified for Proposal to match orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Make sure copies are set to 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/22/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.115&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Grids/Added Actual cost and Average Cost to order grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.114&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to show is standard flag&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Global/Modified no longer jumps to first record in table when deleting a record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.113&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed Override Cost to Lock Cost&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed functionality to not change cost even if item number changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed the report file name disappearing&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to limit query pulls to 1 record to speed development of reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.112&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Functionality changes to the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/07/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the Master Data pipeline settings to the report designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to include all possible custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added logic to check if the table exists in the query before running the report&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Update notes field to track changes to reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added function, &amp;#039;CTRL-U&amp;#039; to add time stamp editor to the notes window&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;802&amp;#039; now prompts to export, Custom, Standard, or Both&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;12916&amp;#039; options to clean up existing reports. &lt;br /&gt;
#Delete – Will delete all doc entries in SME and RTM files… only to be used with High5 support&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete MISMATCH – SME will scan the reports folders and delete report showing up in search without an actual report in the file system.&lt;br /&gt;
#Clean Directory – Will transverse the report files and check if it’s actually used. If unused the report will be deleted unless it’s a template report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed Test Query so the &amp;#039;preview&amp;#039; tab in the designer now works&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed speed issue opening query reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the report file name to the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Timesheets/Fixed deleting timesheet was not recalculating the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Revised tech codes 135/136&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/17/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Reviewing all custom reports for SME to make sure all of the latest changes are working&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Embedding pictures broke with reporting component update. Found a way to correct the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Certifications/Fixed loading the vendor name from the tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/From Mobile/Create and initialize custom record information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/15/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification added to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Vendor lookup added to tech certifications&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Vendor/Added vendor lookup to the tech certification editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Tables/Added tech certifications to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed Invoice/Fixed calculating invoiced status on fixed invoices with order details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/11/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/After creating a new order set the focus on the order summary&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified root reports to use two new folders under the High5Software\Reports folder. Now Reports\Standard - SME canned reports and Reports\Custom - customer custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified saving of reports to always prefix with Standard, if a canned report and Custom for all custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders &amp;amp; Invoices/On new orders set focus on order summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set vendor name field from tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Images in text fields not getting correctly embedded since a component update broke the logic to embed the image.&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech code 135 now rebuilds standard reports and cleans up custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Keep the report name in the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Speed when opening reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Time Sheets/Deleting a time sheet record was not always recalculating the time fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Flag item discounts as nontaxable regardless of default setting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Infinite loop issue for updating orders with many serialized items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue opening orders with CL in the HTML string.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Package export. Items not set as summarized if export set as summarized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/02/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Getting seat count when logged in as Admin&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompt when running tech code 12916 asking if you want to keep custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Inventory Snapshot report&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code to delete all custom reports and restore only standard reports-12916&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code 802 - now prompts to backup only custom reports for uploading to High5&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/All High5 reports will be prefixed with the word &amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/When opening designer make sure all reports have a file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/28/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.100&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Report editing taking too long to open up when editing a report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/25/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Services/Fixed/Day count was off by 1 due to leap year&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/If Assigned To was a Work Group the work group name would not populate&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue when selecting items from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Transfer/Fixed/If the transfer does not have a detail connection relink the data or create a new link and use it&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Information on the Class prompt dialogue pop-up&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Default Price Book. Setting is under: Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Customer Defaults&amp;gt; Rates &amp;amp; Charges Defaults&amp;gt; Price Book.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Issues/Modified to integrate better with auto incoming email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Rewrote data import from Order Items tab to include cost and retail&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Removed vendor update prompt when the vendor flag in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Inventory is &amp;#039;UnChecked&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Will now update inventory if any markup flags are set&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Tech Code to batch process all inventory items with any Markup flags set&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Class requirement for PO module now optional&lt;br /&gt;
*Of the above items the PO Class &amp;amp; Vendor prompt are new flags on the Setup&amp;gt; company&amp;gt; inventory page in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryOptions.98.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6477</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - 8.2 Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6477"/>
		<updated>2021-07-19T21:53:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.3.136/SQLink 8.2.3.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Removed unused field for labor assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added flag to print/batch email to isolate past due invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/added option and logic to send SME Outgoing email to QuickBooks Alt Email 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/11/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.135/SQLink 8.2.2.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Fields/Fixed CSS style string duplications when editing memos - Service Requested/Performed&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Added\Billable company to GL entries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/23/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.134/SQLink 8.2.2.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Installed update to HTML component&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - do not update username when importing sales persons&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - table not open when importing customer types&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Archiving\Skip payment types as they get auto created if missing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.132/SQLink 8.2.2.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Setup\Inventory\Snapshot\Added ability to trim the inventory snapshot file when it becomes bloated&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Utilities\Archiving\Added ability to select your own archive folder path&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/26/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.131/SQLink 8.2.2.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Update/Updated HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated to use the latest HTML components for export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/19/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.130/SQLink 8.2.2.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Assets/Computers/Fixed location field selection&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Invoice Export/Modified code to strip unprintable characters from notes fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/29/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.129/SQLink 8.2.2.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Direct Sales/Fixed default Search Views&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/More modifications to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/15/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.128/SQLink 8.2.2.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Permissions/Form Code - corrected logic&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/Modified to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/8/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved spacing between buttons for &amp;#039;Remove Tech&amp;#039; and Refresh&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  12/18/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Summary line allowed for text over flow.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Payments/Error when canceling a payment with a notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Update to the editor to correct font and other HTML issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/06/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.124&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Modified to allow selecting the batch date.(Note: This does not change the actual date of the transaction).&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring/Modified to include copy tax group, price book, salesperson, terms from customer settings to the Recurring modules when generating recurring invoices/orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/30/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editors/Fonts now used in memo fields will print correctly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/23/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Corrected URL launching&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/19/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Modified flag to correct data field corruption when printing forms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/16/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Changed setup to a tabbed layout and corrected field over lapping&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/9/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/2/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/25/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Testing on reporting components&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Import/Modified to accept importing customers with 100&amp;#039;s of ship to addresses. Intuit had limit at 50 prior to QB 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/4/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Details Tab/Added Trip Charge field&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Price Books/Update all details when Price Book name changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.115-Not Released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Update of reporting font component broke data field display&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/21/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.114-Not Released/SQLink 8.2.2.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Activities/Fixed error when selecting the activity twice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Updated components not working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Changed invoice deletes due to Intuit changes regarding invoice deletions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.113 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/7/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.112/SQLink 8.2.2.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/Added option to skip user notes on employee import&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/QuickBooks version no longer required - removed from setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/26/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Export/Clear double quotes from all fields before exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/10/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Material Editor/Corrected field overlap and error when canceling out of Search&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Updated FTP sites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  5/8/2020 Version: 8.2.1.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified auto upload/update FTP locations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/1/2020 Version: 8.2.1.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Added ability to add Non Inventory items from the Orders Modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Adding new service item from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Query correction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/10/2020 Version: 8.2.1.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Modified functionality. Added grid sorting and selection. Added Action Item to the menu for adjusting individual landed costs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/20/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added custom tables to Service Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Importing package items on the Order Items and material tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/misspelling on backup prompt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/07/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Report designer error when accessing some tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Do not add CSS lines to signatures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/31/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items are now linked directly to the material details&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items PO&amp;#039;s are now updating Cost/Retail based on the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Assigning Email addresses to Copy and Blind Copy fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Sort order of email addresses in address selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/15/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.100/SQLink 8.2.1.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added export Invoice Summary to QuickBooks Invoice Memo&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Removed all but one blank line on the QuickBooks invoice for Service notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Groups/Fixed/User group options not showing after a change&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Setup/Log Tab/Right Click Export log now functioning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Added key fields to order conversion to speed conversion&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Tech Code/Updated Scheduled Service to Recurring Orders conversion to only use the existing date information from Scheduled Services in Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/16/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Subtotaling update on all Order Item grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/26/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/TLS version to work with Microsoft Office365 email&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Added/SMPSystem to the module grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified the grid. It can now be rearranged&lt;br /&gt;
*Modules/Modified/Added Is Equipment flag to all Order Item Tabs for all modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Conversion issues regarding database connections during the process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/7/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data Conversion/Clear all functions prior to starting the conversion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/31/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data/Normalized all numeric fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/17/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch Print/Component freezing due to grid update&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Reverse/Corrected reversing an RMA&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Jump to order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/Updated the reporting HTML component with added functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.92 Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/10/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Converting/Set Scheduled Services ending date when it&amp;#039;s not set prior to conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagating/Now correctly propagates all address and email info. Must be processed separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/29/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Fixed/Customer UID was not filling in and writing the batch record details to the customer Journal&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Invoice/Fixed error on order to invoice conversion when the error was a zero records error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added a system UID for any place in SME where an order UID was not written. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/5/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Using the .87 query method to manage all propagation. Propagation was timing out on long running queries&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Now updates all associated module records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Method to remove long running queries from the application into SQL for quicker processing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring Orders/Fixed issues when converting Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Compliance/Reviewing tech compliance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.85 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Completed/Reversing an RMA. Still not compatible with all types of RMAs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.84- not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.83 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Reversing RMA and adding item back to stock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.81/SQLink 8.2.1.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified/Add order aid to all manually entered customer equipment records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Licensing/Added alternative sites to check for licensing should one fail&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.80/SQLink 8.2.1.9/Routines 8.2.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Currency set to Hong Kong was causing Recurring invoice failure&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Export/Strip out all HTML tags as QB is not in RTF for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Contacts Update/Bad field name was causing contact update issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Memo fields/Now strip HTML when exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/7/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Archive/Set archive queries to &amp;#039;not&amp;#039; look for unrelated records that have already been archived&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/If a repair item existed system was querying the entire customer equipment list instead of the specific item you required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/9/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Global field showing after update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.76/SQLink 8.2.1.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Send email body out as text since MAPI was dropping the info&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added Class ID to the qb export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/19/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Convert with a service item of &amp;#039;Maintenance&amp;#039; type if Scheduled Service has no items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/28/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Duplication - when duplicating customers do not duplicate billing information&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Added/Tech code to convert all Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders in anticipation of eliminating Scheduled Services&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.73&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Advanced Search/Fixed error when clicking on the &amp;#039;Notes&amp;#039; option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/15/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Email body text was not copying to Outlook when set to MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Error on sending email on some systems due to the Standard font used in all reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Not able to invoice a fully closed partial order after adding a new item to the order due to the order/invoice calculations&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Logon/Clear user/password fields after failed log on attempt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Filling inventory reconciliation and not posting the same day was moving all inventory to the virtual location&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Sales/Notes/Modified to copy Sales Site notes to Customer when converting&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/User/Fixed issue allowing an employee to set themselves as supervisor causing infinite loop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.70&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/No longer can import Notes from QuickBooks since they corrupt the SME notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/System/Do not import QuickBooks notes due to Rich Text vs HTML&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/27/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Maintenance Contracts/Error when adding Scheduled Service from Maintenance Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Import/Proposal error coming up if the user was in the proposal module and went to Utilities/Import&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Conversion/Fixed issue when converting due to item allocation when all on hand were reserved&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Print Pack/Further attempts to get printing/emailing working correctly with Print Pack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/20/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.68&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added serial numbers to GL export memo line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Printing/Print Packet was locking up when printing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock recording the &amp;#039;actual&amp;#039; date added as opposed to adding to existing stock records from another year&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQL logic/Dropped all unnecessary fields from the search building logic for  speed improvement&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Order status was not clearing due the procedure getting called twice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Deleting techs with vehicles were not removing the vehicle from the order&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Details/Fixed/Custom details were getting dropped due to flag on the header clearing on Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/16/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Views/Fields not getting dropped from views when they are dropped from the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Search/Fixed/Error when a UID was included in a search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.61&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/RMA/Fixed so the location picked when returning can be different than the default location&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Material Detail/Modified rounding for order items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.60&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Modified CSS so images can be resized&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Add Stock/Require new inventory item to be saved before adding stock&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Transactions/Modified transaction info to correctly show added stock from inventory vs system&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Notes not clearing out when exporting invoices with revised notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Save shipping addresses correctly on export to QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.59&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Modified/Creating invoice would occasionally not create due to package items&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Detail/Fixed issue when adding custom details when custom tables existed&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Cloning/Fixed customer UID not inserted on all cloned proposals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/27/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.58&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Rounding error caused by records in inventory sub table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/29/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.57&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customers/Prepaid/Activity flag not clearing out when Maintenance or Warranty was selected on a prepaid order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Speed/Modified SQL to speed up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed Rate/Fixed bug due to calculating when percent was less than zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.55&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Grids/Rebuild with underscore in the name due to bug in the component&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/25/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.54&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified to keep prompting for a file name as long as the view name is blank&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modules/Saving-Restoring views when sub grids change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Dispatch/Set dispatch default timer to 10 minutes if it has not been set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/18/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.53 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/011/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed tabbing in editors&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Codes/Fixed uploading/downloading for tech codes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Added due date to the grids&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent item field was not clearing when deleted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/28/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Fixed Quick Jump logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/21/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Changed to always go to the first record on Radio button changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Modified to not drop the current view if closing orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/17/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Error when using Next/Last button and only one record in the filtered data&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Change order filters and queries loading for modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/View lookup modification to do lookups on limited field list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modified to only use a limited field list and not every field in the grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Next-Last button not actually saving the &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; record looked at&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modifying queries that load the search grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Redo image handling when converting orders with 100&amp;#039;s of images&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Speed when opening PO with 100KK of inventory items&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Parent Item/Programed the drop down to do a lookup of items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/02/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.46&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Routines/Library revision to compile under SQL 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/26/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.45&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Parent Item lookup not loading the list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed/RTF conversion issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service/Install/Fixed blocking routines keeping order from closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.43 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.42&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Worked with component to get cursor working&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/A/V error when saving new records into SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/07/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.41&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Moved document field to directory to only show on the stored documents tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Error when converting service items from packages to orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option for time stamp in memos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when deleting a class which was a child of another class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Component for memo editing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/03/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Getting error when emailing due to new report components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.35&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot net error on allocation&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/How order quantity is calculated for PO generation&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Made the doc directory field path smaller to free up screen real estate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Embedded the Windows path to the CSS in each order since occasionally it was not found.&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Added/Email template bodies - can now set up email templates and use in the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Grids causing errors when selecting columns from the column picker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/20/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.32&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Remove limit on number of days for calculating finance charges&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Travel Charges and other charges not carrying to the invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Refresh setting in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; System was not refreshing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Fixed/Custom table for Customer Equipment was not named correctly causing issues with search availability&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Modified/Changed wording in designer from &amp;#039;Boolean&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;True/False&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Modified/Changed ordering of tabbing on Prepaid Service Editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Excel export will now default to .xlsx &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/PO Status not updating when a PO was closed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/23/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Removal of a field was causing the forms to malfunction and lock up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was getting stuck in single user mode in SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/20/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Expanded width of document directory fields to 255 characters to match Windows conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot Net error converting orders due to new &amp;#039;Auto Deliver Reserved on Invoice&amp;#039; flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Invoice line now displays as long date Month/day/year&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Custom reports now backed up to common files Reports\backup in a zip file&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Virtual warehouse showing up for selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/02/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Added/Bid Code required flag &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Class now changes when Service item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was not functional&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Virtual warehouse was showing for serial number selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/28/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Price Book change on Rates tab now changes the price book on all un-invoiced items on the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/25/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Customer Equipment serial number not filling in when linked on invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Added flag to automatically set reserved when invoicing an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Purchase Orders receiving items with vendor item costs was updating inventory record, but adding material details with incorrect cost&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fix/Parent item changes when item was not a QB item&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Revised Fix/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Proposal-Order linking tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompts when there is no data found for the report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/16/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tech Code to upload custom reports (988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed\Payments now use the specific account assigned to the pay method and not a generic account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/12/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database and issues with database getting stuck in single user mode when updating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Memo fields were scrambling text when scrolling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/29/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database when making new alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/06/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Memo editor now uses CCS for text styling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Updates to custom memo editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Released 8.2 as new version with custom revision to editing functionality. 8.2 is exactly the same as 8.1 with the exception of editing. &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Taxes on Fixed rates tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields - tech code 8316&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/26/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.136&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Editor for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.135&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added vendor name to the vendor item lookup&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Customer&amp;gt; History&amp;gt; Recurring Order double click an order resulted in error&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Arriving start time of 12:00 now correctly calculates scheduled time&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Subcontractor tab - added Company &amp;amp; Account Number to the history grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.134&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added flags to better handle when order items are voided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Corrected bug when some parameters are not available in another module and you use the view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Batch PO/Fixed bad field names in Search view&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Subcontractor view not pulling in the subcontractors in Details and Settings or the labor editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Fixed/Is Active flag not always allowing saving&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Save-Restore grid filter&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Added Status panel to the bottom of the form and logic to show specific stats; number of records, number of PO&amp;#039;s generated, how many PO&amp;#039;s should generate based on filter conditions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/When converting Proposals from Cloned orders for new customers, and the customer does not exist, create the customer from the proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.131&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Designer/Added time sheets to specifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.130&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Issue when auto emailing Purchase Orders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.129&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Assigned to field length mismatch between Activity Table and modules was causing errors when generating recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.128&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Added a wait processor to the email function to attempt to avoid the Socket error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code for customer specific issue&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Issue recalculating inventory detail when item quantities change for items on orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Report table source to avoid long queries when writing reports combining order/invoice modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Modified queries for standard reports. Cleanup bad queries, etc… &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.124/SQLink 8.1.5.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Added equipment details for service, install, and invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Ability to filter to sub details on report detail specifiers tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Item Cost &amp;amp; Item Price as calculated fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Exporting Proposal discounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Can now preview a report regardless of type from the designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Fixed: Set the override cost flag based on customer custom settings AFTER initializing for the first time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Drop triggers when converting to avoid running unnecessarily&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Force index rebuild after conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Pay methods/Do not clear Pay method QBID when importing. Use pay method QBID for payment reference&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Inventory/Tech code to check between inventory detail and material detail for counts that do *not match and recalculate counts.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Toggling the lock cost flag was not correctly updating the cost from equipment items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated conversion to handle converting from older versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.119&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting designer components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.118&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Limited release to correct UID generation on custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records/Modified so the Available count is always set to the Billable Quantity&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified to allow for zero in the included count for labor records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified for Proposal to match orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Make sure copies are set to 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/22/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.115&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Grids/Added Actual cost and Average Cost to order grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.114&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to show is standard flag&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Global/Modified no longer jumps to first record in table when deleting a record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.113&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed Override Cost to Lock Cost&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed functionality to not change cost even if item number changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed the report file name disappearing&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to limit query pulls to 1 record to speed development of reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.112&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Functionality changes to the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/07/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the Master Data pipeline settings to the report designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to include all possible custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added logic to check if the table exists in the query before running the report&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Update notes field to track changes to reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added function, &amp;#039;CTRL-U&amp;#039; to add time stamp editor to the notes window&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;802&amp;#039; now prompts to export, Custom, Standard, or Both&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;12916&amp;#039; options to clean up existing reports. &lt;br /&gt;
#Delete – Will delete all doc entries in SME and RTM files… only to be used with High5 support&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete MISMATCH – SME will scan the reports folders and delete report showing up in search without an actual report in the file system.&lt;br /&gt;
#Clean Directory – Will transverse the report files and check if it’s actually used. If unused the report will be deleted unless it’s a template report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed Test Query so the &amp;#039;preview&amp;#039; tab in the designer now works&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed speed issue opening query reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the report file name to the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Timesheets/Fixed deleting timesheet was not recalculating the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Revised tech codes 135/136&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/17/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Reviewing all custom reports for SME to make sure all of the latest changes are working&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Embedding pictures broke with reporting component update. Found a way to correct the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Certifications/Fixed loading the vendor name from the tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/From Mobile/Create and initialize custom record information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/15/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification added to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Vendor lookup added to tech certifications&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Vendor/Added vendor lookup to the tech certification editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Tables/Added tech certifications to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed Invoice/Fixed calculating invoiced status on fixed invoices with order details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/11/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/After creating a new order set the focus on the order summary&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified root reports to use two new folders under the High5Software\Reports folder. Now Reports\Standard - SME canned reports and Reports\Custom - customer custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified saving of reports to always prefix with Standard, if a canned report and Custom for all custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders &amp;amp; Invoices/On new orders set focus on order summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set vendor name field from tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Images in text fields not getting correctly embedded since a component update broke the logic to embed the image.&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech code 135 now rebuilds standard reports and cleans up custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Keep the report name in the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Speed when opening reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Time Sheets/Deleting a time sheet record was not always recalculating the time fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Flag item discounts as nontaxable regardless of default setting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Infinite loop issue for updating orders with many serialized items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue opening orders with CL in the HTML string.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Package export. Items not set as summarized if export set as summarized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/02/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Getting seat count when logged in as Admin&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompt when running tech code 12916 asking if you want to keep custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Inventory Snapshot report&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code to delete all custom reports and restore only standard reports-12916&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code 802 - now prompts to backup only custom reports for uploading to High5&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/All High5 reports will be prefixed with the word &amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/When opening designer make sure all reports have a file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/28/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.100&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Report editing taking too long to open up when editing a report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/25/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Services/Fixed/Day count was off by 1 due to leap year&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/If Assigned To was a Work Group the work group name would not populate&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue when selecting items from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Transfer/Fixed/If the transfer does not have a detail connection relink the data or create a new link and use it&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Information on the Class prompt dialogue pop-up&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Default Price Book. Setting is under: Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Customer Defaults&amp;gt; Rates &amp;amp; Charges Defaults&amp;gt; Price Book.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Issues/Modified to integrate better with auto incoming email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Rewrote data import from Order Items tab to include cost and retail&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Removed vendor update prompt when the vendor flag in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Inventory is &amp;#039;UnChecked&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Will now update inventory if any markup flags are set&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Tech Code to batch process all inventory items with any Markup flags set&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Class requirement for PO module now optional&lt;br /&gt;
*Of the above items the PO Class &amp;amp; Vendor prompt are new flags on the Setup&amp;gt; company&amp;gt; inventory page in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryOptions.98.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6476</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - 8.2 Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6476"/>
		<updated>2021-07-16T14:22:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.135/SQLink 8.2.2.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo Fields/Fixed CSS style string duplications when editing memos - Service Requested/Performed&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Added\Billable company to GL entries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.134/SQLink 8.2.2.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Installed update to HTML component&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - do not update username when importing sales persons&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed - table not open when importing customer types&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Archiving\Skip payment types as they get auto created if missing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/16/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.132/SQLink 8.2.2.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Setup\Inventory\Snapshot\Added ability to trim the inventory snapshot file when it becomes bloated&lt;br /&gt;
*System\Utilities\Archiving\Added ability to select your own archive folder path&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/26/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.131/SQLink 8.2.2.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Update/Updated HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated to use the latest HTML components for export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/19/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.130/SQLink 8.2.2.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Assets/Computers/Fixed location field selection&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Invoice Export/Modified code to strip unprintable characters from notes fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/29/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.129/SQLink 8.2.2.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Direct Sales/Fixed default Search Views&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/More modifications to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/15/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.128/SQLink 8.2.2.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Permissions/Form Code - corrected logic&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/Modified to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/8/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved spacing between buttons for &amp;#039;Remove Tech&amp;#039; and Refresh&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  12/18/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Summary line allowed for text over flow.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Payments/Error when canceling a payment with a notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Update to the editor to correct font and other HTML issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/06/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.124&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Modified to allow selecting the batch date.(Note: This does not change the actual date of the transaction).&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring/Modified to include copy tax group, price book, salesperson, terms from customer settings to the Recurring modules when generating recurring invoices/orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/30/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editors/Fonts now used in memo fields will print correctly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/23/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Corrected URL launching&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/19/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Modified flag to correct data field corruption when printing forms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/16/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Changed setup to a tabbed layout and corrected field over lapping&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/9/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/2/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/25/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Testing on reporting components&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Import/Modified to accept importing customers with 100&amp;#039;s of ship to addresses. Intuit had limit at 50 prior to QB 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/4/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Details Tab/Added Trip Charge field&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Price Books/Update all details when Price Book name changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.115-Not Released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Update of reporting font component broke data field display&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/21/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.114-Not Released/SQLink 8.2.2.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Activities/Fixed error when selecting the activity twice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Updated components not working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Changed invoice deletes due to Intuit changes regarding invoice deletions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.113 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/7/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.112/SQLink 8.2.2.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/Added option to skip user notes on employee import&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/QuickBooks version no longer required - removed from setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/26/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Export/Clear double quotes from all fields before exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/10/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Material Editor/Corrected field overlap and error when canceling out of Search&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Updated FTP sites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  5/8/2020 Version: 8.2.1.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified auto upload/update FTP locations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/1/2020 Version: 8.2.1.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Added ability to add Non Inventory items from the Orders Modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Adding new service item from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Query correction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/10/2020 Version: 8.2.1.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Modified functionality. Added grid sorting and selection. Added Action Item to the menu for adjusting individual landed costs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/20/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added custom tables to Service Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Importing package items on the Order Items and material tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/misspelling on backup prompt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/07/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Report designer error when accessing some tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Do not add CSS lines to signatures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/31/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items are now linked directly to the material details&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items PO&amp;#039;s are now updating Cost/Retail based on the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Assigning Email addresses to Copy and Blind Copy fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Sort order of email addresses in address selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/15/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.100/SQLink 8.2.1.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added export Invoice Summary to QuickBooks Invoice Memo&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Removed all but one blank line on the QuickBooks invoice for Service notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Groups/Fixed/User group options not showing after a change&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Setup/Log Tab/Right Click Export log now functioning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Added key fields to order conversion to speed conversion&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Tech Code/Updated Scheduled Service to Recurring Orders conversion to only use the existing date information from Scheduled Services in Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/16/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Subtotaling update on all Order Item grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/26/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/TLS version to work with Microsoft Office365 email&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Added/SMPSystem to the module grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified the grid. It can now be rearranged&lt;br /&gt;
*Modules/Modified/Added Is Equipment flag to all Order Item Tabs for all modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Conversion issues regarding database connections during the process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/7/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data Conversion/Clear all functions prior to starting the conversion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/31/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data/Normalized all numeric fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/17/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch Print/Component freezing due to grid update&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Reverse/Corrected reversing an RMA&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Jump to order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/Updated the reporting HTML component with added functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.92 Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/10/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Converting/Set Scheduled Services ending date when it&amp;#039;s not set prior to conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagating/Now correctly propagates all address and email info. Must be processed separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/29/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Fixed/Customer UID was not filling in and writing the batch record details to the customer Journal&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Invoice/Fixed error on order to invoice conversion when the error was a zero records error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added a system UID for any place in SME where an order UID was not written. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/5/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Using the .87 query method to manage all propagation. Propagation was timing out on long running queries&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Now updates all associated module records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Method to remove long running queries from the application into SQL for quicker processing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring Orders/Fixed issues when converting Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Compliance/Reviewing tech compliance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.85 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Completed/Reversing an RMA. Still not compatible with all types of RMAs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.84- not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.83 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Reversing RMA and adding item back to stock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.81/SQLink 8.2.1.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified/Add order aid to all manually entered customer equipment records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Licensing/Added alternative sites to check for licensing should one fail&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.80/SQLink 8.2.1.9/Routines 8.2.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Currency set to Hong Kong was causing Recurring invoice failure&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Export/Strip out all HTML tags as QB is not in RTF for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Contacts Update/Bad field name was causing contact update issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Memo fields/Now strip HTML when exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/7/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Archive/Set archive queries to &amp;#039;not&amp;#039; look for unrelated records that have already been archived&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/If a repair item existed system was querying the entire customer equipment list instead of the specific item you required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/9/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Global field showing after update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.76/SQLink 8.2.1.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Send email body out as text since MAPI was dropping the info&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added Class ID to the qb export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/19/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Convert with a service item of &amp;#039;Maintenance&amp;#039; type if Scheduled Service has no items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/28/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Duplication - when duplicating customers do not duplicate billing information&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Added/Tech code to convert all Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders in anticipation of eliminating Scheduled Services&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.73&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Advanced Search/Fixed error when clicking on the &amp;#039;Notes&amp;#039; option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/15/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Email body text was not copying to Outlook when set to MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Error on sending email on some systems due to the Standard font used in all reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Not able to invoice a fully closed partial order after adding a new item to the order due to the order/invoice calculations&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Logon/Clear user/password fields after failed log on attempt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Filling inventory reconciliation and not posting the same day was moving all inventory to the virtual location&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Sales/Notes/Modified to copy Sales Site notes to Customer when converting&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/User/Fixed issue allowing an employee to set themselves as supervisor causing infinite loop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.70&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/No longer can import Notes from QuickBooks since they corrupt the SME notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/System/Do not import QuickBooks notes due to Rich Text vs HTML&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/27/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Maintenance Contracts/Error when adding Scheduled Service from Maintenance Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Import/Proposal error coming up if the user was in the proposal module and went to Utilities/Import&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Conversion/Fixed issue when converting due to item allocation when all on hand were reserved&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Print Pack/Further attempts to get printing/emailing working correctly with Print Pack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/20/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.68&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added serial numbers to GL export memo line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Printing/Print Packet was locking up when printing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock recording the &amp;#039;actual&amp;#039; date added as opposed to adding to existing stock records from another year&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQL logic/Dropped all unnecessary fields from the search building logic for  speed improvement&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Order status was not clearing due the procedure getting called twice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Deleting techs with vehicles were not removing the vehicle from the order&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Details/Fixed/Custom details were getting dropped due to flag on the header clearing on Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/16/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Views/Fields not getting dropped from views when they are dropped from the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Search/Fixed/Error when a UID was included in a search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.61&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/RMA/Fixed so the location picked when returning can be different than the default location&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Material Detail/Modified rounding for order items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.60&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Modified CSS so images can be resized&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Add Stock/Require new inventory item to be saved before adding stock&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Transactions/Modified transaction info to correctly show added stock from inventory vs system&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Notes not clearing out when exporting invoices with revised notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Save shipping addresses correctly on export to QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.59&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Modified/Creating invoice would occasionally not create due to package items&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Detail/Fixed issue when adding custom details when custom tables existed&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Cloning/Fixed customer UID not inserted on all cloned proposals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/27/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.58&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Rounding error caused by records in inventory sub table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/29/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.57&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customers/Prepaid/Activity flag not clearing out when Maintenance or Warranty was selected on a prepaid order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Speed/Modified SQL to speed up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed Rate/Fixed bug due to calculating when percent was less than zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.55&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Grids/Rebuild with underscore in the name due to bug in the component&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/25/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.54&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified to keep prompting for a file name as long as the view name is blank&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modules/Saving-Restoring views when sub grids change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Dispatch/Set dispatch default timer to 10 minutes if it has not been set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/18/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.53 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/011/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed tabbing in editors&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Codes/Fixed uploading/downloading for tech codes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Added due date to the grids&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent item field was not clearing when deleted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/28/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Fixed Quick Jump logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/21/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Changed to always go to the first record on Radio button changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Modified to not drop the current view if closing orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/17/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Error when using Next/Last button and only one record in the filtered data&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Change order filters and queries loading for modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/View lookup modification to do lookups on limited field list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modified to only use a limited field list and not every field in the grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Next-Last button not actually saving the &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; record looked at&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modifying queries that load the search grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Redo image handling when converting orders with 100&amp;#039;s of images&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Speed when opening PO with 100KK of inventory items&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Parent Item/Programed the drop down to do a lookup of items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/02/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.46&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Routines/Library revision to compile under SQL 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/26/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.45&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Parent Item lookup not loading the list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed/RTF conversion issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service/Install/Fixed blocking routines keeping order from closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.43 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.42&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Worked with component to get cursor working&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/A/V error when saving new records into SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/07/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.41&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Moved document field to directory to only show on the stored documents tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Error when converting service items from packages to orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option for time stamp in memos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when deleting a class which was a child of another class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Component for memo editing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/03/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Getting error when emailing due to new report components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.35&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot net error on allocation&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/How order quantity is calculated for PO generation&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Made the doc directory field path smaller to free up screen real estate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Embedded the Windows path to the CSS in each order since occasionally it was not found.&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Added/Email template bodies - can now set up email templates and use in the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Grids causing errors when selecting columns from the column picker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/20/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.32&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Remove limit on number of days for calculating finance charges&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Travel Charges and other charges not carrying to the invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Refresh setting in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; System was not refreshing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Fixed/Custom table for Customer Equipment was not named correctly causing issues with search availability&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Modified/Changed wording in designer from &amp;#039;Boolean&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;True/False&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Modified/Changed ordering of tabbing on Prepaid Service Editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Excel export will now default to .xlsx &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/PO Status not updating when a PO was closed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/23/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Removal of a field was causing the forms to malfunction and lock up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was getting stuck in single user mode in SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/20/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Expanded width of document directory fields to 255 characters to match Windows conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot Net error converting orders due to new &amp;#039;Auto Deliver Reserved on Invoice&amp;#039; flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Invoice line now displays as long date Month/day/year&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Custom reports now backed up to common files Reports\backup in a zip file&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Virtual warehouse showing up for selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/02/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Added/Bid Code required flag &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Class now changes when Service item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was not functional&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Virtual warehouse was showing for serial number selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/28/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Price Book change on Rates tab now changes the price book on all un-invoiced items on the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/25/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Customer Equipment serial number not filling in when linked on invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Added flag to automatically set reserved when invoicing an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Purchase Orders receiving items with vendor item costs was updating inventory record, but adding material details with incorrect cost&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fix/Parent item changes when item was not a QB item&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Revised Fix/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Proposal-Order linking tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompts when there is no data found for the report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/16/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tech Code to upload custom reports (988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed\Payments now use the specific account assigned to the pay method and not a generic account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/12/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database and issues with database getting stuck in single user mode when updating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Memo fields were scrambling text when scrolling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/29/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database when making new alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/06/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Memo editor now uses CCS for text styling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Updates to custom memo editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Released 8.2 as new version with custom revision to editing functionality. 8.2 is exactly the same as 8.1 with the exception of editing. &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Taxes on Fixed rates tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields - tech code 8316&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/26/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.136&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Editor for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.135&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added vendor name to the vendor item lookup&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Customer&amp;gt; History&amp;gt; Recurring Order double click an order resulted in error&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Arriving start time of 12:00 now correctly calculates scheduled time&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Subcontractor tab - added Company &amp;amp; Account Number to the history grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.134&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added flags to better handle when order items are voided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Corrected bug when some parameters are not available in another module and you use the view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Batch PO/Fixed bad field names in Search view&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Subcontractor view not pulling in the subcontractors in Details and Settings or the labor editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Fixed/Is Active flag not always allowing saving&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Save-Restore grid filter&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Added Status panel to the bottom of the form and logic to show specific stats; number of records, number of PO&amp;#039;s generated, how many PO&amp;#039;s should generate based on filter conditions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/When converting Proposals from Cloned orders for new customers, and the customer does not exist, create the customer from the proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.131&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Designer/Added time sheets to specifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.130&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Issue when auto emailing Purchase Orders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.129&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Assigned to field length mismatch between Activity Table and modules was causing errors when generating recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.128&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Added a wait processor to the email function to attempt to avoid the Socket error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code for customer specific issue&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Issue recalculating inventory detail when item quantities change for items on orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Report table source to avoid long queries when writing reports combining order/invoice modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Modified queries for standard reports. Cleanup bad queries, etc… &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.124/SQLink 8.1.5.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Added equipment details for service, install, and invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Ability to filter to sub details on report detail specifiers tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Item Cost &amp;amp; Item Price as calculated fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Exporting Proposal discounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Can now preview a report regardless of type from the designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Fixed: Set the override cost flag based on customer custom settings AFTER initializing for the first time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Drop triggers when converting to avoid running unnecessarily&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Force index rebuild after conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Pay methods/Do not clear Pay method QBID when importing. Use pay method QBID for payment reference&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Inventory/Tech code to check between inventory detail and material detail for counts that do *not match and recalculate counts.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Toggling the lock cost flag was not correctly updating the cost from equipment items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated conversion to handle converting from older versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.119&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting designer components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.118&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Limited release to correct UID generation on custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records/Modified so the Available count is always set to the Billable Quantity&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified to allow for zero in the included count for labor records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified for Proposal to match orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Make sure copies are set to 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/22/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.115&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Grids/Added Actual cost and Average Cost to order grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.114&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to show is standard flag&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Global/Modified no longer jumps to first record in table when deleting a record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.113&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed Override Cost to Lock Cost&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed functionality to not change cost even if item number changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed the report file name disappearing&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to limit query pulls to 1 record to speed development of reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.112&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Functionality changes to the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/07/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the Master Data pipeline settings to the report designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to include all possible custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added logic to check if the table exists in the query before running the report&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Update notes field to track changes to reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added function, &amp;#039;CTRL-U&amp;#039; to add time stamp editor to the notes window&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;802&amp;#039; now prompts to export, Custom, Standard, or Both&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;12916&amp;#039; options to clean up existing reports. &lt;br /&gt;
#Delete – Will delete all doc entries in SME and RTM files… only to be used with High5 support&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete MISMATCH – SME will scan the reports folders and delete report showing up in search without an actual report in the file system.&lt;br /&gt;
#Clean Directory – Will transverse the report files and check if it’s actually used. If unused the report will be deleted unless it’s a template report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed Test Query so the &amp;#039;preview&amp;#039; tab in the designer now works&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed speed issue opening query reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the report file name to the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Timesheets/Fixed deleting timesheet was not recalculating the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Revised tech codes 135/136&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/17/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Reviewing all custom reports for SME to make sure all of the latest changes are working&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Embedding pictures broke with reporting component update. Found a way to correct the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Certifications/Fixed loading the vendor name from the tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/From Mobile/Create and initialize custom record information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/15/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification added to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Vendor lookup added to tech certifications&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Vendor/Added vendor lookup to the tech certification editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Tables/Added tech certifications to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed Invoice/Fixed calculating invoiced status on fixed invoices with order details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/11/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/After creating a new order set the focus on the order summary&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified root reports to use two new folders under the High5Software\Reports folder. Now Reports\Standard - SME canned reports and Reports\Custom - customer custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified saving of reports to always prefix with Standard, if a canned report and Custom for all custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders &amp;amp; Invoices/On new orders set focus on order summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set vendor name field from tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Images in text fields not getting correctly embedded since a component update broke the logic to embed the image.&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech code 135 now rebuilds standard reports and cleans up custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Keep the report name in the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Speed when opening reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Time Sheets/Deleting a time sheet record was not always recalculating the time fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Flag item discounts as nontaxable regardless of default setting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Infinite loop issue for updating orders with many serialized items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue opening orders with CL in the HTML string.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Package export. Items not set as summarized if export set as summarized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/02/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Getting seat count when logged in as Admin&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompt when running tech code 12916 asking if you want to keep custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Inventory Snapshot report&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code to delete all custom reports and restore only standard reports-12916&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code 802 - now prompts to backup only custom reports for uploading to High5&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/All High5 reports will be prefixed with the word &amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/When opening designer make sure all reports have a file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/28/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.100&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Report editing taking too long to open up when editing a report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/25/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Services/Fixed/Day count was off by 1 due to leap year&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/If Assigned To was a Work Group the work group name would not populate&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue when selecting items from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Transfer/Fixed/If the transfer does not have a detail connection relink the data or create a new link and use it&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Information on the Class prompt dialogue pop-up&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Default Price Book. Setting is under: Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Customer Defaults&amp;gt; Rates &amp;amp; Charges Defaults&amp;gt; Price Book.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Issues/Modified to integrate better with auto incoming email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Rewrote data import from Order Items tab to include cost and retail&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Removed vendor update prompt when the vendor flag in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Inventory is &amp;#039;UnChecked&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Will now update inventory if any markup flags are set&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Tech Code to batch process all inventory items with any Markup flags set&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Class requirement for PO module now optional&lt;br /&gt;
*Of the above items the PO Class &amp;amp; Vendor prompt are new flags on the Setup&amp;gt; company&amp;gt; inventory page in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryOptions.98.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6471</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - 8.2 Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6471"/>
		<updated>2021-03-12T18:51:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/26/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.131/SQLink 8.2.2.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Update/Updated HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated to use the latest HTML components for export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  2/19/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.130/SQLink 8.2.2.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Assets/Computers/Fixed location field selection&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Invoice Export/Modified code to strip unprintable characters from notes fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/29/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.129/SQLink 8.2.2.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Direct Sales/Fixed default Search Views&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/More modifications to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/15/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.128/SQLink 8.2.2.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Permissions/Form Code - corrected logic&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Customer Export/Modified to correct customer export to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  1/8/2021/ Version: 8.2.2.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/UI/corrected some field overlapping and display issues.&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved spacing between buttons for &amp;#039;Remove Tech&amp;#039; and Refresh&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  12/18/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Summary line allowed for text over flow.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Payments/Error when canceling a payment with a notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Update to the editor to correct font and other HTML issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  11/06/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.124&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Modified to allow selecting the batch date.(Note: This does not change the actual date of the transaction).&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring/Modified to include copy tax group, price book, salesperson, terms from customer settings to the Recurring modules when generating recurring invoices/orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/30/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editors/Fonts now used in memo fields will print correctly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/23/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Corrected URL launching&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/19/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Modified flag to correct data field corruption when printing forms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/16/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Changed setup to a tabbed layout and corrected field over lapping&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/9/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  10/2/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.118 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/25/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Testing on reporting components&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Import/Modified to accept importing customers with 100&amp;#039;s of ship to addresses. Intuit had limit at 50 prior to QB 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  9/4/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Details Tab/Added Trip Charge field&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Price Books/Update all details when Price Book name changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.115-Not Released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Update of reporting font component broke data field display&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/21/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.114-Not Released/SQLink 8.2.2.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Activities/Fixed error when selecting the activity twice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reporting/Updated components not working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Changed invoice deletes due to Intuit changes regarding invoice deletions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/14/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.113 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  8/7/2020/ Version: 8.2.2.112/SQLink 8.2.2.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/Added option to skip user notes on employee import&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQLink/QuickBooks version no longer required - removed from setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/26/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Export/Clear double quotes from all fields before exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  6/10/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Material Editor/Corrected field overlap and error when canceling out of Search&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Updated FTP sites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  5/8/2020 Version: 8.2.1.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified auto upload/update FTP locations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/1/2020 Version: 8.2.1.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Added ability to add Non Inventory items from the Orders Modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Adding new service item from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Query correction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/10/2020 Version: 8.2.1.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Modified functionality. Added grid sorting and selection. Added Action Item to the menu for adjusting individual landed costs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/20/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added custom tables to Service Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Importing package items on the Order Items and material tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/misspelling on backup prompt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/07/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Report designer error when accessing some tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Do not add CSS lines to signatures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/31/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items are now linked directly to the material details&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items PO&amp;#039;s are now updating Cost/Retail based on the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Assigning Email addresses to Copy and Blind Copy fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Sort order of email addresses in address selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/15/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.100/SQLink 8.2.1.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added export Invoice Summary to QuickBooks Invoice Memo&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Removed all but one blank line on the QuickBooks invoice for Service notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Groups/Fixed/User group options not showing after a change&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Setup/Log Tab/Right Click Export log now functioning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Added key fields to order conversion to speed conversion&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Tech Code/Updated Scheduled Service to Recurring Orders conversion to only use the existing date information from Scheduled Services in Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/16/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Subtotaling update on all Order Item grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/26/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/TLS version to work with Microsoft Office365 email&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Added/SMPSystem to the module grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified the grid. It can now be rearranged&lt;br /&gt;
*Modules/Modified/Added Is Equipment flag to all Order Item Tabs for all modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Conversion issues regarding database connections during the process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/7/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data Conversion/Clear all functions prior to starting the conversion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/31/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data/Normalized all numeric fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/17/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch Print/Component freezing due to grid update&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Reverse/Corrected reversing an RMA&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Jump to order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/Updated the reporting HTML component with added functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.92 Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/10/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Converting/Set Scheduled Services ending date when it&amp;#039;s not set prior to conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagating/Now correctly propagates all address and email info. Must be processed separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/29/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Fixed/Customer UID was not filling in and writing the batch record details to the customer Journal&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Invoice/Fixed error on order to invoice conversion when the error was a zero records error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added a system UID for any place in SME where an order UID was not written. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/5/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Using the .87 query method to manage all propagation. Propagation was timing out on long running queries&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Now updates all associated module records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Method to remove long running queries from the application into SQL for quicker processing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring Orders/Fixed issues when converting Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Compliance/Reviewing tech compliance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.85 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Completed/Reversing an RMA. Still not compatible with all types of RMAs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.84- not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.83 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Reversing RMA and adding item back to stock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.81/SQLink 8.2.1.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified/Add order aid to all manually entered customer equipment records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Licensing/Added alternative sites to check for licensing should one fail&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.80/SQLink 8.2.1.9/Routines 8.2.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Currency set to Hong Kong was causing Recurring invoice failure&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Export/Strip out all HTML tags as QB is not in RTF for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Contacts Update/Bad field name was causing contact update issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Memo fields/Now strip HTML when exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/7/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Archive/Set archive queries to &amp;#039;not&amp;#039; look for unrelated records that have already been archived&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/If a repair item existed system was querying the entire customer equipment list instead of the specific item you required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/9/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Global field showing after update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.76/SQLink 8.2.1.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Send email body out as text since MAPI was dropping the info&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added Class ID to the qb export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/19/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Convert with a service item of &amp;#039;Maintenance&amp;#039; type if Scheduled Service has no items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/28/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Duplication - when duplicating customers do not duplicate billing information&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Added/Tech code to convert all Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders in anticipation of eliminating Scheduled Services&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.73&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Advanced Search/Fixed error when clicking on the &amp;#039;Notes&amp;#039; option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/15/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Email body text was not copying to Outlook when set to MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Error on sending email on some systems due to the Standard font used in all reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Not able to invoice a fully closed partial order after adding a new item to the order due to the order/invoice calculations&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Logon/Clear user/password fields after failed log on attempt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Filling inventory reconciliation and not posting the same day was moving all inventory to the virtual location&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Sales/Notes/Modified to copy Sales Site notes to Customer when converting&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/User/Fixed issue allowing an employee to set themselves as supervisor causing infinite loop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.70&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/No longer can import Notes from QuickBooks since they corrupt the SME notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/System/Do not import QuickBooks notes due to Rich Text vs HTML&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/27/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Maintenance Contracts/Error when adding Scheduled Service from Maintenance Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Import/Proposal error coming up if the user was in the proposal module and went to Utilities/Import&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Conversion/Fixed issue when converting due to item allocation when all on hand were reserved&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Print Pack/Further attempts to get printing/emailing working correctly with Print Pack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/20/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.68&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added serial numbers to GL export memo line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Printing/Print Packet was locking up when printing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock recording the &amp;#039;actual&amp;#039; date added as opposed to adding to existing stock records from another year&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQL logic/Dropped all unnecessary fields from the search building logic for  speed improvement&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Order status was not clearing due the procedure getting called twice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Deleting techs with vehicles were not removing the vehicle from the order&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Details/Fixed/Custom details were getting dropped due to flag on the header clearing on Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/16/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Views/Fields not getting dropped from views when they are dropped from the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Search/Fixed/Error when a UID was included in a search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.61&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/RMA/Fixed so the location picked when returning can be different than the default location&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Material Detail/Modified rounding for order items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.60&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Modified CSS so images can be resized&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Add Stock/Require new inventory item to be saved before adding stock&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Transactions/Modified transaction info to correctly show added stock from inventory vs system&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Notes not clearing out when exporting invoices with revised notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Save shipping addresses correctly on export to QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.59&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Modified/Creating invoice would occasionally not create due to package items&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Detail/Fixed issue when adding custom details when custom tables existed&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Cloning/Fixed customer UID not inserted on all cloned proposals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/27/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.58&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Rounding error caused by records in inventory sub table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/29/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.57&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customers/Prepaid/Activity flag not clearing out when Maintenance or Warranty was selected on a prepaid order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Speed/Modified SQL to speed up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed Rate/Fixed bug due to calculating when percent was less than zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.55&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Grids/Rebuild with underscore in the name due to bug in the component&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/25/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.54&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified to keep prompting for a file name as long as the view name is blank&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modules/Saving-Restoring views when sub grids change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Dispatch/Set dispatch default timer to 10 minutes if it has not been set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/18/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.53 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/011/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed tabbing in editors&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Codes/Fixed uploading/downloading for tech codes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Added due date to the grids&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent item field was not clearing when deleted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/28/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Fixed Quick Jump logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/21/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Changed to always go to the first record on Radio button changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Modified to not drop the current view if closing orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/17/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Error when using Next/Last button and only one record in the filtered data&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Change order filters and queries loading for modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/View lookup modification to do lookups on limited field list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modified to only use a limited field list and not every field in the grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Next-Last button not actually saving the &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; record looked at&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modifying queries that load the search grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Redo image handling when converting orders with 100&amp;#039;s of images&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Speed when opening PO with 100KK of inventory items&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Parent Item/Programed the drop down to do a lookup of items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/02/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.46&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Routines/Library revision to compile under SQL 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/26/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.45&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Parent Item lookup not loading the list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed/RTF conversion issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service/Install/Fixed blocking routines keeping order from closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.43 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.42&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Worked with component to get cursor working&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/A/V error when saving new records into SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/07/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.41&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Moved document field to directory to only show on the stored documents tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Error when converting service items from packages to orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option for time stamp in memos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when deleting a class which was a child of another class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Component for memo editing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/03/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Getting error when emailing due to new report components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.35&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot net error on allocation&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/How order quantity is calculated for PO generation&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Made the doc directory field path smaller to free up screen real estate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Embedded the Windows path to the CSS in each order since occasionally it was not found.&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Added/Email template bodies - can now set up email templates and use in the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Grids causing errors when selecting columns from the column picker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/20/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.32&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Remove limit on number of days for calculating finance charges&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Travel Charges and other charges not carrying to the invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Refresh setting in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; System was not refreshing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Fixed/Custom table for Customer Equipment was not named correctly causing issues with search availability&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Modified/Changed wording in designer from &amp;#039;Boolean&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;True/False&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Modified/Changed ordering of tabbing on Prepaid Service Editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Excel export will now default to .xlsx &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/PO Status not updating when a PO was closed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/23/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Removal of a field was causing the forms to malfunction and lock up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was getting stuck in single user mode in SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/20/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Expanded width of document directory fields to 255 characters to match Windows conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot Net error converting orders due to new &amp;#039;Auto Deliver Reserved on Invoice&amp;#039; flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Invoice line now displays as long date Month/day/year&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Custom reports now backed up to common files Reports\backup in a zip file&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Virtual warehouse showing up for selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/02/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Added/Bid Code required flag &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Class now changes when Service item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was not functional&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Virtual warehouse was showing for serial number selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/28/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Price Book change on Rates tab now changes the price book on all un-invoiced items on the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/25/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Customer Equipment serial number not filling in when linked on invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Added flag to automatically set reserved when invoicing an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Purchase Orders receiving items with vendor item costs was updating inventory record, but adding material details with incorrect cost&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fix/Parent item changes when item was not a QB item&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Revised Fix/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Proposal-Order linking tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompts when there is no data found for the report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/16/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tech Code to upload custom reports (988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed\Payments now use the specific account assigned to the pay method and not a generic account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/12/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database and issues with database getting stuck in single user mode when updating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Memo fields were scrambling text when scrolling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/29/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database when making new alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/06/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Memo editor now uses CCS for text styling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Updates to custom memo editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Released 8.2 as new version with custom revision to editing functionality. 8.2 is exactly the same as 8.1 with the exception of editing. &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Taxes on Fixed rates tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields - tech code 8316&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/26/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.136&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Editor for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.135&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added vendor name to the vendor item lookup&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Customer&amp;gt; History&amp;gt; Recurring Order double click an order resulted in error&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Arriving start time of 12:00 now correctly calculates scheduled time&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Subcontractor tab - added Company &amp;amp; Account Number to the history grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.134&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added flags to better handle when order items are voided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Corrected bug when some parameters are not available in another module and you use the view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Batch PO/Fixed bad field names in Search view&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Subcontractor view not pulling in the subcontractors in Details and Settings or the labor editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Fixed/Is Active flag not always allowing saving&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Save-Restore grid filter&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Added Status panel to the bottom of the form and logic to show specific stats; number of records, number of PO&amp;#039;s generated, how many PO&amp;#039;s should generate based on filter conditions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/When converting Proposals from Cloned orders for new customers, and the customer does not exist, create the customer from the proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.131&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Designer/Added time sheets to specifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.130&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Issue when auto emailing Purchase Orders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.129&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Assigned to field length mismatch between Activity Table and modules was causing errors when generating recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.128&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Added a wait processor to the email function to attempt to avoid the Socket error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code for customer specific issue&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Issue recalculating inventory detail when item quantities change for items on orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Report table source to avoid long queries when writing reports combining order/invoice modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Modified queries for standard reports. Cleanup bad queries, etc… &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.124/SQLink 8.1.5.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Added equipment details for service, install, and invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Ability to filter to sub details on report detail specifiers tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Item Cost &amp;amp; Item Price as calculated fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Exporting Proposal discounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Can now preview a report regardless of type from the designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Fixed: Set the override cost flag based on customer custom settings AFTER initializing for the first time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Drop triggers when converting to avoid running unnecessarily&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Force index rebuild after conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Pay methods/Do not clear Pay method QBID when importing. Use pay method QBID for payment reference&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Inventory/Tech code to check between inventory detail and material detail for counts that do *not match and recalculate counts.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Toggling the lock cost flag was not correctly updating the cost from equipment items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated conversion to handle converting from older versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.119&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting designer components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.118&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Limited release to correct UID generation on custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records/Modified so the Available count is always set to the Billable Quantity&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified to allow for zero in the included count for labor records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified for Proposal to match orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Make sure copies are set to 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/22/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.115&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Grids/Added Actual cost and Average Cost to order grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.114&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to show is standard flag&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Global/Modified no longer jumps to first record in table when deleting a record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.113&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed Override Cost to Lock Cost&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed functionality to not change cost even if item number changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed the report file name disappearing&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to limit query pulls to 1 record to speed development of reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.112&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Functionality changes to the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/07/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the Master Data pipeline settings to the report designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to include all possible custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added logic to check if the table exists in the query before running the report&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Update notes field to track changes to reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added function, &amp;#039;CTRL-U&amp;#039; to add time stamp editor to the notes window&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;802&amp;#039; now prompts to export, Custom, Standard, or Both&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;12916&amp;#039; options to clean up existing reports. &lt;br /&gt;
#Delete – Will delete all doc entries in SME and RTM files… only to be used with High5 support&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete MISMATCH – SME will scan the reports folders and delete report showing up in search without an actual report in the file system.&lt;br /&gt;
#Clean Directory – Will transverse the report files and check if it’s actually used. If unused the report will be deleted unless it’s a template report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed Test Query so the &amp;#039;preview&amp;#039; tab in the designer now works&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed speed issue opening query reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the report file name to the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Timesheets/Fixed deleting timesheet was not recalculating the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Revised tech codes 135/136&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/17/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Reviewing all custom reports for SME to make sure all of the latest changes are working&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Embedding pictures broke with reporting component update. Found a way to correct the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Certifications/Fixed loading the vendor name from the tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/From Mobile/Create and initialize custom record information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/15/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification added to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Vendor lookup added to tech certifications&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Vendor/Added vendor lookup to the tech certification editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Tables/Added tech certifications to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed Invoice/Fixed calculating invoiced status on fixed invoices with order details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/11/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/After creating a new order set the focus on the order summary&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified root reports to use two new folders under the High5Software\Reports folder. Now Reports\Standard - SME canned reports and Reports\Custom - customer custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified saving of reports to always prefix with Standard, if a canned report and Custom for all custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders &amp;amp; Invoices/On new orders set focus on order summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set vendor name field from tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Images in text fields not getting correctly embedded since a component update broke the logic to embed the image.&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech code 135 now rebuilds standard reports and cleans up custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Keep the report name in the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Speed when opening reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Time Sheets/Deleting a time sheet record was not always recalculating the time fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Flag item discounts as nontaxable regardless of default setting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Infinite loop issue for updating orders with many serialized items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue opening orders with CL in the HTML string.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Package export. Items not set as summarized if export set as summarized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/02/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Getting seat count when logged in as Admin&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompt when running tech code 12916 asking if you want to keep custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Inventory Snapshot report&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code to delete all custom reports and restore only standard reports-12916&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code 802 - now prompts to backup only custom reports for uploading to High5&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/All High5 reports will be prefixed with the word &amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/When opening designer make sure all reports have a file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/28/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.100&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Report editing taking too long to open up when editing a report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/25/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Services/Fixed/Day count was off by 1 due to leap year&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/If Assigned To was a Work Group the work group name would not populate&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue when selecting items from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Transfer/Fixed/If the transfer does not have a detail connection relink the data or create a new link and use it&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Information on the Class prompt dialogue pop-up&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Default Price Book. Setting is under: Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Customer Defaults&amp;gt; Rates &amp;amp; Charges Defaults&amp;gt; Price Book.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Issues/Modified to integrate better with auto incoming email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Rewrote data import from Order Items tab to include cost and retail&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Removed vendor update prompt when the vendor flag in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Inventory is &amp;#039;UnChecked&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Will now update inventory if any markup flags are set&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Tech Code to batch process all inventory items with any Markup flags set&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Class requirement for PO module now optional&lt;br /&gt;
*Of the above items the PO Class &amp;amp; Vendor prompt are new flags on the Setup&amp;gt; company&amp;gt; inventory page in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryOptions.98.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6457</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - 8.2 Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6457"/>
		<updated>2020-05-11T15:10:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date:  5/8/2020 Version: 8.2.1.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified auto upload/update FTP locations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/1/2020 Version: 8.2.1.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Added ability to add Non Inventory items from the Orders Modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Adding new service item from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/17/2020 Version: 8.2.1.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Query correction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/10/2020 Version: 8.2.1.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Landed Costs/Modified functionality. Added grid sorting and selection. Added Action Item to the menu for adjusting individual landed costs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/20/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added custom tables to Service Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Importing package items on the Order Items and material tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/misspelling on backup prompt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/07/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Report designer error when accessing some tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Do not add CSS lines to signatures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/31/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items are now linked directly to the material details&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items PO&amp;#039;s are now updating Cost/Retail based on the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Assigning Email addresses to Copy and Blind Copy fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Sort order of email addresses in address selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/15/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.100/SQLink 8.2.1.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added export Invoice Summary to QuickBooks Invoice Memo&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Removed all but one blank line on the QuickBooks invoice for Service notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Groups/Fixed/User group options not showing after a change&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Setup/Log Tab/Right Click Export log now functioning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Added key fields to order conversion to speed conversion&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Tech Code/Updated Scheduled Service to Recurring Orders conversion to only use the existing date information from Scheduled Services in Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/16/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Subtotaling update on all Order Item grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/26/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/TLS version to work with Microsoft Office365 email&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Added/SMPSystem to the module grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified the grid. It can now be rearranged&lt;br /&gt;
*Modules/Modified/Added Is Equipment flag to all Order Item Tabs for all modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Conversion issues regarding database connections during the process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/7/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data Conversion/Clear all functions prior to starting the conversion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/31/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data/Normalized all numeric fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/17/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch Print/Component freezing due to grid update&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Reverse/Corrected reversing an RMA&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Jump to order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/Updated the reporting HTML component with added functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.92 Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/10/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Converting/Set Scheduled Services ending date when it&amp;#039;s not set prior to conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagating/Now correctly propagates all address and email info. Must be processed separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/29/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Fixed/Customer UID was not filling in and writing the batch record details to the customer Journal&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Invoice/Fixed error on order to invoice conversion when the error was a zero records error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added a system UID for any place in SME where an order UID was not written. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/5/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Using the .87 query method to manage all propagation. Propagation was timing out on long running queries&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Now updates all associated module records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Method to remove long running queries from the application into SQL for quicker processing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring Orders/Fixed issues when converting Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Compliance/Reviewing tech compliance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.85 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Completed/Reversing an RMA. Still not compatible with all types of RMAs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.84- not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.83 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Reversing RMA and adding item back to stock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.81/SQLink 8.2.1.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified/Add order aid to all manually entered customer equipment records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Licensing/Added alternative sites to check for licensing should one fail&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.80/SQLink 8.2.1.9/Routines 8.2.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Currency set to Hong Kong was causing Recurring invoice failure&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Export/Strip out all HTML tags as QB is not in RTF for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Contacts Update/Bad field name was causing contact update issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Memo fields/Now strip HTML when exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/7/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Archive/Set archive queries to &amp;#039;not&amp;#039; look for unrelated records that have already been archived&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/If a repair item existed system was querying the entire customer equipment list instead of the specific item you required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/9/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Global field showing after update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.76/SQLink 8.2.1.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Send email body out as text since MAPI was dropping the info&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added Class ID to the qb export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/19/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Convert with a service item of &amp;#039;Maintenance&amp;#039; type if Scheduled Service has no items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/28/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Duplication - when duplicating customers do not duplicate billing information&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Added/Tech code to convert all Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders in anticipation of eliminating Scheduled Services&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.73&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Advanced Search/Fixed error when clicking on the &amp;#039;Notes&amp;#039; option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/15/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Email body text was not copying to Outlook when set to MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Error on sending email on some systems due to the Standard font used in all reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Not able to invoice a fully closed partial order after adding a new item to the order due to the order/invoice calculations&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Logon/Clear user/password fields after failed log on attempt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Filling inventory reconciliation and not posting the same day was moving all inventory to the virtual location&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Sales/Notes/Modified to copy Sales Site notes to Customer when converting&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/User/Fixed issue allowing an employee to set themselves as supervisor causing infinite loop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.70&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/No longer can import Notes from QuickBooks since they corrupt the SME notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/System/Do not import QuickBooks notes due to Rich Text vs HTML&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/27/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Maintenance Contracts/Error when adding Scheduled Service from Maintenance Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Import/Proposal error coming up if the user was in the proposal module and went to Utilities/Import&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Conversion/Fixed issue when converting due to item allocation when all on hand were reserved&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Print Pack/Further attempts to get printing/emailing working correctly with Print Pack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/20/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.68&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added serial numbers to GL export memo line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Printing/Print Packet was locking up when printing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock recording the &amp;#039;actual&amp;#039; date added as opposed to adding to existing stock records from another year&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQL logic/Dropped all unnecessary fields from the search building logic for  speed improvement&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Order status was not clearing due the procedure getting called twice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Deleting techs with vehicles were not removing the vehicle from the order&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Details/Fixed/Custom details were getting dropped due to flag on the header clearing on Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/16/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Views/Fields not getting dropped from views when they are dropped from the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Search/Fixed/Error when a UID was included in a search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.61&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/RMA/Fixed so the location picked when returning can be different than the default location&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Material Detail/Modified rounding for order items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.60&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Modified CSS so images can be resized&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Add Stock/Require new inventory item to be saved before adding stock&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Transactions/Modified transaction info to correctly show added stock from inventory vs system&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Notes not clearing out when exporting invoices with revised notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Save shipping addresses correctly on export to QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.59&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Modified/Creating invoice would occasionally not create due to package items&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Detail/Fixed issue when adding custom details when custom tables existed&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Cloning/Fixed customer UID not inserted on all cloned proposals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/27/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.58&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Rounding error caused by records in inventory sub table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/29/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.57&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customers/Prepaid/Activity flag not clearing out when Maintenance or Warranty was selected on a prepaid order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Speed/Modified SQL to speed up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed Rate/Fixed bug due to calculating when percent was less than zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.55&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Grids/Rebuild with underscore in the name due to bug in the component&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/25/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.54&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified to keep prompting for a file name as long as the view name is blank&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modules/Saving-Restoring views when sub grids change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Dispatch/Set dispatch default timer to 10 minutes if it has not been set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/18/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.53 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/011/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed tabbing in editors&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Codes/Fixed uploading/downloading for tech codes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Added due date to the grids&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent item field was not clearing when deleted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/28/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Fixed Quick Jump logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/21/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Changed to always go to the first record on Radio button changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Modified to not drop the current view if closing orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/17/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Error when using Next/Last button and only one record in the filtered data&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Change order filters and queries loading for modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/View lookup modification to do lookups on limited field list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modified to only use a limited field list and not every field in the grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Next-Last button not actually saving the &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; record looked at&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modifying queries that load the search grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Redo image handling when converting orders with 100&amp;#039;s of images&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Speed when opening PO with 100KK of inventory items&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Parent Item/Programed the drop down to do a lookup of items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/02/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.46&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Routines/Library revision to compile under SQL 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/26/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.45&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Parent Item lookup not loading the list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed/RTF conversion issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service/Install/Fixed blocking routines keeping order from closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.43 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.42&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Worked with component to get cursor working&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/A/V error when saving new records into SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/07/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.41&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Moved document field to directory to only show on the stored documents tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Error when converting service items from packages to orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option for time stamp in memos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when deleting a class which was a child of another class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Component for memo editing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/03/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Getting error when emailing due to new report components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.35&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot net error on allocation&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/How order quantity is calculated for PO generation&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Made the doc directory field path smaller to free up screen real estate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Embedded the Windows path to the CSS in each order since occasionally it was not found.&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Added/Email template bodies - can now set up email templates and use in the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Grids causing errors when selecting columns from the column picker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/20/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.32&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Remove limit on number of days for calculating finance charges&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Travel Charges and other charges not carrying to the invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Refresh setting in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; System was not refreshing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Fixed/Custom table for Customer Equipment was not named correctly causing issues with search availability&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Modified/Changed wording in designer from &amp;#039;Boolean&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;True/False&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Modified/Changed ordering of tabbing on Prepaid Service Editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Excel export will now default to .xlsx &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/PO Status not updating when a PO was closed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/23/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Removal of a field was causing the forms to malfunction and lock up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was getting stuck in single user mode in SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/20/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Expanded width of document directory fields to 255 characters to match Windows conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot Net error converting orders due to new &amp;#039;Auto Deliver Reserved on Invoice&amp;#039; flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Invoice line now displays as long date Month/day/year&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Custom reports now backed up to common files Reports\backup in a zip file&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Virtual warehouse showing up for selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/02/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Added/Bid Code required flag &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Class now changes when Service item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was not functional&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Virtual warehouse was showing for serial number selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/28/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Price Book change on Rates tab now changes the price book on all un-invoiced items on the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/25/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Customer Equipment serial number not filling in when linked on invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Added flag to automatically set reserved when invoicing an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Purchase Orders receiving items with vendor item costs was updating inventory record, but adding material details with incorrect cost&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fix/Parent item changes when item was not a QB item&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Revised Fix/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Proposal-Order linking tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompts when there is no data found for the report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/16/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tech Code to upload custom reports (988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed\Payments now use the specific account assigned to the pay method and not a generic account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/12/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database and issues with database getting stuck in single user mode when updating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Memo fields were scrambling text when scrolling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/29/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database when making new alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/06/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Memo editor now uses CCS for text styling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Updates to custom memo editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Released 8.2 as new version with custom revision to editing functionality. 8.2 is exactly the same as 8.1 with the exception of editing. &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Taxes on Fixed rates tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields - tech code 8316&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/26/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.136&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Editor for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.135&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added vendor name to the vendor item lookup&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Customer&amp;gt; History&amp;gt; Recurring Order double click an order resulted in error&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Arriving start time of 12:00 now correctly calculates scheduled time&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Subcontractor tab - added Company &amp;amp; Account Number to the history grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.134&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added flags to better handle when order items are voided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Corrected bug when some parameters are not available in another module and you use the view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Batch PO/Fixed bad field names in Search view&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Subcontractor view not pulling in the subcontractors in Details and Settings or the labor editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Fixed/Is Active flag not always allowing saving&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Save-Restore grid filter&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Added Status panel to the bottom of the form and logic to show specific stats; number of records, number of PO&amp;#039;s generated, how many PO&amp;#039;s should generate based on filter conditions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/When converting Proposals from Cloned orders for new customers, and the customer does not exist, create the customer from the proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.131&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Designer/Added time sheets to specifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.130&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Issue when auto emailing Purchase Orders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.129&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Assigned to field length mismatch between Activity Table and modules was causing errors when generating recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.128&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Added a wait processor to the email function to attempt to avoid the Socket error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code for customer specific issue&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Issue recalculating inventory detail when item quantities change for items on orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Report table source to avoid long queries when writing reports combining order/invoice modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Modified queries for standard reports. Cleanup bad queries, etc… &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.124/SQLink 8.1.5.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Added equipment details for service, install, and invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Ability to filter to sub details on report detail specifiers tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Item Cost &amp;amp; Item Price as calculated fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Exporting Proposal discounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Can now preview a report regardless of type from the designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Fixed: Set the override cost flag based on customer custom settings AFTER initializing for the first time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Drop triggers when converting to avoid running unnecessarily&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Force index rebuild after conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Pay methods/Do not clear Pay method QBID when importing. Use pay method QBID for payment reference&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Inventory/Tech code to check between inventory detail and material detail for counts that do *not match and recalculate counts.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Toggling the lock cost flag was not correctly updating the cost from equipment items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated conversion to handle converting from older versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.119&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting designer components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.118&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Limited release to correct UID generation on custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records/Modified so the Available count is always set to the Billable Quantity&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified to allow for zero in the included count for labor records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified for Proposal to match orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Make sure copies are set to 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/22/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.115&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Grids/Added Actual cost and Average Cost to order grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.114&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to show is standard flag&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Global/Modified no longer jumps to first record in table when deleting a record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.113&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed Override Cost to Lock Cost&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed functionality to not change cost even if item number changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed the report file name disappearing&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to limit query pulls to 1 record to speed development of reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.112&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Functionality changes to the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/07/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the Master Data pipeline settings to the report designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to include all possible custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added logic to check if the table exists in the query before running the report&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Update notes field to track changes to reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added function, &amp;#039;CTRL-U&amp;#039; to add time stamp editor to the notes window&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;802&amp;#039; now prompts to export, Custom, Standard, or Both&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;12916&amp;#039; options to clean up existing reports. &lt;br /&gt;
#Delete – Will delete all doc entries in SME and RTM files… only to be used with High5 support&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete MISMATCH – SME will scan the reports folders and delete report showing up in search without an actual report in the file system.&lt;br /&gt;
#Clean Directory – Will transverse the report files and check if it’s actually used. If unused the report will be deleted unless it’s a template report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed Test Query so the &amp;#039;preview&amp;#039; tab in the designer now works&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed speed issue opening query reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the report file name to the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Timesheets/Fixed deleting timesheet was not recalculating the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Revised tech codes 135/136&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/17/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Reviewing all custom reports for SME to make sure all of the latest changes are working&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Embedding pictures broke with reporting component update. Found a way to correct the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Certifications/Fixed loading the vendor name from the tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/From Mobile/Create and initialize custom record information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/15/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification added to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Vendor lookup added to tech certifications&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Vendor/Added vendor lookup to the tech certification editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Tables/Added tech certifications to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed Invoice/Fixed calculating invoiced status on fixed invoices with order details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/11/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/After creating a new order set the focus on the order summary&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified root reports to use two new folders under the High5Software\Reports folder. Now Reports\Standard - SME canned reports and Reports\Custom - customer custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified saving of reports to always prefix with Standard, if a canned report and Custom for all custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders &amp;amp; Invoices/On new orders set focus on order summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set vendor name field from tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Images in text fields not getting correctly embedded since a component update broke the logic to embed the image.&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech code 135 now rebuilds standard reports and cleans up custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Keep the report name in the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Speed when opening reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Time Sheets/Deleting a time sheet record was not always recalculating the time fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Flag item discounts as nontaxable regardless of default setting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Infinite loop issue for updating orders with many serialized items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue opening orders with CL in the HTML string.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Package export. Items not set as summarized if export set as summarized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/02/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Getting seat count when logged in as Admin&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompt when running tech code 12916 asking if you want to keep custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Inventory Snapshot report&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code to delete all custom reports and restore only standard reports-12916&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code 802 - now prompts to backup only custom reports for uploading to High5&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/All High5 reports will be prefixed with the word &amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/When opening designer make sure all reports have a file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/28/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.100&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Report editing taking too long to open up when editing a report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/25/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Services/Fixed/Day count was off by 1 due to leap year&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/If Assigned To was a Work Group the work group name would not populate&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue when selecting items from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Transfer/Fixed/If the transfer does not have a detail connection relink the data or create a new link and use it&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Information on the Class prompt dialogue pop-up&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Default Price Book. Setting is under: Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Customer Defaults&amp;gt; Rates &amp;amp; Charges Defaults&amp;gt; Price Book.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Issues/Modified to integrate better with auto incoming email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Rewrote data import from Order Items tab to include cost and retail&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Removed vendor update prompt when the vendor flag in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Inventory is &amp;#039;UnChecked&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Will now update inventory if any markup flags are set&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Tech Code to batch process all inventory items with any Markup flags set&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Class requirement for PO module now optional&lt;br /&gt;
*Of the above items the PO Class &amp;amp; Vendor prompt are new flags on the Setup&amp;gt; company&amp;gt; inventory page in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryOptions.98.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6455</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - 8.2 Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_8.2_Revision_History&amp;diff=6455"/>
		<updated>2020-03-30T16:52:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/20/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added custom tables to Service Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/28/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Importing package items on the Order Items and material tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/misspelling on backup prompt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/07/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Report designer error when accessing some tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Do not add CSS lines to signatures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/31/2020/ Version: 8.2.1.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items are now linked directly to the material details&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Item/Update/Vendor items PO&amp;#039;s are now updating Cost/Retail based on the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Assigning Email addresses to Copy and Blind Copy fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Fixed/Sort order of email addresses in address selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/15/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.100/SQLink 8.2.1.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added export Invoice Summary to QuickBooks Invoice Memo&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Removed all but one blank line on the QuickBooks invoice for Service notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Groups/Fixed/User group options not showing after a change&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/User Setup/Log Tab/Right Click Export log now functioning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Added key fields to order conversion to speed conversion&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/Tech Code/Updated Scheduled Service to Recurring Orders conversion to only use the existing date information from Scheduled Services in Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 8/16/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Subtotaling update on all Order Item grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/26/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/TLS version to work with Microsoft Office365 email&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Added/SMPSystem to the module grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified the grid. It can now be rearranged&lt;br /&gt;
*Modules/Modified/Added Is Equipment flag to all Order Item Tabs for all modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 7/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Conversion issues regarding database connections during the process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 6/7/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data Conversion/Clear all functions prior to starting the conversion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/31/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Data/Normalized all numeric fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/17/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch Print/Component freezing due to grid update&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Reverse/Corrected reversing an RMA&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Jump to order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/Updated the reporting HTML component with added functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/12/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.92 Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 5/10/2019/ Version: 8.2.1.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Converting/Set Scheduled Services ending date when it&amp;#039;s not set prior to conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagating/Now correctly propagates all address and email info. Must be processed separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/29/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Fixed/Customer UID was not filling in and writing the batch record details to the customer Journal&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Invoice/Fixed error on order to invoice conversion when the error was a zero records error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added a system UID for any place in SME where an order UID was not written. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 4/5/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Using the .87 query method to manage all propagation. Propagation was timing out on long running queries&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Propagate/Now updates all associated module records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/22/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Method to remove long running queries from the application into SQL for quicker processing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 3/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Recurring Orders/Fixed issues when converting Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Compliance/Reviewing tech compliance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.85 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Completed/Reversing an RMA. Still not compatible with all types of RMAs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.84- not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.83 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 2/1/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Added/Reversing RMA and adding item back to stock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.81/SQLink 8.2.1.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Modified/Add order aid to all manually entered customer equipment records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Licensing/Added alternative sites to check for licensing should one fail&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 1/25/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.80/SQLink 8.2.1.9/Routines 8.2.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Currency set to Hong Kong was causing Recurring invoice failure&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Export/Strip out all HTML tags as QB is not in RTF for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Contacts Update/Bad field name was causing contact update issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Memo fields/Now strip HTML when exporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/7/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Archive/Set archive queries to &amp;#039;not&amp;#039; look for unrelated records that have already been archived&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/If a repair item existed system was querying the entire customer equipment list instead of the specific item you required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/9/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Global field showing after update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.76/SQLink 8.2.1.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Send email body out as text since MAPI was dropping the info&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added Class ID to the qb export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/19/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Convert with a service item of &amp;#039;Maintenance&amp;#039; type if Scheduled Service has no items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/28/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Duplication - when duplicating customers do not duplicate billing information&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Service/Added/Tech code to convert all Scheduled Services to Recurring Orders in anticipation of eliminating Scheduled Services&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/26/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.73&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Advanced Search/Fixed error when clicking on the &amp;#039;Notes&amp;#039; option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/15/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Email body text was not copying to Outlook when set to MAPI&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Error on sending email on some systems due to the Standard font used in all reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Not able to invoice a fully closed partial order after adding a new item to the order due to the order/invoice calculations&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Logon/Clear user/password fields after failed log on attempt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Filling inventory reconciliation and not posting the same day was moving all inventory to the virtual location&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Sales/Notes/Modified to copy Sales Site notes to Customer when converting&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/User/Fixed issue allowing an employee to set themselves as supervisor causing infinite loop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2018/ Version: 8.2.1.70&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/No longer can import Notes from QuickBooks since they corrupt the SME notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SME/System/Do not import QuickBooks notes due to Rich Text vs HTML&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/27/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Maintenance Contracts/Error when adding Scheduled Service from Maintenance Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Import/Proposal error coming up if the user was in the proposal module and went to Utilities/Import&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Conversion/Fixed issue when converting due to item allocation when all on hand were reserved&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Print Pack/Further attempts to get printing/emailing working correctly with Print Pack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/20/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.68&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added serial numbers to GL export memo line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Printing/Print Packet was locking up when printing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock recording the &amp;#039;actual&amp;#039; date added as opposed to adding to existing stock records from another year&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/SQL logic/Dropped all unnecessary fields from the search building logic for  speed improvement&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Order status was not clearing due the procedure getting called twice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Deleting techs with vehicles were not removing the vehicle from the order&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Details/Fixed/Custom details were getting dropped due to flag on the header clearing on Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/16/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Views/Fields not getting dropped from views when they are dropped from the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/8/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Search/Fixed/Error when a UID was included in a search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.61&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/RMA/Fixed so the location picked when returning can be different than the default location&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Material Detail/Modified rounding for order items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2018/ Version: 8.2.0.60&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Modified CSS so images can be resized&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Add Stock/Require new inventory item to be saved before adding stock&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Transactions/Modified transaction info to correctly show added stock from inventory vs system&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Notes not clearing out when exporting invoices with revised notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Save shipping addresses correctly on export to QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.59&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Modified/Creating invoice would occasionally not create due to package items&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Detail/Fixed issue when adding custom details when custom tables existed&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Cloning/Fixed customer UID not inserted on all cloned proposals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/27/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.58&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Rounding error caused by records in inventory sub table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/29/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.57&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customers/Prepaid/Activity flag not clearing out when Maintenance or Warranty was selected on a prepaid order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Speed/Modified SQL to speed up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed Rate/Fixed bug due to calculating when percent was less than zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.55&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Grids/Rebuild with underscore in the name due to bug in the component&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/25/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.54&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified to keep prompting for a file name as long as the view name is blank&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modules/Saving-Restoring views when sub grids change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Dispatch/Set dispatch default timer to 10 minutes if it has not been set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/18/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.53 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/011/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed tabbing in editors&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Codes/Fixed uploading/downloading for tech codes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.51&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Added due date to the grids&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Parent item field was not clearing when deleted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/28/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Fixed Quick Jump logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/21/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Changed to always go to the first record on Radio button changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Views/Modified to not drop the current view if closing orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/17/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Error when using Next/Last button and only one record in the filtered data&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Change order filters and queries loading for modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/View lookup modification to do lookups on limited field list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modified to only use a limited field list and not every field in the grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Navigation/Next-Last button not actually saving the &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; record looked at&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Modifying queries that load the search grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Redo image handling when converting orders with 100&amp;#039;s of images&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Speed when opening PO with 100KK of inventory items&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Parent Item/Programed the drop down to do a lookup of items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/02/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.46&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Routines/Library revision to compile under SQL 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/26/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.45&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Parent Item lookup not loading the list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Fixed/RTF conversion issues&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service/Install/Fixed blocking routines keeping order from closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.43 - not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/01/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.42&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Editor/Worked with component to get cursor working&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/A/V error when saving new records into SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/07/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.41&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Moved document field to directory to only show on the stored documents tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Error when converting service items from packages to orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option for time stamp in memos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when deleting a class which was a child of another class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/04/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Component for memo editing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/03/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Getting error when emailing due to new report components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/24/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.35&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot net error on allocation&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/How order quantity is calculated for PO generation&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Made the doc directory field path smaller to free up screen real estate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/10/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Embedded the Windows path to the CSS in each order since occasionally it was not found.&lt;br /&gt;
*Email/Added/Email template bodies - can now set up email templates and use in the modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Grids causing errors when selecting columns from the column picker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/20/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.32&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Remove limit on number of days for calculating finance charges&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Travel Charges and other charges not carrying to the invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/16/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Refresh setting in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; System was not refreshing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2017/ Version: 8.2.0.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Fixed/Custom table for Customer Equipment was not named correctly causing issues with search availability&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom Tables/Modified/Changed wording in designer from &amp;#039;Boolean&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;True/False&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Modified/Changed ordering of tabbing on Prepaid Service Editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Excel export will now default to .xlsx &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/PO Status not updating when a PO was closed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/23/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Removal of a field was causing the forms to malfunction and lock up SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was getting stuck in single user mode in SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/20/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Expanded width of document directory fields to 255 characters to match Windows conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dot Net error converting orders due to new &amp;#039;Auto Deliver Reserved on Invoice&amp;#039; flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Invoice line now displays as long date Month/day/year&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Custom reports now backed up to common files Reports\backup in a zip file&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Virtual warehouse showing up for selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/03/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/02/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Added/Bid Code required flag &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Class now changes when Service item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Update was not functional&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Virtual warehouse was showing for serial number selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/28/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Price Book change on Rates tab now changes the price book on all un-invoiced items on the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/25/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Customer Equipment serial number not filling in when linked on invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders/Added flag to automatically set reserved when invoicing an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Purchase Orders receiving items with vendor item costs was updating inventory record, but adding material details with incorrect cost&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fix/Parent item changes when item was not a QB item&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Revised Fix/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/11/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Proposal-Order linking tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Details subtotals were not recalculating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/04/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompts when there is no data found for the report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/16/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tech Code to upload custom reports (988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink\Fixed\Payments now use the specific account assigned to the pay method and not a generic account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/12/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database and issues with database getting stuck in single user mode when updating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/08/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Memo fields were scrambling text when scrolling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/29/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Issue connecting to database when making new alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/06/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Memo editor now uses CCS for text styling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Updates to custom memo editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/05/2016/ Version: 8.2.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Released 8.2 as new version with custom revision to editing functionality. 8.2 is exactly the same as 8.1 with the exception of editing. &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Taxes on Fixed rates tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.138&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields - tech code 8316&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/26/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.137&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Report component for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.136&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Editor for memo fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.135&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added vendor name to the vendor item lookup&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Customer&amp;gt; History&amp;gt; Recurring Order double click an order resulted in error&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Arriving start time of 12:00 now correctly calculates scheduled time&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Subcontractor tab - added Company &amp;amp; Account Number to the history grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.134&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Added flags to better handle when order items are voided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.133&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Search/Corrected bug when some parameters are not available in another module and you use the view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Batch PO/Fixed bad field names in Search view&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Subcontractor view not pulling in the subcontractors in Details and Settings or the labor editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Fixed/Is Active flag not always allowing saving&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.132&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Save-Restore grid filter&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Bulk Purchase Order/Added Status panel to the bottom of the form and logic to show specific stats; number of records, number of PO&amp;#039;s generated, how many PO&amp;#039;s should generate based on filter conditions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/When converting Proposals from Cloned orders for new customers, and the customer does not exist, create the customer from the proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.131&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Designer/Added time sheets to specifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.130&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Issue when auto emailing Purchase Orders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.129&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Assigned to field length mismatch between Activity Table and modules was causing errors when generating recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.128&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Added a wait processor to the email function to attempt to avoid the Socket error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.127&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code for customer specific issue&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Issue recalculating inventory detail when item quantities change for items on orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.126&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Report table source to avoid long queries when writing reports combining order/invoice modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.125&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Modified queries for standard reports. Cleanup bad queries, etc… &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.124/SQLink 8.1.5.33&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Added equipment details for service, install, and invoice reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Ability to filter to sub details on report detail specifiers tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Added/Item Cost &amp;amp; Item Price as calculated fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Exporting Proposal discounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Can now preview a report regardless of type from the designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.122&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Fixed: Set the override cost flag based on customer custom settings AFTER initializing for the first time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/13/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.121&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Drop triggers when converting to avoid running unnecessarily&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Force index rebuild after conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Pay methods/Do not clear Pay method QBID when importing. Use pay method QBID for payment reference&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Inventory/Tech code to check between inventory detail and material detail for counts that do *not match and recalculate counts.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Order Item Editor/Toggling the lock cost flag was not correctly updating the cost from equipment items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/31/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.120&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated conversion to handle converting from older versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/30/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.119&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting designer components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.118&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Updated reporting HTML components to the latest versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/24/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.117&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Limited release to correct UID generation on custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.116&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records/Modified so the Available count is always set to the Billable Quantity&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified to allow for zero in the included count for labor records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Task Records /Modified for Proposal to match orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Email/Make sure copies are set to 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/22/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.115&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Grids/Added Actual cost and Average Cost to order grids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/10/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.114&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to show is standard flag&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Global/Modified no longer jumps to first record in table when deleting a record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/09/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.113&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed Override Cost to Lock Cost&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Item Editors/Changed functionality to not change cost even if item number changes&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed the report file name disappearing&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to limit query pulls to 1 record to speed development of reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/08/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.112&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Functionality changes to the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03/07/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.111&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the Master Data pipeline settings to the report designer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/23/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.110&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified to include all possible custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added logic to check if the table exists in the query before running the report&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Update notes field to track changes to reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added function, &amp;#039;CTRL-U&amp;#039; to add time stamp editor to the notes window&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;802&amp;#039; now prompts to export, Custom, Standard, or Both&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified tech code &amp;#039;12916&amp;#039; options to clean up existing reports. &lt;br /&gt;
#Delete – Will delete all doc entries in SME and RTM files… only to be used with High5 support&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete MISMATCH – SME will scan the reports folders and delete report showing up in search without an actual report in the file system.&lt;br /&gt;
#Clean Directory – Will transverse the report files and check if it’s actually used. If unused the report will be deleted unless it’s a template report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/19/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.109&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed Test Query so the &amp;#039;preview&amp;#039; tab in the designer now works&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Fixed speed issue opening query reports&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Added the report file name to the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Timesheets/Fixed deleting timesheet was not recalculating the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/18/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.108&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Revised tech codes 135/136&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/17/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.107&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Reviewing all custom reports for SME to make sure all of the latest changes are working&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Memo fields/Embedding pictures broke with reporting component update. Found a way to correct the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Certifications/Fixed loading the vendor name from the tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/From Mobile/Create and initialize custom record information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/15/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.106&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification added to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Vendor lookup added to tech certifications&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Vendor/Added vendor lookup to the tech certification editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Custom Tables/Added tech certifications to the custom tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed Invoice/Fixed calculating invoiced status on fixed invoices with order details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/11/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.105&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/After creating a new order set the focus on the order summary&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified root reports to use two new folders under the High5Software\Reports folder. Now Reports\Standard - SME canned reports and Reports\Custom - customer custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Reports/Modified saving of reports to always prefix with Standard, if a canned report and Custom for all custom reports.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Orders &amp;amp; Invoices/On new orders set focus on order summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/05/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.104&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set vendor name field from tech certification screen&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Images in text fields not getting correctly embedded since a component update broke the logic to embed the image.&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech code 135 now rebuilds standard reports and cleans up custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Keep the report name in the caption of the designer&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Speed when opening reports&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Time Sheets/Deleting a time sheet record was not always recalculating the time fields&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Flag item discounts as nontaxable regardless of default setting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/04/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.103&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Infinite loop issue for updating orders with many serialized items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue opening orders with CL in the HTML string.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Package export. Items not set as summarized if export set as summarized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02/02/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.102&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Getting seat count when logged in as Admin&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Prompt when running tech code 12916 asking if you want to keep custom reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/29/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.101&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Fixed/Inventory Snapshot report&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code to delete all custom reports and restore only standard reports-12916&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Tech Code 802 - now prompts to backup only custom reports for uploading to High5&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/All High5 reports will be prefixed with the word &amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/When opening designer make sure all reports have a file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/28/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.100&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Report editing taking too long to open up when editing a report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/25/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Services/Fixed/Day count was off by 1 due to leap year&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/If Assigned To was a Work Group the work group name would not populate&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue when selecting items from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Transfer/Fixed/If the transfer does not have a detail connection relink the data or create a new link and use it&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Information on the Class prompt dialogue pop-up&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Default Price Book. Setting is under: Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Customer Defaults&amp;gt; Rates &amp;amp; Charges Defaults&amp;gt; Price Book.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Issues/Modified to integrate better with auto incoming email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Rewrote data import from Order Items tab to include cost and retail&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Removed vendor update prompt when the vendor flag in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Inventory is &amp;#039;UnChecked&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Will now update inventory if any markup flags are set&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Tech Code to batch process all inventory items with any Markup flags set&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Class requirement for PO module now optional&lt;br /&gt;
*Of the above items the PO Class &amp;amp; Vendor prompt are new flags on the Setup&amp;gt; company&amp;gt; inventory page in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryOptions.98.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Company&amp;diff=6454</id>
		<title>Company</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Company&amp;diff=6454"/>
		<updated>2020-03-16T20:24:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: /* Lookup Lists */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In the Setup module, select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to setup user groups, customize lookup lists (drop down values),  set customer defaults and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Setup Groups:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company Information&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Upload you logo, select SME colors and set fiscal year starting date.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;System&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Set password requirements, technician hours and other system settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Set next order and invoice numbers, set default exporting to QuickBooks, set dispatch colors and various other order settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Printing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Select default template for report.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Inventory&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Default settings for inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Defaults&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Set default values for customer records, create custom customer fields and decide how you want customer account numbers to be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Customize the drop down values in fields throughout SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Common Services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Assign a key word to a block of text which you can enter into orders and notes throughout SME by selecting the keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Notifications&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Setup notification templates which you can assign to customers to alert user when taking action (e.g. alert user to not create an order for customer because they are past due or alert user when creating order that the customer is VIP) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;User Groups&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Each user needs to be assigned to a user group. The user group determines your user&amp;#039;s permission to modules and features throughout SME. Setup user groups here. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PayPros&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Cred card processing info.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Recurring Settings&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - setup info to manage when generate recurring occurs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Company Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you need to add your address and company contact information, upload a logo, select your fiscal year starting date and select SME colors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Address Information:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The address entered here will display on reports such as service orders and invoices. Click Edit and enter your company address, phone, email and webpage. You might want your email address to be a generic address such as info@... Or sales@... &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CompanyInformation.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Upload Logo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The logo you upload here will display on reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (on the left).&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Logo Options&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Browse for your logo and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select Company Colors&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Company Color you select will show as the main background color in SME. The Secondary color is the color that shows on various buttons (image below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Colors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select Company Color&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       In the Color window, select color and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and the color will change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The System Defaults section is where you will set password requirements, technician work hours for dispatch, and various settings and defaults described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:SystemDefaults_Part1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Password Requirements&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; in image above)&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you can require your users to use passwords to log in and set password length requirements. You set the passwords for your users in the [[Users]] section of the Setup module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Password Expires after &amp;#039;X&amp;#039; days. Upon expiration the user is presented with a window to change their password.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: password cannot be longer than 8 characters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Technician Work Hours&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;  in image above)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tech Hours Per Day&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When you schedule a technician either in dispatch or using labor item, this is the number of hours that will be scheduled by default. You can    increase or decrease hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Start Time&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Order Dispatch window will use the start time and hours to determine the hours you can schedule your techs.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dispatch Refresh in seconds&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - enter how frequently you want the dispatch window to refresh. Usually 0. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dispatch Hours Per Day&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Enter the number of hours you want to show on the dispatch calendar. (If &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Start Time&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is 7am, and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Hours per Day&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is 10 hours, then dispatch calendar shows 7am - 5pm)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Scan Button and Command Line&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;  in image above)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you have a scanner that can accept a command line then you can set this up and within stored docs you can launch your scanner for scan or display. We have a customer that developed a product that works with the Scan Command Line in SME and provides full document storage and scanning. If you use this scanner then you can set it up and within stored docs you can launch your scanner for scan or display. We can put you in touch with them to purchase their scanner product. If you don&amp;#039;t go with these solutions, you would need some other application that would communicate between SME and the scanners. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Additional System Defaults&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;  in image below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:SystemDefaults Part2.2017.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Below is a description of each setting, however most of the settings in this section are self explanatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reset YTD totals at the start of fiscal year&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – YTD totals are found in the Customer Accounts tab, showing the customer totals year to date.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Hide data path in status bar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – the status bar is at the bottom of SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Require Proposal Approval to Close or Convert to Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – If checked, proposals require approval before they can convert them to orders. If not approved yet, users will receive a message prompting approval.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;When converting proposals:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Copy services requested to services requested&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - services requested in proposal will copy to services requested on the order generated by the proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Copy services requested to services performed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - services requested in proposal will copy to services performed on the order generated by the proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Show Site Address on Dispatch Page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – If checked, the site address will show on the order scheduled on the Order Dispatch window.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default the Customer Billing Address to the Site Address&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – If this is checked, the address you type in the site address tab will carry over to the billing address tab. This saves you from having to click “set from site” on the billing tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default the Customer Mailing Address to the Site Address&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If this is checked, the address you type in the site address tab will carry over to the mailing address tab. This saves you from having to click “set from site” on the mailing tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Calculate Commission Based on Profit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – If this is checked, the salesperson’s commission will be calculated off the profit, not the total.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Limit Overview to Current/Fiscal Year&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – The overview is found by clicking [[File:OverviewButton.jpg]] in the main form elements tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Allow Journal Edits&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - this is related to Journal Notes. Currently not functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Include blank zone for item selection&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- With this checked, if a work order has a zone, then stock would be available to reserve from in warehouses with no zone as well as matching zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Auto Notify on New Issues&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Automatically backup data at ___time every day&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A backup file will be created and saved in your SME User folder at the time specified&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn off Multi Thread Sorting&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - To disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and Server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Number of digits after the decimal point for currency&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Windows now handles this through regional settings. Go to [[Decimal Spaces]] to see how to setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Random order numbers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – If checked, order numbers will be generated randomly&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Max Activity Check __ Minutes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SLA Status Time Check __ Minutes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Calculate finance charges when invoice is __ days past due&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - see [[Late Fees / Finance Charges]] page for more information&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Require Class Assignment&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – If checked, user cannot save customer record until the Class is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;When entering payments, show subcontractor costs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – If this option is checked, when a payment is received SME it will check all the orders and highlight any service items with subcontractors selected and show the cost.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lock Salesperson&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – If checked, can&amp;#039;t change salesperson on proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;On Service items, base Subcontractor cost on item price&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – When adding a service item to an order, there is a percent markup field for the service and you can also select a subcontractor to perform the service. If this option is NOT check, the percent markup is multiplied by the service cost to get the price. If this box IS checked, the price is fixed and cost paid to subcontractor is based on a percentage off the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Wait time ___ seconds&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Waits x number of seconds after a record is posted to see if an activity pops. Should be 0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mark Reference Number with Source&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Reference Field updated with source. (S – Service, W – Install, P – Proposal)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Memo Font&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Set Default Font on Memo Fields&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Document Directory&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - The directory select here will always be the default directory selected when you go to add a stored document to a record. This eliminates the need to always browse to the correct folder where the files are saved that need to be added to the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Common File Directory&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – The data directory and common files path that contains custom report files and logs.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Web Connect URL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – No longer in use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Order Defaults section in the Setup Module where you will set various defaults such as colors associated with orders, beginning order and invoice numbers, finance charge past due dates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When getting started with SME, you may want to set the next order numbers, proposal number or next PO number.  If you previously used a number system, you can set SME to pick up where you left off here. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Next Invoice #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; will be populated from QuickBooks after your initial sync. View the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Invoice Numbers in SME and QuickBooks]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; page for information on keeping the next invoice number in sync between SME &amp;amp; QB. If you don&amp;#039;t want QB to update the next invoice number in SME, you&amp;#039;ll need to change the setting in SQLink showin on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Invoice Numbers in SME and QuickBooks]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NextOrderNumbers.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    In SME, select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Setup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Fill out the next number in the section on the top left (circled in the image to the right)&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Default Export to QuickBooks Options&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DefaultExportToQBSettings.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you are syncing SME with QuickBooks, choose which SME forms export to QuickBooks by default. Click [[Default Export to QuickBooks Settings]] to learn how.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Order Options&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:SetupCompanyOrderSettings.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Don&amp;#039;t tax labor only orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - taxes won&amp;#039;t be calculated if the only charge on an order is labor.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Require at least one assigned tech to post an order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - For invoices - can’t post without a labor record. For orders – can’t close the order without a labor record&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Automatically close fully invoiced orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - With this checked, when you invoice an open order, SME will automatically close the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Require order to be closed to invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - With this checked, you won&amp;#039;t be able to invoice an open order. The order will have to be closed before invoicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Require Compliance Codes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - With this checked, when adding a labor item to an order you will be forced to select a compliance code if one isn&amp;#039;t already on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Require Service Codes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - With this checked, when adding a labor item to an order you will be forced to select a service code if one isn&amp;#039;t already on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Enforce Tech Compliance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you need to use tech certification and compliance, please see [[Tech Compliance]] for more information&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Set To Be Printed flag on new invoices&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - For new invoices created, the to be printed flag will be checked. This is useful if you are using the batch print feature in SME. See [[Batch Print/Email Invoices]] for more info.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Set To Be Mailed flag on new invoices&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - For new invoices created, the to be emailed flag will be checked. If you are syncing invoices to QB, if there is no email address in the invoice, an error will occur on the sync, so if you are using this setting, make sure you have email addresses entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Last line message for invoices&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - the text typed here appears at the bottom of some invoice reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Apply Excise Tax&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -Enter the dollar range excise tax is applied to. You will need to also go to the customer record &amp;gt; Rates tab and set the Excise Tax rate and check Calculate Excise tab for every customer that needs it applied.  You can set a default excise rate for every new customer record created in the Customer defaults section of setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Calculate finance charge when invoice is __ days past due&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Enter the number of days late you want SME to use to calculate finance charge.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Base past due on invoice date not due date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Display customer overdue message&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - if a customer account has a Net 30, Net 60 or Net 90 amount greater than 0 (found on Customer record &amp;gt; Account tab), when creating an order or invoice for that customer you will receive a pop up message. You can click OK and continue to create the record for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Auto publish dispatch changes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you are using Field Scheduler, this option would automatically send out the meeting requests to techs when labor is scheduled. If not checked, you can click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Publish Changes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button in dispatch to sent meeting requests to techs when you are ready.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Auto Deliver Allocated on Close&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - With this option checked, any material on an order with the Item Status of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Allocated&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; will be changed to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delivered&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; when you close the order and stock will be depleted. This saves a step from having to manually reserve stock to deplete stock.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ignore Labor Hours on Material&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - In an inventory item, you can set labor hours associated with the material. When adding material to an order, a labor item would open with the hours. Check this setting and you will not be prompted to schedule labor for material that has labor hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Filter Services on Labor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Limits the service item list in labor editor to those services included on that order.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Clear order settings on Clone&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If checked, when you clone a service order, the following fields will be cleared: Reference #, Assigned To, PO#, Taken By, Service Code, Billing Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Include blank zone for item selection&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When doing searches that involve zones, this setting allows items with no zone to still show in list when zone is defined for the search.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Update Order Assignment&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If this is unchecked, the assigned to field on an order will populate with the technician on the first labor item added to the order. If this is checked, the assigned to field will update with every tech added in a labor item or when a tech is changed on the labor item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In the Order Dispatch window you can identify whether an order is open, closed, invoiced or past due by color. You can choose colors that make sense for your team.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dispatch Colors for Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section (image below)&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the color from the color picker. Follow the same for closed, invoiced and past due orders.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Uncheck &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;White Font&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to change the font to black.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DispatchColors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Inventory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Inventory Address and Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Setup_InventoryAddress.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Use Strict Inventory Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;With Use Strict Inventory Control checked, you cannot invoice an order with jit or allocated counts. Stock must be reserved for items before they can be invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Setup_StrictInventoryControl.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Inventory SnapShot Settings&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Set how frequently you want SME to take a snapshot of your inventory&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Take partial snapshot as used&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - every time an inventory item is used, the item SnapShot tab will be updated for the item.  &lt;br /&gt;
CAUTION: This option utilizes extensive resources to capture snapshot data for every transactional change of inventory.  This option is not recommended for live system and instead should just be used in special circumstances such as testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; - &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Take complete snapshot every X days&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - SME will update the SnapShot tab on all items based on the frequency set.  The first person to login for the day that this triggers will launch a separate background process to save the snapshot data for all inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:InventorySnapShotSettting.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Go to the inventory item and click the SnapShot tab to see the snapshot entries made for the item (image below)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:InventorySnapShotTabDetails.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Base COGS on Date of Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This is a setting related to the General Ledger entries made in QuickBooks for material invoiced. If your inventory items are in both SME and QuickBooks, this has no impact for you. If you have SME to use [[GL Entries for SME Inventory]] then you would choose this option. See the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[GL Entries for SME Inventory]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; page for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:BaseCOGSOnDateOfInvoice.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Additional Inventory Setup Options&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:InventoryDefaults_Setup.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Include subcontractors for item vendors&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If checked, vendors that are subcontractors will show in the vendor drop down in the Add Item to Order window. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Setup_INventory_INcludeSubsInVendorDropdown.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Force JIT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If checked, any inventory items created in SME will have &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Force JIT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; checked by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Don&amp;#039;t Update Cost when Receiving from PO&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If checked, any inventory items created in SME will have &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Don&amp;#039;t Update cost when receiving from PO&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; checked.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:InventoryDefaults.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Check Equipment for Duplicate Serial Numbers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If checked, when equipment record is added SME will autocheck other equipment records for duplicate serial number&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Don&amp;#039;t Autoclose POs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - With this checked, when all items are received on a PO, the PO won&amp;#039;t automatically close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Limit Items Vendors&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - With this checked, SME will limit the items on a PO to items listed for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Customer Defaults ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Customer Defaults section you can set default values for the various customer fields and create custom fields for the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Watch the video below or read the instructions below on setting the customer defaults.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;b20ssBbRSmA&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To set SME to generate account numbers for your customers&lt;br /&gt;
#    In SME, select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Setup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Defaults&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click Edit on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Check &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate Account Number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and fill out the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Next Customer Account #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Account Defaults&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can set default values for certain fields in the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    In SME, select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Setup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Defaults&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click Edit on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#    On the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account Defaults&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab, select the drop down value you want to populate the field automatically when a new customer record is created.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt; ** NOTE ** &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; To add values to the drop down fields on the Account Defaults section, see the [[Lookup Lists]] tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Warn on Past Due&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If this is checked, when you create a new customer, the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add customer message on past due&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; flag will be checked. With that checked, when the customer is past due the message field will populate with Account is Past Due on the Customer details tab. (image below)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:AccountIsPastDue.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lookup Lists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout SME, there are drop down fields. You can customize the drop down lists using the Setup module as long as you have the permissions to do so set by your SME Administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click [[SME Lookup Lists]] to read definitions of each of the items in Lookup Lists.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View the following video or follow the instructions below to customize your Lookup Lists in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube| IKmKGTeUlQE }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customizing Lookup Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#    In SME, select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Setup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lookup Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Select the label name assocaited with the drop down list you need to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#    On the right, you may see existing drop down values. Use the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; buttons (shown below) at the bottom to add a new value, edit a value or delete a value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LookupLists_Add_Edit_Delete.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt; **NOTE** &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The values in the drop down list sort alphabetically. If you want them to display in a specific order, type a number in front of the value as shown in the image below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:LookupLists_Numbered(1).jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Delete a value in the Lookup List&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click Edit in the Setup Module on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Select the label name associated wtih the drop down you want to delete.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Select the value you want to delete.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; at the bottom.&lt;br /&gt;
#    If there is a record in SME with the value selected you are about to delete, you will receive a warning. If you choose to delete the value anyway, any record that had that value selected will now be blank.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Yes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; if you want to go forward deleting the value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Make a value in the Lookup List Inactive&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Making a drop down value inactive will keep the value assigned to any existing record that has the value selected, but it won&amp;#039;t be available in the drop down list for any new records that you create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the Setup Module on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Select the label name associated with the drop down you want to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Select the value you want to mark inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Uncheck &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Is Active&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the Setup Module on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Set the Default Order Status for new, closed or invoiced orders&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Setup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order Statuses&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the Lookup List&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Either edit an exiting status or click New to create a new one&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. If you want the status to default when you create a new order, check&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Default status on new orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.  If you want to set a default when you close an order, go to the status or create a status and check &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default status on closed orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. For the status you want to set as default when you invoice an order, go to the status or create the status and check &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default status on invoiced orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:OrderStatusDefault.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Note - If you reopen an order, the order status won&amp;#039;t be updated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you are using TechPortal and your techs are closing orders in the field, you can set a default status for closed orders such as &amp;quot;field work complete&amp;quot;. That way, when you search your closed orders, you can tell which orders were recently closed by technicians in the field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Common Services ==&lt;br /&gt;
Common Services provides a way for you to assign a key word to a block of text. When typing notes or filling out a work order, instead of typing the text you can select the key word you set up in Common Services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a video to watch how to set up Common Services, or you can read the instructions below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;lPOXN9trbLs&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Setting up Common Services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;When a Common Service is created, everyone on your team will see it. You may want to designate one person on your team to set up the Common Services so the list can stay organized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    In SME, click the Setup module.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Common Services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the menu on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    In the window that opens, type a description for the Common Service. This is the name that will identify the block of text and it will display in the common service list. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    In the window that opens, type the block of text. Use the formatting tools at the top of the window to add bullets, numbering and to change the font color or size.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the Common Services Setup Window (on the left).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Common Service is now created. Any user can now open up notes or create a work order, right click in the text window and select Common Services to use your template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications can be set for special customers. Special can either be good or bad. For example, set notifications on customers that are behind on their balance so that no additional service is performed until the pay past balances. Or set notifications on important customers that notify managers or other key personnel that new service is being performed for these VIP customers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First you will create the generic notification rules and message, and then you can assign the notification to your customers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Setup notification:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. In the Setup module, select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Notifications&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Fill out the notification:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NotifyTypes.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – this is the notification template name.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Module&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – select the module the action is taken in that prompts the notification (e.g. creating a service order would be service)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Action&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – select the action that will prompt the notification (e.g. creating a new service order would be “add”, closing a proposal would be “close”)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Allow Alert User&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; –an alert is a pop up window that will open when a user takes the action in the module setup in the notification. The message that pops up in the alert is setup by clicking &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Message&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the Notify Types window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NotificationAlert.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Allow Send Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – checking this will send an email to the address specified when adding the notification to a customer when a notification is prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Message&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Click Message and enter the alert message that the user will see pop up when they trigger a notification. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Assign notification to customers:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Go to the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Select the Notifications tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. In the Customer Notifications window:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AssignNotification.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*       Notification Type – select the notification template you created in this drop down field&lt;br /&gt;
*      Send Email to – if you want an email to be send when the notification is triggered, check here and type the email address.&lt;br /&gt;
*       Alert User – check here if you want the pop up alert to show on the users screen when they trigger a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
*      Message – click here to edit the alert pop up message for this customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5.  Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and the notification is setup for the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User Groups ==&lt;br /&gt;
Each user group has permissions within SME. Assign users to a user group and the user will inherit the permissions assigned in the group. Examples of different user groups you can create are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Admin Group - by default this group is created&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Sales Group – this group may have rights to all modules except for receivables and only read access to the inventory module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Full Rights Group – this group has access to all modules and all tabs and features within each module&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[User Groups]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to learn more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PayPros==&lt;br /&gt;
High 5 Software will provide you your merchant token once your credit card processing account is approved.  Perform the following steps to enable your merchant account through SME:&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to Setup&amp;gt;PayPros for sme8 or Setup&amp;gt;Credit Card Process for sme9&lt;br /&gt;
# Check &amp;quot;Enable PayPro&amp;quot; (sme8) or &amp;quot;Enable Credit Card&amp;quot; (sme9)&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your merchant key or token provided by High 5 Software&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter 1 for credit card processing command&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:MerchantToken.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[OpenEdge Payment Integration]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to learn more.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Importing_order_items_into_Proposals,_Service,_and_Install_Orders&amp;diff=6438</id>
		<title>Importing order items into Proposals, Service, and Install Orders</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Importing_order_items_into_Proposals,_Service,_and_Install_Orders&amp;diff=6438"/>
		<updated>2020-02-19T18:51:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to import lists of items from Excel into the Order Items tab of Proposals, Service Orders, and Install Orders.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Excel Import File settings as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note that items not in your inventory will be added as item name only since there are fields in inventory that need to be correctly entered for SME to process them correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Excel spreadsheet only needs the following columns as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is not necessary to have all columns however the columns in bold must be used.&lt;br /&gt;
* Column names matter and should be entered exactly as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
** Class&lt;br /&gt;
** ItemCost&lt;br /&gt;
** ItemDate&lt;br /&gt;
** Itemgroup&lt;br /&gt;
** ItemName&lt;br /&gt;
** ItemNum&lt;br /&gt;
** ItemPrice&lt;br /&gt;
** ItemQuantity&lt;br /&gt;
** ItemText = item description&lt;br /&gt;
** SLACategory&lt;br /&gt;
* Your Excel spreadsheet should look as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelOrder1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Right click in the Order Items tab and select ‘Import from File’.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelOrder2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Pick your import file. Excel has two extension types. Select the correct one.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelOrder3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* The data will load as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelOrder4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the Field Mappings tab and answer No to the Prompt to reset field mappings.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelOrder5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Mach on the ItemName as it will associate the item if found in inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelOrder6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click Start and the data will load:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelOrder7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the Import complete prompt.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelOrder8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click Close:&lt;br /&gt;
* The data will load.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelOrder9.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder9.png&amp;diff=6437</id>
		<title>File:ExcelOrder9.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder9.png&amp;diff=6437"/>
		<updated>2020-02-19T18:49:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder8.png&amp;diff=6436</id>
		<title>File:ExcelOrder8.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder8.png&amp;diff=6436"/>
		<updated>2020-02-19T18:49:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder7.png&amp;diff=6435</id>
		<title>File:ExcelOrder7.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder7.png&amp;diff=6435"/>
		<updated>2020-02-19T18:49:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder6.png&amp;diff=6434</id>
		<title>File:ExcelOrder6.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder6.png&amp;diff=6434"/>
		<updated>2020-02-19T18:49:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder5.png&amp;diff=6433</id>
		<title>File:ExcelOrder5.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder5.png&amp;diff=6433"/>
		<updated>2020-02-19T18:48:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder4.png&amp;diff=6432</id>
		<title>File:ExcelOrder4.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder4.png&amp;diff=6432"/>
		<updated>2020-02-19T18:48:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder3.png&amp;diff=6431</id>
		<title>File:ExcelOrder3.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder3.png&amp;diff=6431"/>
		<updated>2020-02-19T18:48:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder2.png&amp;diff=6430</id>
		<title>File:ExcelOrder2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder2.png&amp;diff=6430"/>
		<updated>2020-02-19T18:48:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder1.png&amp;diff=6429</id>
		<title>File:ExcelOrder1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:ExcelOrder1.png&amp;diff=6429"/>
		<updated>2020-02-19T18:47:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;DavidH: DavidH uploaded a new version of File:ExcelOrder1.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>DavidH</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>